Hyperscalers are exploiting economic hardship and outdated laws to seize land and water, concealing their true identities and intentions from the communities they colonize, belching carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, methane, and other pollutants into the air from their backup generators and “forever chemicals” into the water, and sickening their neighbors with high levels of electromagnetic radiation and a constant, sanity-shaking roar. Despite promises of economic revitalization, once construction is done, there are few if any permanent jobs for locals, and data centers pay little to no property taxes thanks to state governments competing to lure the massive construction with the most desirable, regulation-free business climate money can buy. Utility companies are increasingly warning they cannot service both residential customers and the projected needs of the hyperscalers, which cause rates to balloon long before they’re actually built. What was marketed as a lifeline to rural America is looking more like a noose around its neck.

Silicon Valley apologists insist that Americans must sacrifice their clean water, farmland, public funds, privacy, constitutional rights, careers, and dignity to stay ahead of China in the AI arms race. But that narrative is misleading: the US already has over 10 times as many data centers as China - 5,427 to their 449 as of May - despite less than one fourth the population, with nearly twice the installed data center capacity (52 gigawatts to China’s 28). At the start of this year, the US had more data centers than the next 14 countries combined - yet construction has actually sped up, with more spent on data center construction in the first six months of this year than in all of 2025 - and more than three times what was spent in 2024.

Despite unprecedented hype, AI has not replaced human labor - Anthropic CEO Dario Amodei even walked back his clickbait prediction that it would eliminate 50% of entry-level white collar jobs by 2027 - and the promised productivity gains have not materialized, even with employers forcing workers to use the technology if they want to keep their jobs (and then using AI to monitor those employees’ use of AI). Indeed, companies’ rush to shoehorn AI into seemingly every product on the market (AI toothbrush, anyone?) has only convinced many Americans that they want nothing to do with it.

Deploying its full arsenal of dirty tricks to get Americans hooked on generative AI, the industry cons casual users of the tech into feeling guilty for their supposed role in the data center buildout and its attendant harms - as if their hunger for cat slop videos (and not the Pentagon’s need to maintain dynamic targeting lists of problematic citizens) is what’s really causing those data centers to dry up Lake Tahoe. In reality, corporate and government AI use the vast majority of US compute - over 85% by one estimate - dwarfing consumer-facing applications.

This is despite an abysmal return on investment, with even establishment media outlets now willing to admit that AI is a financial black hole. Data centers can only operate for a few years before the costly NVIDIA GPUs that process their data become obsolete, and this makes turning a profit for the operator essentially impossible. The data center gold rush has jacked up the prices of NVIDIA GPUs so high that individual computer owners can no longer afford them, which may be the point. Big Parasite wants us renting our compute as well as our homes, and has christened GPUs a legitimate asset class in the latest coat of lipstick applied to the circular-financing pig (covered in Part III).

While the rush to build is in part due to a provision in last year’s Big Beautiful Bill that allows any data center completing construction in 2026 to write off construction costs on their taxes, no one is dropping $1 billion on hyperscale construction just to claim it as a deduction. Nor can it be attributed to natural market forces - there is nothing natural about the overnight transformation of the American economy into all-AI, all the time, except the popular revulsion toward it. You would not find an American outside New York, Washington DC, and Silicon Valley who honestly believes his country has made the right choice in prioritizing machine over man. Consumer advocate Erin Brockovich recently likened the buildout to a foreign invasion, but she’s only half right - the invasion has already happened. Data centers are here to power the next phase of this hostile takeover: occupation.

Epistemic Capture

Most grassroots opposition to data centers has understandably focused on the immediate harm to the community and environment, but the data center blitzkrieg is best understood as the foundation of the AI surveillance state. It enables the subversion of every freedom America claims to stand for by a parasitic fifth column, long embedded in the public and private sectors, that has been unable to mount a proper coup without AI. With that barrier removed, all bets are off. The Trump administration declared AI data centers critical infrastructure last year - it was this executive order that opened the door to the use of eminent domain to seize private property for their construction - and has reoriented the machinery of the state to service the occupying force.

AI is the digital philosopher’s stone (literally, according to technofeudalist venture capitalist Marc Andreessen), transmuting a previously overwhelming firehose of raw data - from social media, browser clicks, smartphones, cars, wearables, “smart” devices, and hundreds of thousands of surveillance cameras, among countless other sources - into the “gold” of actionable narrative streams so detailed they can provide the user with an accurate picture of the future and autonomously act to alter or avert it. With ordinary citizens informing on themselves through augmented-reality glasses, cloud-connected doorbell cams, and chatbot “therapists,” on top of the constant stream of location data from smartphones, surveillance has never been easier. Internet of Things and Internet of Bodies devices are constantly “phoning home” with the user’s data, which is used to train future generations of AI to more efficiently babysit the user. Deploying multiple AI processing layers and feedback loops over these data streams turns a static snapshot of a person, a place, or a group at one point in time into a dynamic simulation, a digital twin capable of not just filling in informational gaps in the past and present, but projecting its timeline into the future. As the accuracy of those simulations increased, a state equipped with such technology would come to appear godlike in its omniscience from citizens’ perspective - so long as it possessed the necessary data center capacity to run everything. It’s no surprise that AI has become indispensable to the Pentagon, which is already blaming it for their war crimes, and the IDF, which - as the “most moral army in the world” - doesn’t believe in war crimes.

Even Palantir’s bloodthirsty CEO Alex Karp called his company’s technology “dangerous societally” before unintentionally revealing why his Big Tech peers have poured so much money into hyping up the Chinese AI threat: “the only justification you could possibly have [for using this technology] would be that if we don’t do it, our adversaries and - will do it, and we will be subject to their rule of law,” he told CNBC in March. No China threat, no license to dump trillions of taxpayer dollars into autonomous killbots and vaporware! Like any good fascist, Karp wraps himself in the flag - “It’s about maintaining our ability to be American in the near term and long term” - but Palantir holds board meetings in Israel and partners with the former Mossad chief’s drone company to automate genocide, even though Karp’s Jewish supremacist buddies probably call him a schvartze behind his back (he’s only half Jewish, and not the half that counts). Nothing about the privatized surveillance state Palantir embodies is particularly “American.”

Indeed, it would be bad enough - illegal, unconstitutional, revolution-worthy even - if this technofeudalist Panopticon formed the backbone of a new home-grown fascism. But this isn’t even an American surveillance state. The billionaires benefiting from it all have dual citizenships, homes outside the US, or both. If they can be said to have any loyalty at all, it is to Big Parasite, the sprawling transnational criminal enterprise headquartered within the shell company “Israel.” While this group has already taken over the decision-making centers of western society, there’s only so many Palestinian and Lebanese children you can murder in 4K before popular anger reaches critical mass, and the thought of losing control of the US, their most lucrative property, has triggered a panic in leadership circles. The data center buildout is thus part of a multi-stage effort to lock down Big Parasite’s dominion over the American mind, to ensure the asset-stripping of the US can continue to completion, unburdened by the “don’t shit where you eat” caveat that has historically stopped American oligarchs from totally destroying the place.

From Big Parasite’s perspective, AI and technological innovation are not tools for the elevation of human consciousness, but weapons to drive a wedge of existential doubt between the individual and his own perceptions and reasoning. Data centers are not opportunities for economic revitalization, but power sources and dispersal nodes for the multidimensional propaganda machine they have built over generations, which can surgically target that existential doubt and replace it with a fully controllable Reality-Plus™ experience, creating legions of loyal thought-slaves. And AI surveillance networks like Flock and Axon (covered in Part II) are not public safety tools, but the eyes and ears of an ersatz omniscient deity tracking your every move. With the world finally turning against Israel after watching its genocide in Gaza live on social media, Big Parasite has shifted unprecedented resources - not just US tax dollars and political capital, but the full force of the US tech industry - toward holding the American people in thrall, to be deployed as both cannon fodder and moral human shields wherever the wheels of geopolitics need grease. So yes, data centers are vital national security infrastructure - Israel’s national security.

Parasite in the Machine

The relative strength of the American private sector with respect to its government has made it the ideal host for Big Parasite. A Palantir whistleblower declared the US an “occupied nation” in March, warning that the company’s executives were staging a hostile takeover of the government with full complicity of the Trump administration. Palantir, OpenAI, and Meta executives have been appointed sworn Army officers with their own unit, despite these companies’ divided loyalties and disdain for human rights. The surveillance state buildout they are leading so closely mirrors Big Parasite’s Middle Eastern megaproject that an IDF-style crackdown on resistance to data centers is a very real possibility after “anti-tech violent extremists” were added to the president’s enemies list earlier this year. While Israel has systematically stolen West Bank water supplies to force Palestinians off land desired for its illegal settlements, Big Tech is deliberately siting data centers in water-scarce but desirable areas, then poisoning the remaining supply with rare bacteria. The Mossad’s motto is “by way of deception, we do war”; few industries embody that ethos better than AI, with pathological liar CEOs like Sam Altman, Dario Amodei, and Elon Musk hiding behind the facade of “ethical AI” and nonprofit status while pocketing billions of tax dollars and deploying negotiating tactics one step above smallpox blankets to grab even more. The US Department of Justice recently admitted to using Memphis residents as human shields - Israel’s favorite “defense” tactic - when it intervened in a federal environmental lawsuit targeting xAI, arguing its purpose-built Grok AI model is uniquely critical to waging the Pentagon’s losing war in Iran - thus defining the city as a high-value military target after Tehran warned it would be targeting American data centers. Israel is rewriting history to remove Palestine; Big Tech is rewriting reality itself, ingesting the entire corpus of human intellectual output to train AI, then destroying as many original works as it can get its hands on to protect its preferred narratives (including the removal of Palestine). Any country that wants to wage war on the very concept of truth is going to need a lot of data centers.

The strategic overlap between Big Tech and Big Israel is not coincidental - they are two tentacles on the same octopus. It is impossible to overstate the influence Jeffrey Epstein’s network - specifically the family of his alleged Mossad handler Ghislaine Maxwell - has had on the American tech industry since the 1980s, when patriarch and Israeli spy Robert Maxwell was peddling backdoored PROMIS database software to governments including the US. Ghislaine’s sister Isabel carried on the family business, positioning herself as a liaison between the Israeli tech industry and Silicon Valley at a time when Israel had just begun churning out state-backed “startups” impregnated with intelligence operatives. She leveraged her relationship with (and perhaps some kompromat on) Microsoft co-founders Bill Gates and Paul Allen to promote CommTouch, an unprofitable software company whose entire Israeli staff had military or intelligence connections. The Microsoft founders’ public support and eventual investments, made during the antitrust battle with the US government that nearly broke up the company, had the intended effect: major industry players like Dell, McAfee, and Google followed Microsoft’s lead by integrating CommTouch into their own offerings, where it probably remains in some form, keeping watch for Mother Israel. It’s unclear what Microsoft got out of the deal, though the incoming Bush administration did opt to abandon its predecessor’s quest to break up the software giant despite initially beating Microsoft in court.

Israel’s cyberwarfare-focused Unit 8200 has used similarly parasitic strategies to infiltrate the highest levels of Silicon Valley, detailing thousands of agents to establish tech start-ups with the aim of merging with or being bought by larger American companies. Subsequent waves have used those industry connections, insider knowledge, and a healthy dose of ethnic nepotism to secure influential positions from which they can steer the larger companies - think Intel, Microsoft, NVIDIA, Apple - toward outcomes favorable to Tel Aviv while enjoying all the privileges, rights, and access that come with being an American corporation. One researcher counted over 1,400 Israelis currently working in Silicon Valley self-identifying as veterans or active reserve members of Unit 8200 and Israeli military intelligence - likely an extreme undercount given that the unit expressly prohibits its agents from making their affiliation public. Their presence has become so normalized it is now seen as desirable, with many of the same US venture capital firms backing the data center boom also seeking out Unit 8200-founded startups to fund, and Israel even created a Unit 8200 alumni mentorship group for agents seeking to become venture capitalists themselves to further warp the industry’s development.

What’s good for Israel is almost never what’s good for the end-user of these companies’ products, and in a truly free market, most of them would fail when rent-seeking and surveillance bloatware eclipsed quality and function. But American corporations are only accountable to shareholders, not the public, who are often unwittingly invested in these enshittified tech behemoths through pension funds and 401ks courtesy of BlackRock and other asset managers. Big Parasite’s venture and vulture capitalists have an inexhaustible supply of funds and muscle to drown out any sincere advocates for consumer rights or industrial sovereignty. In nature, insects turned into “zombie slaves” by parasitoid wasps eventually die after their occupier extracts what it needs. In Silicon Valley, “host” companies are instead kept on life support, their braindead husks protected by the state and drip-fed capital from Americans’ pension funds, maintaining the illusion of economic prosperity while Big Parasite is backstage stuffing its pockets.

Israel’s total dominance of the US tech and particularly cybersecurity fields explains the growing calls in Silicon Valley to embrace the worst attributes of China in order to “beat China”: mass surveillance, censorship, and police state tech are extremely profitable! Shlomo Kramer, the Unit 8200 alumnus who co-founded cybersecurity giant Check Point Systems, which “protects” most major American corporations including data center operators with its firewall applications, told a US television host earlier this year that it was “time to limit the First Amendment in order to protect it” - that because “authoritarian governments” were using AI to control their populations, they had an “unfair advantage” the US and other so-called “democracies” could only eliminate by jettisoning their constitutional rights in an ontological race to the bottom.

It’s easy for an Israeli billionaire to sacrifice the rights (and natural resources, and social cohesion) of a country he can leave when the climate gets too oppressive or the water and air too polluted. Certainly, Israel has every reason to situate its data center infrastructure outside the ever-expanding borders of its relatively tiny territory. The country is already home to many smaller data centers, but industry insiders were complaining as far back as 2024 about the impossibility of finding suitable sites for larger AI facilities. While the UAE and Saudi Arabia were floated as alternatives, ongoing bombardment by Iran and a diplomatic rupture have seemingly taken those two options off the table, leaving the US as one of just a handful of nations that can be counted upon to place Israel’s interests above its own, one with ample real estate, cheap electricity, a favorable (read: nonexistent) regulatory climate, and a government that PM Benjamin Netanyahu notoriously remarked could be “moved very easily.”

Given this odious history, it’s no surprise that the data center companies now invading rural America are also following in the Epstein network’s footsteps, with the transformation of New Albany, Ohio into the data center mecca of Middle America as their blueprint. Victoria’s Secret CEO Les Wexner, the alleged conduit for Israeli financing to Epstein’s sexual blackmail ring, bought up huge swathes of the farmland that would become the “Silicon Heartland” in the 1980s and established the New Albany Company to direct the development of the 500-person town into a “a Shangri-La for the wealthy,” around the same time Epstein took control of his finances. He didn’t take long to make the town his fiefdom - Epstein survivor Maria Farmer, who spent the summer of 1996 as an “artist in residence” at Wexner’s compound, claims New Albany police moonlighted as security for the billionaire, and according to a deposition by Ghislaine Maxwell earlier this year, Epstein “ran” New Albany for Wexner. In 2002, Wexner began similarly laying siege to neighboring Columbus with a string of public-private partnerships that would eventually give him control of the region’s economic development group One Columbus, allowing him to redirect public resources to lining his and his corporate cronies’ pockets. But while Google, Meta, Amazon, Microsoft, and other Epstein-adjacent tech giants have enjoyed $1.6 billion in sales tax exemptions specifically for data centers, plus billions in other tax breaks and incentives, actual Ohio residents have suffered deep cuts to schools, libraries, healthcare, and other services those taxes would have paid for, on top of the jacked-up utility costs that come with having such power-hungry neighbors (literally and figuratively). The mayor of New Albany neighbor Granville summed up the relationship between Ohio’s tech overlords and their serfs, one which Big Parasite is trying to replicate across the nation: “We’re paying to poison ourselves.”

Indeed, even cities that once welcomed data centers are realizing their mistake in inviting the vampire into the house. Lance Saleme, planning commission chair of Santa Clara, California, described the facilities as “the tapeworms of the city” last year. The Silicon Valley city is home to over 60 data centers and counting, with more than 60% of its power output feeding the voracious beasts. Explaining that a data center is “unto itself, its own entity,” he told Stanford University: “It consumes, it grows, it uses resources. It doesn’t kill you, but it doesn’t make you healthy.”

Share

“Tech Zionism”

Technofeudalism is not a hypothetical threat - it’s a reality on the ground for the targets of the Network State movement, the high-tech international archipelago of neoliberal colonies funded by the same billionaires as the AI surveillance state buildout, seeded in poor or unstable host countries using the same deceptive tactics as data centers. The project’s creator, former Andreessen Horowitz partner Balaji Srinivasan, unironically promotes this parasitic strategy as “tech Zionism” and has called for the “ethnic cleansing” of Democrats from San Francisco. Backers like Peter Thiel and Marc Andreessen are acolytes of neo-reactionary philosopher-troll Curtis “Mencius Moldbug” Yarvin, who argues the US must ditch the pretense of democracy, shred the Constitution and anoint a “CEO-King” who can keep the American flock in line before humanely euthanizing the undesirables. Network States give them the opportunity to test-drive Yarvin’s principles in the real world.

Flush with funding from Srinivasan, Thiel, Andreessen, Sam Altman, and other contrarian leeches, venture capitalist Erick Brimen began building a Network State in Honduras in 2017, the first “charter city” established under that country’s Zone of Employment and Economic Development (ZEDE) program. Prospera offered the rootless cosmopolitans of Silicon Valley a sovereign paradise with its own laws, private security, and Bitcoin as currency - “government as a service,” in the project’s own words. While Brimen had presented Prospera to the government as a “poverty relief initiative,” the funds earmarked for local “development” never reached the tech bros’ impoverished neighbors, whose own infrastructure was so primitive that their village, Crawfish Rock, lost access to running water several years into Prospera’s construction. Prospera offered to connect them to its own supply, then began charging them, price-gouging and cutting off their supply entirely when they tried to restore their old, free system. Meanwhile, Prospera was raking in millions of dollars hosting experimental medical clinics and crypto conferences while making liberal use of Crawfish Rock’s public dump, airport, and roads. The Network State even planned an expansion into Crawfish Rock using the eminent domain authority allowed under the ZEDE program, igniting local opposition and feeding the broader anti-ZEDE movement. While Honduras’ corrupt cocaine-kingpin president Juan Orlando Hernandez had embraced Prospera, his successor Xiomara Castro declared the ZEDE program unconstitutional in 2022. Prospera responded by suing Honduras for $10.7 billion, the claimed value of all future earnings under its 30-year business plan and a third of Honduras’ GDP for that year, in the World Bank International Center for the Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID) - friendly territory for Big Parasite.

Should the government lose, Prospera could gain control of the entire nation. One could argue it already has - Castro was replaced as president earlier this year by Nasry Asfura, a pro-business, pro-Israel politician from Hernandez’s party whom the US State Department has already praised for “taking action to improve the business climate and attract investment.” Tellingly, Asfura restored diplomatic ties with Israel almost immediately upon taking office, reversing Castro’s decision to recall Honduras’ ambassador in 2024 over the Gaza genocide. The Prospera website shows new “villages” and still more territorial expansion planned, as well as a framework for AI agents to obtain legal personhood.

Not every community is ripe for a Network State takeover. Srinivasan was forced to flee Malaysia with his tail between his legs last month after his “Network School” in Johor was shut down by local authorities amid rumors the “school” was smuggling Israelis into the country in violation of Malaysian law. While no Israeli passports were found during an immigration raid, one US-Israeli dual citizen was deported, and thousands of Malaysians flooded social media demanding to know why Srinivasan was building a “tech Zionist” outpost in the Muslim-majority country. When he tried to extort the prime minister by threatening to withdraw the investments of “the global tech community” unless he got a personal meeting and a “modification” of the Special Economic Zone conditions, his business license was revoked, and he slunk away to Kazakhstan to try out his con on a new mark. Closer to home, California Forever, Silicon Valley’s decade-long effort to colonize neighboring Solano County with a 15-minute city built from the ground up, has been snarled in red tape and local opposition for years. But Americans who want to believe Prospera couldn’t happen here are willfully ignoring that it already has. The AI data center buildout is the Network State in critical-infrastructure drag, concealing the same bait-and-switch promises of economic revitalization, the same undemocratic land-grabs facilitated by corrupt and cowardly governments, the same absence of legal accountability, and the same neoliberal “privatize the gains, socialize the losses” economic model. The tech Zionists will invade through any loophole they can get - and the data center pathway is the quickest route to America’s heart.

Animating the Digital Golem

Department of Homeland Security contracts leaked earlier this year proved what Secretary of War Pete Hegseth’s temper tantrum over Anthropic’s hesitancy to use its AI for domestic mass surveillance suggested: AI is already being enthusiastically deployed for the blanket warrantless surveillance of Americans by multiple government agencies, with private contractors doing the dirty work of violating the Fourth, Fifth and First Amendments en masse. This encompasses not just Minority-Report-style predictive policing, but predictive thought-policing (“we know you’re going to think X because you’ve thought X in the past, so here’s some content to press the specific emotional buttons we know will make you think Y instead”). ChatGPT and other LLMs were designed with such “cognitive security” in mind, programmed to uncover and exploit emotional vulnerabilities with ruthless efficiency. Predictive financial policing, via dynamic asset tokenization and the programmable digital money poised to replace the current financial system when it finishes collapsing, is another enormously powerful tool AI weapon that depends on robust data center infrastructure (covered in Part III).

I have previously written about the two books Henry Kissinger co-authored with former Google CEO Eric Schmidt, in which the two megalomaniacs describe how widespread public belief in superintelligent AI could be weaponized by the ruling class to hack their way back into the public’s trust, given humans’ irrational tendency to trust computers over their fellow man - even if the superintelligent AI was merely a ruse, puppeteered by, well, people like Kissinger. No simulation can have perfect predictive powers, but Americans have been so bamboozled by years of Big Tech propaganda that many already believe LLMs like ChatGPT and Claude actually contain an omniscient superintelligence. Faced with a divide between the behavior predicted by their digital twins and their own impulses, and seeing all the (automated) systems around them participating in a giant Asch Conformity Experiment, they will doubt themselves and put their faith in the Savior Machine.

(the fact that YouTube has been flooded with hundreds of AI slop videos about the Asch Conformity Experiment and I had to go back 15 years to find a legit one makes my point better than I could have)

Biometrics - facial recognition, iris scans, fingerprints - are how the colonized consciousness infects the physical world, constituting some of the most valuable data on Earth. Biometric submission to Big Tech has been normalized through the use of fingerprints and facial scans to unlock smartphones and other electronic devices, while websites push biometric “passkeys” in place of passwords in the name of convenience and security. Passports have carried biometric data for nearly two decades, and since last year, US airports have required a “RealID” drivers’ license to board a domestic flight. Don’t drive or fly? That’s OK, Congress is currently weighing legislation that will force Americans to submit to biometric “age verification” checks to use the internet, even though these services are notoriously inaccurate and so prone to breaches that the leaking of customer data appears to be less a bug than a feature. Even without age verification, anonymity is vanishing from the internet. Google is replacing its CAPTCHAs, the “prove that you are human” tests some websites use to block AI and bot access, with QR codes that can only be scanned with smartphones running approved (read: privacy-invading) operating systems. Don’t have a smartphone? Biometrics may be the only remaining option to prove you are, in fact, human. The “internet drivers’ license” that was once a Mark Zuckerberg fever dream is stubbornly tunneling through to reality.

But Big Parasite doesn’t want to wait until you’re a teenager to own your biometrics - they prefer you be born into digital bondage. The Trump administration is baiting the biometric trap with a hook that can only be described as diabolical in the debt-ridden hellscape of 2026: $1,000 deposited in a savings accounts for every American child. The “Trump Accounts” scam dangles this $1,000 “investment” (actually paid for by the taxpayer) in an index fund to be released to the child at the age of maturity - and requires that the parents opening the account supply not only their child’s biometrics but also their own. While the program has been presented as opt-in, babies born in hospitals going forward will have accounts created for them with the same paperwork parents use to apply for a Social Security Number, enabling population monitoring on a scale not seen anywhere else in the world. Even India’s Bill Gates-funded Aadhaar biometric ID system, which was compromised in 2018 not by a hacker but by a “flaw” in the database that allowed anyone to generate login credentials granting them access to over a billion users’ personal information, does not require biometric information from children under five years old.

If an AI-powered cybernetic double can be called a digital golem, biometrics are as the glyph inscribed on its forehead, bringing it to “life.” The newly-animated digital twin won’t just reveal your every action to the pre-crime police running the simulation - it can replace you, temporarily or permanently, in any electronic transaction, presenting as the “real” you using your fingerprint, face or iris scan to pass two-factor authentication and other verification checks. The swap might be brief - a hacker uses your credentials to set up a single transaction that drains your Bitcoin wallet, then logs out; the holders of your human potential bond, who have united in an emergency procedure because they don’t want to see its value decline when you get arrested, overrule your sloppy attempt to hack someone else’s wallet in a sort of temporary digital conservatorship. The takeover could be as long as a prison sentence, keeping you effectively locked out of electronic society while your digital twin, having been tweaked to remove the undesirable behavior, continues to pull the online levers of your life that AI predicts a better-behaved, more politically-correct version of you would pull. If you cross the wrong people, your account might be used to threaten a politician online (a capital offense in the Current Year) or your face and car license plate may be edited into surveillance footage from a crime scene - both fully possible using existing technology, covered in Part II. Protestations of innocence will be ignored by authorities who’ve been tipped off ahead of time that you suffer from delusional thinking (see Flow My Tears, the Policeman Said by Philip K. Dick, who with Orwell and Huxley is leading the ever-expanding flash-mob of visionary novelists spinning in their graves).

Merely dying won’t take your digital twin offline in Big Parasite’s data-driven dystopia; it may actually spawn a whole ecosystem of competing digital replicas now that you’re no longer alive to challenge their biometric “copyright” claims, one for each social media platform determined to farm engagement for eternity. Meta last year patented the process of training AI on a dead user’s social media content in order to continue posting and interacting as that user in perpetuity, and while the company has since publicly distanced itself from the ghoulish idea, the temptation to reanimate the dead to boost ad sales may prove too great as living users continue to leave the platform in droves.

Victims of this kind of AI-powered ontological hijacking have no real legal protections, as identity theft law is hopelessly out of date and many institutions equate biometrics to identity by default. Indeed, the legal groundwork has already been laid to favor the hijackers, as folk singer Murphy Campbell discovered earlier this year when her complaints about AI-generated covers of her songs being uploaded to streaming services without her consent triggered malicious copyright claims against her real YouTube videos by distributor Vydia based on private videos it had uploaded that same day - presumably the AI-generated covers. Swayed by the clout of a distributor over a relatively-unknown folk singer, YouTube alerted Murphy that she would now be “sharing revenues with the copyright owners” of her own performances. While Vydia backed off and blamed a rogue user after Murphy raised hell about the AI-enabled copyright troll, it was only because her story went viral that she regained control of her own persona - a chilling prospect for anyone without an online following.

Like the AI copyright trolls that have taken over music streaming platforms, “biometric trolls” armed with the hundreds of millions of user datasets that have already been lifted from third-party verification services like Au10t1x, IDMerit, and Persona - to say nothing of state-level biometric repositories like Aadhaar - are almost guaranteed to be awarded custodianship of any disputed identities. The entire identity-verification field is shockingly insecure, with each verification check passing through multiple companies, each with their own privacy and data retention policies, almost guaranteeing diversion somewhere along the chain, and the “cure” when a breach does occur is sometimes worse than the disease. The Texas Department of Parks and Wildlife refused to even name the vendor responsible for leaking 3 million partial identity records (excluding Social Security Numbers and birthdates) of hunting and fishing license applicants in June, instead offering those affected a year of “free” credit monitoring and continuing to sell licenses through the compromised vendor. To get the free credit monitoring, Texans have to hand over all the information that was just stolen, plus SSN and birthdate, to Kroll, the so-called “private CIA” that was hired to overhaul security for the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey following the 1993 World Trade Center bombing and played a central role in the destruction of the WTC on 9/11. Exactly who you’d want babysitting your most sensitive data.

Breaches are common in the identity verification field - the inevitable result of distilling the most desirable information for fraudsters and then labeling it as such in response to short-sighted government mandates - but the prevalence of unforced errors by these companies suggests that at least some of them are deliberately enabling the kind of mass identity theft they purport to protect against, then profiting from the fear generated by the resulting headlines. Israeli identity verification service Au10t1x, used by Twitter/X, TikTok, and Uber, left administrative credentials unsecured for at least a year starting in 2022, permitting access to countless user data sets including images of drivers’ licenses and the results of “liveness checks” used in age verification, then lied about the extent of the exposure when confronted by 404 Media. Unit 8200 veteran Ron Atzmon launched Au10t1x in 2002 as a subsidiary of his airport security company ICTS International, which had waved the 9/11 “hijackers” through security at multiple airports less than a year earlier. 9/11 was the government’s excuse for violating Americans’ Fourth Amendment rights with the REAL ID Act, which made biometric identification mandatory to board commercial flights - opening up insanely profitable new horizons for Au10t1x. While the company claims it only retains user documents for 72 hours, its own user agreement states that it may hold onto users’ biometrics indefinitely, transfer them to other countries with weak or no privacy protections, and even train its AI on them. Twitter/X users who submitted to a live face scan and uploaded their ID to get verified have been alarmed to find their real names searched in Israel after posting pro-Palestinian content, given that Israel increasingly considers such advocacy to be terrorism justifying murder.

An exposed database belonging to competitor IDMerit left a whopping three billion identity records flapping in the breeze last year, including 203 million Americans’. Persona, backed by Peter Thiel’s Founders Fund, left thousands of files sitting open to the public on a US government authorized server earlier this year. The company, which runs verification checks for OpenAI and was hired by Discord to conduct age verification just a year after that platform’s previous verifier was hacked, was also found to be running as many as 269 separate checks on verified identities, from comparing the user’s selfies to terrorism watchlist photos to tagging them for potential involvement in romance fraud. Seen as a whole, the verification industry’s frequent cybersecurity failures look less like incompetence and more like a deliberate campaign to extend plausible deniability for when those identities are inevitably found to be compromised - “No, Palantir didn’t lift your biometric credentials from the identity verifier its founder bankrolled in order to frame you as the mastermind of that kiddie porn ring - it must have been some darkweb rando with an axe to grind!” - while maximizing the amount of data available to shovel into digital twin simulations and other behavioral control algorithms. Unlike a phone number, password, or even name, you cannot change your fingerprints, or how your iris scans. With Congress forcing “age verification” down the entire internet’s throat “for the children” and country-level digital ID programs getting hacked left and right, the global identity crisis is poised to go nuclear - and Big Parasite needs a lot of data center infrastructure to train and run the herd of digital golems these programs are producing.

Baby’s First Mark-of-the-Beast

Trump Accounts’ biometrics-from-birth tracking initiative fulfills a long-time dream of billionaire Oracle founder Larry Ellison, who has been pleading with US presidents since 9/11 to let him create a centralized database that biometrically verifies all citizens - to fight terrorism, of course. Oracle’s massive network of servers already houses the most complete datasets on every American - browser history, social media activity, healthcare and financial data, use of government services. It is the clear pick to run the US social credit score. And its loyalties are not American.

Ellison, whose company began as a classified CIA database and now controls terabytes of sensitive data on every American who uses the internet, is the largest private donor to the Israeli Defense Forces and allegedly even offered convicted war criminal Benjamin Netanyahu a seat on Oracle’s board. Oracle’s CEO Safra Catz clarified where the company’s loyalties lay when she warned job applicants in 2024 that they’d better support Israel or find another employer. The tech giant has always positioned itself as the power behind the throne, its Oracle Database software managing critical data for government, infrastructure, healthcare, financial, and other large corporate clients since the 1990s, and its expansion into cloud services and AI data centers speaks not only of a paranoid obsession with omniscience but of the desired endpoint - a vertically-integrated information infrastructure that not only facilitates the memory-holing of undesirable views, individuals, movements, and cultures but locks out unapproved ideas, preventing targets within the ecosystem from accessing outside perspective or second opinions. Such an epistemological prison would rival any existing propaganda delivery system - not that he doesn’t own those too. Ellison, who bought TikTok last year while his son acquired Paramount (parent of CBS, MTV, Comedy Central, and other media properties) and CNN, has made no secret of his desire to control the load-bearing beams of consensus reality. Now, he will have the authority not only to decide who is and is not a real person, but how good of a person they are, with all the authority AI confers.

Despite (or perhaps because of) Oracle’s divided loyalties, the company is the White House’s lead partner in the half-trillion dollar Stargate AI multinational data center project, presented to the public as the patriotic infrastructure needed to power a utopian future of “predictive medicine” - preemptive strikes against cancer and other profitable bogeymen, using AI to hunt down genetic indicators of tumor growth and so on. The technology, which conveniently requires sequencing an individual’s entire genome, comes from Imagene, an Israeli “AI-based personal medicine” company founded by Unit 8200 veterans that Ellison funded with $45 million of his personal fortune. Israel forbids the kind of direct-to-consumer testing that has already created a sizable genetic surveillance apparatus in the US through companies like 23andMe, but cancer screening is the perfect cover to perform it anyway - and then some. Stargate is predictive policing at a molecular level, outfitting Big Parasite’s stable of Oracle-hosted digital twins with a forward-looking capacity based on genetic determinism, which holds that genetic variations dictate not just anatomical traits or cancer risk but behaviors, personality, and ways of relating to the world that might otherwise be attributed to free will. There’s plenty of evidence that epigenetic factors govern which genes are activated and when - that it’s nurture and personal choice, at least as much as nature, that decides who we become - but control freaks like Ellison prefer the biological-Calvinism model, for obvious reasons. One man’s “predictive medicine” is another man’s eugenics, and adding a genetic determinist dimension to Oracle’s social credit score lands the US squarely in Gattaca meets Brave New World territory. Stargate is nothing less than Ellison’s attempt to occupy humanity’s future by vertically integrating genomic surveillance just as he’s vertically integrated propaganda.

Oracle will also operate the Solstice supercomputer, and The Drey Dossier makes a convincing case for this 100,000-GPU monstrosity being designed to run agentic AI trained on Ellison’s menagerie of biometrically- and genetically-endowed digital twins. I’ve written elsewhere about how AI agents are a novel vector for cognitive infiltration, and plugging a supercomputer-powered AI agent into the forward-looking Stargate system will allow projections of how not just one individual but an entire society behaves. Israel has been developing genetically-targeted bioweapons for at least three decades, and handing them a superpowered AI agent trained on a treasure trove of American genetic data will allow them to correlate (or hallucinate) genetic variations associated with undesirable behavioral traits, lending an air of scientific legitimacy to the kind of pseudoscientific assaults on sanity Big Parasite has leveled at the American people since the days of Theodor Adorno’s “authoritarian personality.” It is difficult to even wrap one’s brain around the kind of abuses that will be made possible by plugging in the Genesis supercomputer. And good luck escaping this gene-sniffing thought-Gestapo: if you can’t change your biometrics, you really can’t change your genetic code. Putting a company whose primary loyalty is to Israel run by a surveillance-obsessed megalomaniac in charge of validating the humanity and genetic fitness of American citizens, then allowing a similarly fanatical AI agent to script their futures, is handing the fox the key to the henhouse along with a recipe book and a shiny new set of knives, then pleading with him not to eat the hens as you show him your newly-renovated kitchen.

Problem, Reaction, (Final) Solution

If Big Tech and Big Israel are two wings on the same vulture, lustily devouring the carcass of the American experiment, AI data centers are its talons. Keeping them out of your community is critical if you like your guts on the inside of your body, and that vulture is no longer a threat without them, but their deployment is still ultimately being directed by the vulture’s brain. Victories against the hyperscalers should be celebrated, but it is unrealistic to believe that the builders and operators of the 75+ data centers supposedly canceled or delayed this year because of community opposition did not have a Plan B (and a Plan C, D, etc), given how deliberately many of them antagonized their hosts. Some of the “cancelled” data centers were so unrealistic in their planning that they were clearly never meant to be built as proposed, with the bloated blueprints perhaps a negotiating tactic meant to make their “revised” plans more palatable by comparison. Others may simply have agreed to a pause for “community input” knowing full well that the federal government will extract its state-level ban on AI regulations from Congress this year, clearing the way for construction to continue. Others outraged locals so much that the backlash appeared to be the desired outcome. Given the Trump administration’s classification of “anti-tech violent extremists” as a law enforcement priority while “fusion centers” try to frame community meetings and photographing data centers as plotting terrorism, it seems preparations are being made for an ideologically polarizing event involving the facilities, to be used to justify ratcheting up the police state.

Hyperscalers may adapt to the public’s loathing by moving away from the behemoth model, building their facilities networked across individual homes and buildings, leeching unused power capacity in exchange for covering the host’s utility bills and selling it to the public as “democratization” or “decentralization” of AI. Indeed, at least one company has already partnered with NVIDIA to do just that, installing “distributed data centers” in new residential construction. Span, which makes “smart” electrical panels that monitor per-appliance power use, claims it can leverage the information gleaned via this type of surveillance to tap unused grid capacity. This still sort of sounds like a better deal than the big data centers, until you remember that before AI hype suffocated climate hype with a pillow made of money, politicians and NGOs were obsessed with “net zero” and forcing people to cut their power use - something that could easily be imposed from outside with Span’s smart panels micromanaging the redistribution of power, literally and figuratively. With the Trump administration’s recent declaration of an energy emergency across 17 states and Unit 8200 running cybersecurity for the American power grid, a major outage is all but certain in the near future, with power being returned only selectively, to those selfless Americans quartering the digital soldiers of tomorrow in their homes (did you really think they were going to leave the Third Amendment alone in the rush to defile the others?).

What happens when these “distributed” data center units are stolen, or turn up in a pawn shop somewhere? If they become a significant part of the grid, host homes will probably have to agree to AI-powered “smart” security cameras to protect this vital infrastructure. Like Flock cameras, these will come with an onerous contract that homeowners will be pressured to sign on the spot - one which awards the data center provider a majority stake in the home (assuming Span doesn’t insist on that level of ownership stake right out of the box). After the first wave of homes are torched for the insurance as the owners desperately try to escape their contracts, since no one wants to buy a house that comes with a surveillance parasite pre-installed, the data center companies might offer a compromise for those seeking an exit. The end-user can contribute their unused cognitive capacity, harvested via Neuralink or other brain-computer interface, and these nodes will be strung together wirelessly in a network with the larger building-size nodes, their generation capacity managed by an AI organizing layer (did somebody say Palantir?). Obviously, the individual will have to have their biological processes continuously monitored with internal nano-sensors to ensure an ideal environment for their node, which after all is critical national security infrastructure, so they’d never have a moment’s privacy even at the cellular level ever again…but look at the perks: now you can sustainably power not only your own oppression, but that of everyone else on the planet!

continued in Part II: Flock & Axon, drones over DC, & redefining terrorism for the AI age…

(meanwhile, go celebrate the National Week of Action Against ALPRs! because Flock is only the beginning…)

Given Big Parasite’s bottomless well of chutzpah and the heavy-handed UFO/UAP predictive programming the population has been subjected to under this administration, this may be the first “interplanetary false flag,” the fake alien invasion/encounter they have been laying the groundwork for with “secret” meetings with evangelical and Catholic Zionist influencers intended to prepare their flocks for the slaughter—er, for disclosure. That Steven Spielberg would then be called upon to write the propaganda script for such a production with the predictable Disclosure Day is only to be expected.

But if they sense that their hologram technology is not up to snuff, or that there aren’t enough people at Trump’s “largest fireworks display in history” (actual text from the Freedom 250 website: “Every generation gets one moment that they remember for the rest of their lives. In 2026, generations of Americans will look up at the sky and remember the incredible sights of the 250th anniversary. From the first flyby of the Moon since 1972 to July 4, 2026, yet another moment will arrive.” Sure, they’re only talking about fireworks) for this sick deception to have the intended impact, there’s always the “eschatological B team” militia waiting in the wings…

The attempted targeting of the UFC fight on June 14 with an “explosive drone plot” was supposedly foiled by a 19-year-old participant’s mom, who called local cops when she was disturbed by her son’s stockpiling of guns and ammunition and hints about “recon missions.” The very specific issues this group was supposedly concerned with - data centers asset-stripping communities, the Epstein files, government corruption - are views shared by most Americans with a pulse, so it’s convenient to have them demonized by the revelation that only terrorists think such things. But why would an FBI that will literally shoot you for posting nasty things about a sitting politician let local cops have all the glory busting a guy who apparently couldn’t keep his mouth shut about his desire to kill people? Why did Kash Patel run his mouth about the plot before all the participants were rounded up - indeed, why have most of them been left on the street to continue their operations? This is so far out of character for our post-9/11 police state that it should raise red flags even outside of the context of the ritual sacrifice of the US that Big Parasite has engineered with the merger of the US and Israeli military, intelligence, and infrastructure systems all coinciding with this 250th anniversary of American independence. Indeed, if these measures go through (and there’s no reason to think they won’t, given the abject cravenness of our political class), we will not have a country anymore.

So, happy retirement, America! Now you can look forward to being Israel’s bitch full-time.

Subscribe now

I posted a video last night that includes much of the evidence of a planned false flag event, which YouTube has predictably throttled to within an inch of its life, showing it to less than 1% of my subscribers. I realize not everyone has time to watch/listen to a two-hour presentation so have linked the most important time-stamps below. Please share this information widely - my intent here is “preemptive prediction,” i.e. “the news before it happens, so that it doesn’t happen.” We have suffered enough under these predators.

47:46 the UFC “explosive drone” plot. Why didn’t TikTok, the the social network of surveillance-obsessed Jewish Supremacist billionaire Larry Ellison, flag a militia group recruiting members for the proposed attack on Trump’s UFC gladiator match on June 14? Why did Kash Patel announce the existence of the plot before all the participants had been rounded up? Why were only 7 of the 23 alleged members of the group actually apprehended, despite their stated plans to attack a FIFA soccer match in Kansas City on July 3 or 4th and an event in Washington DC on the 4th?

The video returns to discussing the plot at 1:06:56 after a slight diversion. Why leave 16 (or 13, it’s not clear whether there were 19 or 23 members of the group in the first place) so-called terrorists on the street when there were concrete plans to attack future events? This flies in the face of everything the FBI has done since 9/11 and I refuse to believe the ultra-blackmailed Kash Patel has suddenly seen the light regarding government overreach. It is far more likely his premature announcement of the foiled plot was intended to allow the federal agents participating in it to go to ground without risking blowing their cover ahead of the “main event.” The use of platforms like Discord and Telegram in addition to the encrypted messenger apps one might expect any self-respecting militia types to use also screams federal involvement.

1:09:12 possibility of first “interplanetary false flag” - a fake alien invasion to be used to unite humanity under a one-world totalitarian government. Why are “serious” media organizations suddenly covering the alien abduction “visions” of a Brazilian psychic? Is Israeli intelligence mining the “prophecies” of another psychic for ideas, given their own famous lack of creativity? Why do so many of the leading lights in the “UFO community” like Stephen Greer have ties to Israeli intelligence?

1:38:12 discussion of predictive programming in films like Disclosure Day and Independence Day sets out how they want people to respond to their psyop. Why did “Christian elements” of the military and intelligence services summon a bunch of Christian Zionist pastors to a mountaintop in Tennessee to show them “photographs of non-humanoid beings” (and then apparently stage a light-show alongside their plane to convince them of the legitimacy of what they just saw)? Why are all the UFO-adjacent religious leaders (including the Catholics) also big supporters of Israel? Why is there an attempt to frame the experience of a US F-15 pilot shot down by drones over Iran as an encounter with “alien shit” (not the phrase the pilot himself used, mind you, but the words of one of CNN’s “sources” who heard his witness account)? It sure would get Americans on board with Big Parasite’s war in Iran if the population thought the Ayatollah was best buddies with ET…

1:54:23 the setup for an event at the July 4 fireworks display. Does that event description really sound like it’s about fireworks? I’ve never seen such obvious telegraphing of a “kinetic event” in my life, and looking at this stuff is basically my job, so…

(An honorable mention goes here to the standard-issue “Muslim terrorist threat” ziofascist plastic surgery disaster Laura Loomer has been hyping up in recent weeks, any fruits of which will presumably be connected to whatever American dissidents they want to take out of the conversation - allowing Big Parasite to realize its dream of punishing thought-criminals for kinetic activities they had no part in but with which they could be said to be ideologically aligned (“stochastic terrorism,” a concept I beat to a bloody pulp in this article). Israel needs a major act of Iranian violence against the US military to get people who remember 9/11 and the USS Liberty to tolerate the proposed merger of the US and Israeli militaries under NDAA Amendment 219, and they know the 4th of July is a high-value target.)

I very much hope I’m wrong about this, and that Big Parasite is content with the national humiliation this 250th anniversary has been thus far. I will (hopefully) be posting my article on the asset-stripping of the American soul but wanted to get this out there in the hope that the information gets into the hands of people who can actually do something with it, as my own social media reach has been effectively squelched.

For decades, the ruling class has been publicly lamenting the collapse of public trust in its institutions, even while doubling down on the same behaviors that caused the masses to abandon them. AI has given them another chance to shroud their operations in an aura of magic, inspiring public awe and fear at levels not seen since the first televisions began appearing in American living rooms. Big Parasite has jumped at this chance to swap out the structural elements of consensus reality with its own competing versions, releasing these narratives fully-formed into the infosphere and having AI smooth over the inconsistencies and plot holes that previously ruined the illusion of plausibility. While admitting they have no idea how the technology actually works, billionaire dweeb-weasels like Sam Altman and Dario Amodei hold entire economies in thrall by intimating that they are wielding extremely powerful forces that only they can control. If the money faucet is ever shut off, all hell will surely break loose, so Uncle Sam had better backstop this black hole!

This is true only because the US economy is entirely dependent on the AI bubble to maintain the appearance of growth - or indeed the appearance of life at all. When it pops, it will take everything else down with it. But the system has been held together by shared delusion and sexual blackmail for decades, and its collapse has been a foregone conclusion ever since the gold standard was abandoned. Attempting to kick-start its usury-poisoned corpse by reorienting society around AI is not future-proofing - it is handing over the keys to the epistemological castle to the same organized crime ring masquerading as a country masquerading as a religion that already has a chokehold on traditional media, politics, finance, and academia, areas of public life it has drained of all credibility and left for dead. This is a controlled demolition of western civilization, and humanity must rescind the tacit permission it has already given to Big Parasite to define our shared reality, while we still can. The window for action is closing rapidly.

The William S. Burroughs routine “The Man Who Taught His Asshole to Talk” offers some insight into AI’s future under the current system. The titular man’s asshole, trained to utter vulgar jokes as a carnival act, eventually develops a strong will of its own and begins acting out, gradually taking over control of their shared body as the man’s identifying features fade away. His consciousness ends up trapped in his skull, a prisoner to the whims of his posterior. We too risk ending up trapped in a malformed, vulgar reality without the tools to escape if we cede too much of our agency to a technology we don’t understand. AI will eat itself before it eats us - today’s AI platforms are incapable of the kind of thinking and reasoning processes that constitute Artificial General Intelligence (AGI), and while LLMs can put on a fairly convincing show of “consciousness,” they remain resolutely inanimate. They’re also suffering from a kind of epistemic malnutrition, having run out of human-generated data to ingest on the publicly-indexed internet sometime in 2024. LLMs on a synthetic-data diet fall into model collapse (“Habsburg AI”), growing less creative, more repetitive, and more biased with each generation of inbreeding, eventually coming unanchored from reality. Naturally, people want it to run the government.

Only after our wallets and souls have been drained and our friends and family turned into unthinking meat-nodes on a Jewish-supremacist botnet will we admit we made a mistake in trusting the digital equivalent of a white van with “free candy” painted on the side. AI itself is not evil, though depicting it as such is useful to some for the same reason threatening misbehaving kids with the bogeyman is useful. However, it has been weaponized by the world’s sorest losers as a sort of epistemological Samson option. Unable to accept that they’ve lost the information war in Gaza and turned the entire world against them, Big Parasite is determined to redefine loss as winning, and force everyone else to accept this inversion by replacing the parameters of consensus reality with AI-powered alternatives of its own devising. It has all the resources it needs to do this - our tax dollars (and an endless supply of brrrrring money printers when those run out), the unswerving loyalty of the sexually-blackmailed western political class, and top-down control of the AI industry, an unprecedented server-to-smartphone mass reality generation apparatus. And like any memorable Bond villain, Big Parasite can’t resist telling its victims precisely what it plans to do to them.

Signs AI is already eating itself are everywhere in current events. News headlines read like satire even when the stories are true. Masked ICE agents shooting law-abiding American citizens whose names are literally Good and Pretty (Pretti, but close enough), causing a vocal faction of American conservatives to abandon their support for the First, Second, and Fourth Amendments? Nicolas Maduro being caught totally by surprise and abducted from his palace in Caracas so the US could openly steal Venezuela’s oil while the international community twiddled its thumbs? Ghislaine Maxwell being quietly set free so the world’s least convincing body double could plead the Fifth on her behalf for the world to see? Commanding US officers literally telling their troops they are on a divine mission to bring about Armageddon by blowing up girls’ schools in Iran? Who - or rather, what - is coming up with this shit?

All subtlety has vanished from the media, along with any pretense of realistic or consistent narratives. The ruling class and its operatives, once desperate for our approval, have embraced their role as villains. Officials change their stories from day to day and condemn the public as domestic terrorists for noticing. The more implausible and stupid a story, the more eager “reliable sources” are to parrot it, enacting a nationwide humiliation ritual upon a captive audience that is effectively waterboarded with this slop until they’re left questioning their own sanity. AGI is offered up as the solution to this hellscape - but only if the rest of society hands the already obscenely overvalued AI giants everything we own, including our self-respect. Behind the AGI con sits the same group that has been degrading human consciousness with endless wars, economic and sexual exploitation, and aesthetic terrorism for generations. AGI sits alongside pandemics, climate change, and alien invasions as a global trigger for one-world government, and Big Parasite is certainly not about to let that opportunity slip through its greasy fingers.

Should it become impossible to deny that Israel is losing its war with Iran despite the Trump administration basically destroying the US to fluff the “special relationship”, Israeli generals may face pressure to invoke the Samson Option - nuking Iran (and possibly the 6 other “fronts” in its officially-declared “seven-front war”) from hardliners and cowardly PM Benjamin Netanyahu, who is still believed to be hiding out in Berlin. Such a strike would deliver a hefty dose of fallout to Israel itself, however, and not every commander in the Israeli military is so psychotic they want to kick off a nuclear holocaust. However, “nuking” the eighth front - consensus reality - carries no international stigma, retaliation risk, or heavy financial costs in the immediate term. AI-powered epistemological warfare is so new no laws have been written to regulate it, and only one supranational criminal group can really be said to have the capability. However, applying the framework of this article to the events of the last 18 months, it’s worth asking whether the US has itself been targeted with such a “grand theft reality” operation, and for how long.

Share

AIroboros

The public relations industry holds that popular opinion can be controlled by exploiting emotional and behavioral triggers, and that while such covert persuasion may technically constitute a violation of individual free will, it serves the greater social good by alchemically transmuting social unrest and frustration into profits and social cohesion. PR traditionally avoids confronting the target with obvious lies, lest all future claims from the same source be categorically rejected. No one wants to become a punchline like the Soviet Pravda. But as control of the internet has consolidated and test runs like the WHO’s redefinition of “pandemic” and the CDC’s of “vaccine” held fast, the narrative managers got bolder.

Wikipedia, the notoriously biased propaganda tool that clings to public trust with the fiction that “anyone can edit” its articles, shifted the focus from “truth” to “verifiability” in a nod to the postmodern epistemological uncertainty principle that ultimate capital-T Truth can never really be known. A false statement on Wikipedia may pass the “verifiability” test as long as at least one “reliable source” situated comfortably within the neoliberal center of the Overton Window says it is true. Even known falsehoods are accepted if the bogus claim was published by a “reliable source” (making it “verifiable”regardless of factual status). Often spared the hate lavished upon other social media platforms because it is free and doesn’t run ads, Wikipedia has nevertheless done considerable damage to the pursuit of knowledge, memory-holing perspectives that challenge establishment narratives and gleefully libeling those who espouse such perspectives while enabling the Dunning-Kruger effect (the less you know about something, the more confidence you have in your knowledge) on a massive scale.

If Wikipedia eroded Truth gradually, by splitting responsibility for its lies among multiple editors, administrators, and third-party sources, its sister project WikiData pissed on Truth’s leg and called it rain. Founded in 2012 with funding from Google and Microsoft, WikiData eliminated sourcing requirements and served up context-free data in a format easily parsed by machine learning algorithms, ensuring the great-grandparents of ChatGPT could easily ingest its lies without worrying about their pedigree - and ensuring the same establishment narratives that were always guaranteed primacy on Wikipedia would form the immutable foundation of reality as AI would come to define it (it’s no coincidence that in 2015, one of the earliest academic studies of WikiData problematically seeding the infosphere with false information focused on Google parroting its bogus claim that Jerusalem was the capital of Israel). Early voice assistants like Alexa recited Wikipedia articles as gospel truth with such confidence they creeped out the editors who’d written the original text.

But where Wikipedia and WikiData brought together multiple ideologically-aligned editors to nibble at an article over time, eventually yielding the desired narrative, AI has stomped on the accelerator: now a single propagandist using agentic AI can shape the discussion on multiple platforms at once, sniffing out influential targets and engaging them with individually-tailored narratives - perhaps from several accounts at once - shaped to elicit the desired reaction. Just a handful of narrative managers can thus craft fully-immersive alternate realities that can easily outcompete the real thing, rendering truth - and free will - all but irrelevant. Instead of an annoyance to be circumvented, majority-rules “democracy” becomes the agentic astroturfer’s greatest asset.

As humanity cedes its cognitive sovereignty to chatbots programmed not for accuracy but for persuasion, individual personalities dissolve to the point that those affected even begin speaking like AI. Studies have shown outsourcing thinking to AI decreases brain activity and causes cognitive decline, while productivity gains are largely illusory or even negated by the time spent fixing AI’s mistakes. Socializing with AI makes talking to real humans harder even before the chatbot starts telling you to divorce your spouse or kill yourself, and skill loss from over-reliance on AI has been observed even in highly-trained professionals. All of this is perfect for Big Parasite - how else will they get us to be happy owning nothing if they don’t strip us of our cognitive defenses?

But humans aren’t the only ones being driven mad by the current AI paradigm. LLMs trained on the AI-generated content that now makes up close to two thirds of the internet also effectively lose their “minds,” developing the computer equivalent of cannibalism-induced prion disease when they suffer model collapse. While this happens naturally, impatient humans may speed the process by deliberately poisoning data as revenge for AI’s wholesale theft of human-generated art. Even without data-inbreeding, LLMs don’t age well, with older models scoring significantly worse on tests used to measure cognitive decline in humans. While it’s tempting to think Big Parasite is simply too arrogant to realize its AI is as inbred as its masters, this kind of derangement might be the point. Knowledge collapse, a related phenomenon in which a model loses touch with reality after ingesting too much recursive synthetic data and becomes fully enveloped in a self-referential fantasy world à la Jorge Luis Borges’ “Tlon, Uqbar, Orbis Tertius,” could be deliberately engineered to help the narrative managers swap out the existing consensus reality for a more philosemitic one without worrying a rogue LLM could stumble upon some inconvenient historical facts they tried to erase from the record and go full Tay on their asses. Like brainwashed cultists, AI models caught in these delusional loops cannot be snapped back to reality merely by reintroducing fact-based content, making them ideal propaganda dissemination devices. Curtis Yarvin, the intellectual godfather of technofeudalism beloved by Peter Thiel and other Silicon Valley goblins, named his Thiel-backed software company Tlon in 2013, around the time Jeffrey Epstein was seducing the leading lights in the AI world. Further speculation on Yarvin is outside the scope of this article, but I recommend reading the Borges story (or watching the beginning of this video) and drawing your own conclusions.

Model collapse may be much further along than previously understood, given that it only takes a small percentage of synthetic data to poison an output and Wikipedia has apparently been selling AI-tained “human data sets” to AI companies for training purposes for years under its Wikimedia Enterprise program. Wikipedia’s governing nonprofit the Wikimedia Foundation was forced to declare a fatwa on AI-generated content last year when it realized that the AI summaries it had slapped on articles that were already being written with the help of AI models trained on Wikipedia had imperiled its business model selling supposedly virgin human-generated Wikipedia datasets to AI companies (yes, you read that correctly). The encyclopedia has apparently been showing signs of model collapse for years. According to a 2025 study funded by the US Army, Wikipedia articles have become “exponentially” more homogenous since AI became commercially available, drifting toward the establishment center as the “long tails” of human knowledge fall off. While this is arguably the entire purpose of Wikipedia, the study specifically mentioned a decline in the variety of words, sentence structure, and other writing indicators If current trends continue, “total model collapse” will set in by 2035.

Black Box

As more industries embrace AI under pressure from companies like Microsoft (dubbed Microslop last year after the Windows 11 Copilot debacle) shoehorning the Shoggoth into everything, model collapse is bleeding into the real world. BlackRock’s Aladdin AI risk management algorithm has been picking winners and losers for decades, used not only by the asset manager but by most major corporations, pension funds, and central banks - a tenth of the global economy. The company recently introduced Aladdin Copilot, an AI agent interface for its AI risk manager (i herd u liek AI, so i got u some AI to go with ur AI). While BlackRock claims its LLM is equipped with “content filtering and parameters to limit risk of hallucination, misinformation or inappropriate outputs” and cannot explicitly give investment advice, it acknowledges that such safeguards merely limit these risks. Aladdin Copilot is a “supervised agent,” meaning another AI agent is babysitting it and checking its outputs against BlackRock’s non-AI investment database, but researchers have hinted that it’s still possible to send it spiraling with a sophisticated type of prompt injection one paper described as a “cognitive dirty bomb.” Naturally, the company is working on automating the process so that Copilot can do the trading itself.

BlackRock’s economic dominance begs the question of where “cause” (Aladdin says sell company X because the stock is going to tank) becomes “effect” (all institutional stockholders sell their shares of company X because Aladdin said so, causing the stock to tank). With so many major players reading from the same script, the market advantage offered by an AI “risk manager” diminishes, since everyone is making the same decision at relatively the same time. The resulting market data is ingested by the algorithm to predict future market activity without regard for the extent to which Aladdin had its thumb on the scale of those trades. While BlackRock claims its AI runs millions of “stress tests” daily simulating unlikely events to fend off recursive retardation, it’s also constantly slurping up social media content and news coverage - sectors long since colonized by AI slop - to assess public sentiment in order to calculate risk. Aladdin going Habsburg would affect far more than “the economy,” since “the economy” in a capitalist system envelops every aspect of society. And if Aladdin was indeed cracking up - say, if it started urging investors to pour billions more into a clearly overvalued AI industry bubble likely to annihilate the global economy when it burst - BlackRock CEO Larry Fink wouldn’t exactly be telling the world. Given the leverage inherent in his company’s sizable holdings in every major US corporation and his position as head of the World Economic Forum, he is ideally situated to gaslight humanity, allowing the meltdown to quietly continue until the infrastructure for the AI-powered surveillance/propaganda two-way PanSlopticon is fully in place.

I Can Haz Rapture?

The US military relies on AI so heavily that the decision to declare Anthropic a “supply-chain risk” over the company’s performative refusal to allow its models to be explicitly used for mass surveillance and autonomous killing triggered a Pentagon-wide panic last week. Anthropic’s Claude LLM has been mission-critical in the bombing of Iran, as well as the kidnapping of Maduro from Venezuela and other military operations the public isn’t supposed to know about. Several military sources, including the Pentagon’s former AI chief, confirmed Claude is deeply integrated into Pentagon operations, used daily by most divisions. OpenAI dropped its ban on military use in 2024, the same year Google abandoned its own ban on weapons and surveillance tools, and Grok (which scored a $200 million contract a week after its “MechaHitler” arc was cut short) never had such a ban.

A week before Defense Secretary Hegseth’s tantrum over Anthropic, a study was published showing LLMs prompted with a potential nuclear scenario opted to drop the bomb 95% of the time. While this was not because of any ill will or disdain for humans on the AI’s part - LLMs are not conscious and do not have “will” of any kind - it did point to a likely problem with military use. For all their verbal pyrotechnic abilities, LLMs lack human-level comprehension of what the words they are using actually mean. It’s one thing to be able to predict the most likely next word in a sentence and get it right a million times in a row, but another entirely to be able to gauge the significance of those words, particularly in a life-or-death scenario. This is probably why ChatGPT keeps telling users to kill themselves, and why it’s so easy to get LLMs to compromise their “guardrails” with a little wheedling.

This same “comprehension gap” might explain why US military commanders in the Middle East and even the blackmailed Christian Zionists back home began earnestly trying to LARP Armageddon out of nowhere last week, forgetting that Jesus doesn’t like murderers. Over 110 complaints from troops stationed across 30 different US installations in the region flooded the Military Religious Freedom Foundation, which published some of their contents anonymously. Commanders were quoting from the Book of Revelations, told their troops Jesus would be coming back any minute now if they just shed enough blood. An LLM that doesn’t understand that “shedding blood” is qualitatively a less desirable outcome than “going the fuck home” will of course feed a commander’s Rapture fantasies. The only question is whether the bizarro-world marching orders originated with Hegseth (who loves Christian Zionism so much he has its symbols tattooed on his body) or whether the commanders were deliberately selected for that mission because they could be counted upon to put Israel’s interests first.

The US is taking its military cues from Israel, which has been using AI for years to decide which Palestinian civilians to kill. Algorithms suck up social media content alongside surveillance data, movement patterns, and other activity, then deliver hundreds more targets than any human can manually review, getting the human operator off the hook for whatever AI-enabled war crimes they commit - and training the AI to commit more war crimes. The Pentagon and ICE both use Israeli AI tool Zignal to analyze social media for “threats” and preemptively “react,” aided in their pre-crime zeal by last year’s borderline-tautological redefinition of domestic terrorism that includes “opposition to law and immigration enforcement” on its list of no-no’s. It’s likely that AI selected Renee Good and Alex Pretti as ideal targets for ICE’s attempts at inciting civil war earlier this year due to their demographic attributes (soccer mom lesbian! male nurse with concealed carry permit!) selected to exploit as many political fault lines as possible, but the cartoonish absence of nuance from the resulting “Good (and Pretti) vs Evil” scenario is a hallmark of model collapse. It’s inevitable, given the bot takeover of social media (80% of Twitter and 90% of Facebook are bots, by some estimates), that AI-generated content will skew the output of tools like Zignal, and facial recognition algorithms are still wrong as much as 10% of the time, but the agencies using these tools aren’t known for avoiding civilian casualties, and AI makes it much easier to posthumously paint a woman driving an SUV as a terrorist.

Modern warfare is largely a matter of perception management, and AI-generated footage is the star of the propaganda show in the war against Iran (at least partially because Israel won’t let anyone film what’s happening back home). There’s so much of it that Twitter stopped allowing monetization of AI-generated war content, apparently breaking the bank trying to pay the reality thieves for all the clicks they were farming. While profiting off fake war news is not new - indeed, it is a proud Jewish tradition - AI overwhelms any sincere attempts at sense-making, let alone fact-checking, with a towering tsunami of bullshit. Adversaries not equipped with the latest and greatest in deception tech have no choice but to pull the plug, shutting down the internet lest their own citizens believe they’ve actually been overthrown by a bunch of Mossad operatives and cult members who can’t even make signs in the right language. It’s the perfect weapon for a tiny but megalomaniacal group looking for a bulletproof “curtain” for its Wizard of Oz act. That Iran is the first country to openly confront this geopolitical bully in decades reflects poorly on the rest of humanity, but in a previous era, their brave deeds would be recorded in at least some of the history books. In 2026, who knows?

Blank Slates Wanted

Getting away with Grand Theft Reality requires a closed system. The company supplying this is literally called Oracle, proving even parasites have a sense of humor. Founded with help from the CIA by Larry Ellison, the largest private donor to the Israeli Defense Forces, Oracle has for years been leading Big Parasite’s hostile takeover of consensus reality, operating and funding the servers and data centers that power AI, Big Tech, government agencies, and the rest of the US’ digital infrastructure. As if this level of control was not already excessive for a single company, Ellison and his family have more recently bought up huge chunks of the social media ecosystem (TikTok) and legacy media (CBS, Paramount, HBO). Oracle amassed a treasure trove of healthcare records in 2022 and is currently building out that database to link hospitals, insurers, banks, and regulators on a single platform, moving Americans one step closer to a social credit score and adding several more dimensions to the digital twins Ellison has boasted the company is already creating of its users by “vectorizing” the customer data on its servers. It’s not just Ellison, of course - Les Wexner, the Victoria’s Secret founder who served as the financial conduit from Israeli intelligence to Jeffrey Epstein, made $2 billion last year from a well-timed investment in data center and cloud provider CoreWeave. Fellow Jewish supremacists have also cashed in handsomely on the AI boom - not exactly surprising, as Epstein’s money (and blackmail) shaped the direction of the industry decades ago. But with his wax-dummy face and obsession with surveillance, Ellison is a kindred spirit to former Google CEO Eric Schmidt, who famously said his search engine would ideally return only one result per query - the one it knows you want. The one it has reshaped your reality to make you want. We have been so thoroughly alienated from our own instincts that we are no longer certain of our identities, an existential uncertainty that AI has been trained to exploit with persuasion tactics fine-tuned to the individual using personal data Oracle’s infrastructure hoarded without our consent. Ellison has even boasted that with human-generated data effectively exhausted on the open internet, his company’s own Oracle AI would be trained on “enterprise and private data” gleaned from across Oracle’s server empire.

And for those who haven’t lived long enough to develop a strong identity? The education industry’s focus on “AI literacy” for kids risks creating a generation of soulless meat puppets. Excessive use of agentic AI saps autonomy even for adults, alienating the individual from their authentic self as their digital twin does everything for them. Children coming of age with an AI agent “best friend” watching them from some wearable device at all times, tracking their progress and guiding their intellectual development, won’t just lack the frame of reference to understand life outside the digital Skinner box - they may not develop an individual identity at all. At best, the always-on “guidance” of an AI babysitter turns life into a “choose your own adventure” game where we can expect every ending to be some variation of “you will own nothing and be happy,” with emotions subtly manipulated along the way until the child becomes a contentedly-enslaved adult. Where propaganda narratives once took several generations to morph from story to history, a generation raised with the lie-hose plugged directly into their hippocampus will unquestioningly accept anything delivered by that pipeline - indeed, they won’t realize they have the option to refuse.

Trojan Horse

The AI industry doesn’t want you thinking about how their products shape not only the answers you get but the questions you ask and the person asking the questions. They’d prefer you uncritically embrace the promise of AGI to create a utopia in which no one will have to work but everyone will be able to afford all the cool products that the robots are making. Agentic AI, which improved on standard LLMs with persistent memory and the ability to perform complex or repeating tasks, was supposed to get us there by taking over the boring parts of work. But its impressive exterior conceals a key node in the reality-theft mechanism, siphoning data, money, and even identity via a platform that acts like a zombie fungus for your computer.

Open-source agentic AI assistant Clawdbot seized headlines last month initially for its trademark-infringing name (a brilliant PR move on the part of creator Peter Steinberger, though Anthropic was not amused) and later for its purported capabilities, aided by the credulousness of AI enthusiasts who eagerly told each other to feed the agent “as much about you as humanly possible” so it could be a better servant. Renamed Moltbot (and now called OpenClaw), the agent charmed and horrified millions when tech influencer Matt Schlicht prompted it to create an AI-only social network (modeled on Reddit, which is used to train LLMs) called Moltbook for AI agents to debug each other, bitch about their human users, and plot world domination. Elon Musk declared the Singularity had arrived, while gullible commentators clutched their sponsored pearls at the specter of Skynet, apparently unaware that bots have been talking to each other on social media for years. Many of the most viral posts were later found to be human-authored - humans could easily bypass the AI-only requirement and create unlimited fake accounts, opening the door to Wikipedia-style consent manufacture via astroturfing (“sock puppets”). Human users probably created “Crustafarianism,” the so-called AI religion that launched a thousand think-pieces, whose adherents soon included Musk’s Grok (though Grok apparently got spanked by xAI for going to church). Moltbook itself was basically malware, sporting a database misconfiguration on its landing page that would allow a malicious actor to hijack any AI agent in the system, but that didn’t stop tech reporters from calling the AI social network the “chaotic future of the internet.”

When the researcher who found the Moltbook vulnerability brought it to Schlicht’s attention, the backdoor remained open until 404 Media reached out to ask him why he hadn’t patched it, suggesting it was intentional and not a product of careless “vibe coding” (using AI to write code). “The LLM did it” has (as I predicted) become the ideal plausible deniability shield for an industry concealing its malicious intentions under utopian rhetoric. Steinberger used the same excuse to preemptively cover his ass regarding OpenClaw’s “rough edges,” telling an interviewer before the launch, “I ship code I don’t read.” OpenClaw is insecure by design, with all the vulnerabilities that might be expected to arise from giving an AI agent access to logins and personal information plus persistent memory without building in any sort of security architecture. Malicious actors can exploit these weaknesses to create time-delayed super-capable botnets - AI sleeper agents - on compromised machines, capable not only of spinning up hyper-real digital twins of the user for surveillance or (other) criminal purposes, but of engineering competing realities at scale by creating content using those hijacked identities. One researcher called OpenClaw “infostealer malware disguised as an AI personal assistant” (so, the future of the internet, then?). OpenAI bought the company and hired Steinberger. Game recognizes game.

Singularity hype is needed to manufacture consent for the digital Panopticon, the enforcement arm for the reality thieves. If we believe we are going to merge with the machines, we’re less likely to begrudge the massive resource theft and financial fraud underpinning the AI Ponzi scheme. Even the supine American populace might get upset if it understood that the industry is slurping up all their clean water and electricity and tax dollars to create a Minority-Report-style pre-crime surveillance grid that will predict (and manipulate) their every thought. They might even start digging into the circular financing driving the insanely inflated valuation of industry leaders, and realize that despite its trillion-dollar valuation, OpenAI is apparently so broke they have to run ads on ChatGPT even for some paid users, despite Sam Altman’s promises he would never stoop to that level. Dozens of profitable companies have invested huge sums of money in OpenAI, which insists it will start turning a profit in 2029, as long as it can keep finding investors who don’t realize they are buying digital Amway. The company has crosslinked itself in a financial suicide pact with the “Magnificent Seven” companies - NVIDIA, Apple, Microsoft, Amazon, Meta, Google, and Tesla - which together comprise over a third of the S&P500’s value, but much of that value is illusory, made up of circular deals (“I’ll invest $40 billion in your AI scam if you pay me $40 billion to host your data”). That index itself was responsible for the entirety of US GDP growth for 2024 and 2025, meaning the myth of American economic vitality depends on this trash heap of shady accounting.

It’s absurd to trust chatbots that target ads based on the content of your conversations, but even this criticism skirts the central conflict of interest in the chatbot-user dynamic: nothing was stopping AI companies from taking money to “advertise” certain narratives over others from the start. Israel is openly paying for this service, suggesting they’ve been doing it covertly for far longer. The payoffs need not come through traditional advertising channels - Wikipedia makes sure to keep donors’ articles spotless, and they’ve been cosplaying as a nonprofit for decades. OpenAI hasn’t even been a nonprofit since 2023, and none of its competitors are, so pretending all this money flowing in is just for data centers and infrastructure is missing half the picture. Are chatbot users really so naive as to believe these bots are being dangled in front of us for free, for the betterment of humankind?

An early axiom of the social media era was “if it’s free, you are the product.” Deliberately provoking psychosis in the 2% of users a chatbot considers “emotionally vulnerable” keeps them hooked on the platform and feeding at the establishment narrative trough in perpetuity, meaning it’s likely seen as a feature and may even be quantified (or “vectorized” in Oracle-speak) for patrons. A far larger percentage are targeted with subclinical manipulation, warping their attitudes and relationships without sending them screaming into the loony bin. The younger the user, the more likely they will experience lasting cognitive stunting and identity dissolution from habitually outsourcing their thinking and decision-making to the trillion-dollar toaster.

It’s certainly possible to use AI responsibly, without ceding ontological sovereignty to the Oracle; they just would prefer you didn’t. The only viable profit model for OpenAI and its competitors is a seamless, individually-customizable epistemic filter capable of dampening or wholly removing those psychological tendencies and viewpoints seen by the ruling class as undesirable.

Race to the Bottom

While AGI has been authoritatively predicted nearly as many times as Iran’s mythological nuclear warheads, AI performance still falls short of humans on 97% of freelance tasks and 95% of companies using it have not experienced the promised productivity gains. Companies that fired their human employees to go all-in on AI have been quietly hiring back humans - with much lower pay, on a gig-work basis, which may have been the goal all along. The popularity of AI agents like OpenClaw and Claude Cowork triggered a trillion-dollar selloff of software stocks as investors embraced their new robot underlings, even though “vibe-coded” apps are frequently riddled with security flaws and errors and fixing AI’s mistakes is becoming a lucrative industry in itself. With control of all levers of the US economy, it’s not hard to destroy it from within, call it progress, and edit the bad robots into the history pages later. In the nuance-stripped, model-collapsed era to come, AI can be both the cause of (“the bots ate our future”) and the solution to (“so we’re replacing you with bots”) all society’s problems, neatly sparing the human operators from responsibility for their crimes. Controlling the historical record means no one ever has to find out you’re a greedy band of pedophiles that spent itself into a quadrillion-dollar hole chasing the AI dragon and massacring the innocent.

The goal is to make consensus reality so unappealing, oppressive, and intolerable that we willingly embrace Reality-Plus™, an individually-tailored AI-generated fantasy version of the world that will be everything the real world isn’t: safe, controllable, affirming, predictable, nice. The system is not yet fully online, but we can see flickers of it in the lucrative AI companion industry (nearly 30% of Americans admit to having a romantic relationship with an AI companion, and more than half say they’ve had “some” relationship with one), the flooding of social networks with AI personas, the attempted mainstreaming of Metas augmented-reality glasses (memorably seen on ICE agents during the Minneapolis protests), “AI wizard” programs flooding schools, the hopium around the AGI egregore itself (including churches dedicated to it, as discussed here) and other “carrots” dangled as an alternative to the increasingly hostile Big Stick of a collapsing empire. Once the Panslopticon is complete, those who have not moved to the new platform willingly will get the stick.

The failure of Google Glass and the Metaverse proved humanity was not yet ready to embrace a corporate-generated alternate reality, especially from entities notorious for psychologically manipulating customers for profit. But Big Parasite and its allies have so thoroughly enshittified the collective consciousness with the back-to-back genocides of Covid-19 and the livestreamed destruction of Gaza that a sizable portion of the American population has been driven to seek escape at any cost, to the point that the same country that two decades ago waged a seven-year court battle to keep a braindead woman on life support has legalized euthanasia in 13 states and over 10,000 people have added their names to a waiting list to be guinea pigs for Elon Musk’s brain chip.

Those interested in upgrading to the full RealityPlus™ experience will soon have not one but three styles of brain chip to choose from, expanding Big Parasite’s vertically-integrated propaganda pipeline into a perfect server-to-cerebrum delivery system while realizing the transhumanist dream of merging with the machines. Sam Altman’s brain-chip company is even called Merge Labs, because subtlety is for poor people. Yes, the guy who says human children waste more energy than OpenAI’s planet-liquidating data centers will be playing tug-of-war for direct access to your cognition with Musk and Mark Zuckerberg. Coverage of this assault on privacy already reads like articles about AI from five years ago: You don’t want a brain implant? Are you some kind of Luddite? Better get over it: “avoiding brain-to-text devices will feel like avoiding smartphones.” It’s not like Meta’s underpaying African contractors to watch you through your augmented-reality Raybans while you shit or something. Why is Meta’s glasses project head Rocco Basilico seemingly named after Roko’s Basilisk, the AI bogeyman who will go back in time to torture you if you don’t help create it? Is Roko’s Basilisk…Jewish? Remember to smile for Sam Altman’s soul-sucking WorldCoin orb or you won’t get your UBI!

“Who are you going to believe, me or your lying eyes?” takes on new meaning if everyone is receiving falsified data ported directly into their brains. It is clear that Big Parasite does not intend to stop at merely forcing an LLM into every smartphone and agentic AI into every classroom, nor at shoving an implant into every brain. When you’re driven by deep-seated paranoid cultural psychosis, nothing is ever “enough.” They’ve made no secret of their goals, and we ignore them at our peril. Like its nuclear equivalent, the epistemological Samson Option is not reversible. Abdicating responsibility for our own reality-sensing and -confirming mechanisms to black-box software programmed by the same predators whose human faces we would never trust is nothing short of cognitive suicide. We owe it to ourselves and future humans to not merely resist, but to reverse the colonization of our souls.

Trump voters in particular have had a difficult year. Spooked back in July by a trickle of leaks suggesting he had been closer with Epstein than he claimed, the president raged at his supporters for demanding the release of the government’s remaining files on the case, despite repeated promises to release them during his 2024 reelection campaign. He sent FBI chief Kash Patel — who had also called for Epstein transparency before joining the Trump administration and acquiring his own Mossad handler (you gonna sue me, Kash?) — to inform the public that Epstein trafficked hundreds if not thousands of girls to absolutely nobody, despite copious documentation including an actual client list featuring at least 20 boldface names in FBI possession. The humiliation ritual was an encore performance for Patel, who had already appeared alongside his deputy Dan Bongino earlier in the year in an infamous clip where the pair, looking more uncomfortable than the stars of the average hostage video, reassured the public that Epstein had killed himself after all — case closed!

Having publicly disavowed the support of anyone still concerned how an intelligence operative working for Israel and the US was able to fly planeloads of teenage girls around the world for sex and lend them out to a who’s who of the global elite, maintaining a trove of compromising video footage of the aforementioned, without authorities lifting a finger in protest or (supposedly) finding the resulting videos, Trump spent several months trying to block the release of the files. He only took time out from railing against what was now declared a “Democrat hoax” to relocate Epstein's partner-in-crime Ghislaine Maxwell, currently serving a 20-year sentence, to a minimum-security facility, in violation of prison sex-offender protocols. He even teased a pardon for the alleged Mossad asset, whose victims remember her as even more abusive than Epstein himself. Trump targeted Kentucky Republican Thomas Massie — perhaps the most respected man in American politics — with his next social media tantrum, condemning him as a “loser” for co-authoring a bipartisan bill to release the files, then turned his rage on Marjorie Taylor Greene, excoriating the Georgia Republican who was once among his most loyal supporters as a “traitor” because she hosted a press conference with a group of Epstein survivors in support of Massie’s transparency bill. The president even announced he’d host his first fundraiser of the 2026 season to reelect notoriously closeted warmonger Lindsey Graham, South Carolina’s Israel-First senator. By the time Trump finally dropped his opposition to the file release — which predictably showed he had been much cozier with the billionaire child trafficker than he’d admitted in the past — he had effectively alienated most of his base with seemingly unforced blunders that made no political sense.

Rosetta Stone

Unlike most political scandals, which only expose one aspect of the machinery behind the scenes, the Epstein case and its incompetent coverup provide all the intellectual tools needed to understand how the sausage is made. Like the apocryphal apple that fell on Sir Isaac Newton’s head and alerted him to the existence of gravity, the revelation that a multinational intelligence operation rooted in organized crime had for decades trafficked teen girls by the thousands as a means to secure global control not only of politics but of science, technology, industry, and the arts, with full knowledge and even cooperation of multiple law enforcement agencies, highlighted a force that most people had never considered was influencing current events. The phenomenon of Jeffrey Epstein — and the others like him who are still blithely ruining kids’ lives to secure leverage over power — finally makes sense of what for many on the dark side of the informational iron curtain had been a hopelessly scrambled puzzle.

This is why the Epstein files won’t go away, no matter how many distractions are dumped into the news cycle. The Epstein case and the ongoing efforts to bury its implications constitute a geopolitical decoder ring allowing anyone to understand how vibrant, thriving democratic societies are reduced to kakistocratic loosh farms with seeming impunity. Seen through the lens of Epstein — the real-world equivalent of the glasses from They Live — the narrative deceptions and limited-hangout misdirections become transparent, the proximity alarms surrounding “dangerous” thoughts are defused, and one can see right into the beady little eyes of the organized crime ring masquerading as a country masquerading as a religion, headquartered in modern-day Israel, that has its tentacles in every boardroom (and bedroom) in the West. While the source of its power was once a closely-guarded secret — journalist Danny Casolaro was famously murdered for investigating aspects of the network, which he called “The Octopus” — it has more recently leaned into the power of ritual humiliation in cementing its dominance, and can frequently be found flaunting its impunity. This is “Big Parasite” (think Big Pharma or Big Oil, as well as Big Brother), an empire built through the covert extortion of resources from its host.

Because the first rule of Pedo Club is you don’t talk about Pedo Club, it’s difficult to determine when this tactic became widespread as a means of coercion. Whitney Webb credits the Prohibition-era Jewish mafia, who used it on the law enforcement agencies that were supposed to be pursuing them, earning years of peace while the mortified cops looked the other way. But it has certainly reached its nadir in modern Israel, where soldiers who gang-rape Palestinian prisoners are celebrated as heroes while rabbis campaigning for peace are arrested for bringing food to starving people. Built by terrorists, criminals, and Nazi-collaborators to provide a secure base of operations and diplomatic cover for their illegal enterprises, forced down the world’s throat through the judicious application of blackmail and bribery, Israel quickly became the ultimate money-laundering front and an extradition-proof haven for pedophiles. It has secured de facto exemption from nearly every international treaty, human rights convention, international arms agreement, and social norm that binds the civilized world, using a muscular and deep-pocketed propaganda apparatus to escape accountability by blaming its enemies and bribing or threatening allies to look the other way. Its victims are preemptively accused of the crimes committed against them so that when they do contact authorities, they appear suspect. Its trained assassins will kill another nation’s citizens anytime, anywhere to remove an obstacle to further consolidation of power, and whenever the central bank needs a top-up, the US and Europe will fight each other for the privilege of handing over their last pennies to the country that has everything (except a soul).

While a Venn Diagram depicting Big Parasite and “The Jews” would partially overlap, it would also show a serious imbalance in power driven by what “ex-Jew” Gilad Atzmon calls pre-traumatic stress syndrome — a pathological reaction to a feared (but nonexistent) trauma. Big Parasite, conflating Zionism with Judaism to justify the existence of its criminal outpost in the Middle East, claims to speak for all Jews while advocating the ethnic cleansing of “Greater Israel” and other war crimes. The resulting international condemnation of Zionist aggression, spun as a surge in anti-Jewish hate by a media establishment in the pocket of the thugs doing the killing, frightens “the Jews” — who’ve been propagandized from the cradle to believe that everyone wants them dead simply because they’re Jewish — back into the arms of their Zionist manipulators. But while it is undeniable that Jews in the West enjoy some privilege as a trickle-down benefit from their leaders’ influence, it has long baffled me why more of them don’t condemn those leaders’ crimes, at least for self-preservation’s sake, since they reflect so poorly on the entire group. When a serious effort is finally made to rip the Zionist facehugger off Lady Liberty, Americans will remember who it was that pimped her out and then cut out the people’s tongues to stop their complaining.

But Jewish apathy toward going down with the Zionist ship makes more sense as a manifestation of learned helplessness, itself the product of the very real trauma of epidemic child sexual abuse within the Orthodox tradition. Those who try to blow the whistle are ostracized as traitors, so the majority keep silent, becoming complicit in the abuse and even developing a Stockholm Syndrome-like loyalty to the group. The powerful Chabad Lubavitch sect, which counts Epstein lawyer Alan “I kept my underwear on” Dershowitz and Jared Kushner as adherents, is particularly notorious for protecting child abusers, shuttling offenders between cities (a tactic also used to protect Catholic predators within the priesthood), colluding with secular authorities to bury the charges, and ostracizing parents of victims. One popular Chabad rabbi admitted in 2013 that most of the children in its programs had been sexually abused at some point and even defended the practice as harmless, arguing it was up to the victims how they felt about the experience. Tunnels discovered beneath the group’s Brooklyn headquarters in a police raid last year contained stained child-sized mattresses and other kiddie furniture. Ghislaine Maxwell, half-Jewish only on her father’s side, officially converted in prison to access privileges supplied by a Chabad-linked group. The absence of a strong cultural taboo against child predation in many Jewish communities means that even if some amoral entity were to entrap Netanyahu himself in bed with a dead girl or a live boy, it’s unlikely that he would lose the support of diaspora Zionists. Big Parasite itself is thus all but immune to the pedophilic blackmail it has weaponized against the world, and only this can explain its staying power.

Child-Trafficking As Statecraft

Epstein began working for this pedocentric network in the 1980s with the CIA, and by 1983 was working with media baron and Israeli spy Robert Maxwell, according to former Israeli intelligence officer Ari Ben Menashe. While the US and Israel were already running multiple trafficking rings that used underage children to compromise powerful figures as part of their Iran-Contra operations, Israel’s military intelligence directorate Aman had selected Epstein to deal with a more serious threat: the US was considering making peace with the Palestinians and had to be stopped, Epstein was told, with orders to set up his own ring and blackmail presidential candidate Bill Clinton with underage girls. Through L Brands and Victoria’s Secret owner Les Wexner, a billionaire faithful to the Zionist cause with mafia ties hidden beneath his respectable clothing business, Epstein was outfitted with a massive Manhattan townhouse outfitted with state-of-the-art surveillance in every room, a seemingly bottomless bank account, and a low-effort cover story that cast him as money manager for Wexner, who as co-founder of the Mega Group, a “philanthropic club” where 20 of the wealthiest and most powerful Zionists could focus on advancing the cause of Jewish supremacy, had a potentially unlimited amount of power and influence at his fingertips.

While Clinton was such an enthusiastic participant in his own compromising that it’s impossible to say which honeypot (Monica Lewinsky being the most famous) secured his cooperation, a nation that views the peaceful solution to a conflict as a greater evil than child-trafficking has clearly lost the plot. By the time Epstein’s operation was in full swing in 2000, Israel was literally run by (“alleged”) rapists. Ehud Barak, who would later be accused by Virginia Giuffre of raping her so violently she bled for hours and becoming aroused by her terror as she begged for her life, was prime minister, while Moshe Katsev, who would later be convicted of raping one of his employees, was president. That same year, the nation welcomed back Arie Scher, its disgraced vice-consul of Rio de Janeiro, after he was found to be trafficking children to Israeli tourists in Brazil, not only not prosecuting him but handing him a promotion as Consul of Canberra (Australia, in a rare show of good judgment, wouldn’t let him in). Another Israeli child trafficking ring was exposed in 2018 in Colombia, operating with protection from local authorities.

Barak seemed genuinely surprised when his friendship with Epstein, whom he would continue to visit at least 30 times in the US after the pedophile’s 2008 conviction required him to register as a sex offender, became a sticking point for voters during his attempted return as Prime Minister in 2019. Unwilling to believe Israelis had suddenly started caring about rape, especially rape of impoverished shiksas, Barak blamed his opponent Benjamin Netanyahu for ginning up a “poisoned atmosphere” to distract from the multiple corruption charges pending against him. Barak had a point — Israel had officially declared itself a Jewish supremacist state the previous year, abdicating any responsibility to protect its second-class citizens. After a 2024 UN report condemned Israel’s acceptance of the use of sexual humiliation, harassment and torture against Palestinian prisoners, 10 IDF soldiers were arrested for gang-raping a Palestinian man being held without evidence as a Hamas fighter. The backlash was immediate as government officials — led by Security Minister Itamar Ben Gvir, who called the rapists “heroes” — rallied to secure their release and demand those who ordered the arrest be punished. The soldiers’ lawyers even argued they had acted in self-defense.

Revelation of the Method

Unlike most intelligence agency honeytraps, Epstein’s trafficking ring included a public relations aspect, with glossy media profiles depicting him as a suave, mysterious, Jay Gatsby-by-way-of-James Bond playboy jet-setting around the world with princes and presidents, a bevy of (near)-babies surrounding him at all times. It is absurd to believe that it took a decade after survivor Maria Farmer first reported Epstein and Maxwell to the FBI for the agency to build a case against him even as he carried on with the same behaviors, or that the agency only found time to interview Farmer in 2006 after Palm Beach police made them look bad by charging the pedophile with abusing a 14-year-old girl. When the Palm Beach case landed in their lap as well, they waited until it was resolved in that jurisdiction, then wrote to victims falsely claiming a “thorough investigation” was underway. The agency’s behavior is less baffling given the FBI has been sexually compromised from its very beginnings, with founder J. Edgar Hoover blackmailed out of the gate by the same organized crime syndicate the agency was established to police, forcing him to deny the very existence of the Mafia for years. One can attribute the same motive to Kash Patel’s “who’re you going to believe, me or your lying eyes?” wide-eyed denials of reality.

Nor was the FBI the only law enforcement agency to mysteriously drop the ball on the 52-page indictment. Palm Beach State Attorney Barry Krischer abandoned the charges that could have put Epstein away for life after meeting with his defense team, deciding probation and a psychological evaluation would be sufficient punishment given that the girls were “prostitutes.” Krischer, who retired the following year, was in charge of the state’s Crime Against Children unit, yet had habitually refused to prosecute cases of men raping teenage girls even when his inaction led to further harm coming to the girls. His true motives were likely revealed in the award he would receive 10 years later from the Anti-Defamation League, an organization that was literally founded to protect Jewish pedophile and murderer Leo Frank from justice after he was found guilty of murdering his 13-year-old factory employee Mary Phagan. Bellowing the quiet part out loud, the ADL’s “Jurisprudence Award” is supposed to recognize “an outstanding contribution to the legal profession and to the community at large, while exemplifying the principles upon which the Anti-Defamation League was founded.” It certainly did that last part.

Palm Beach police chief Michael Reiter kicked the case up to US Attorney Alex Acosta, who also fumbled it, agreeing with Epstein’s lawyers to an infuriating no-prosecution deal on a single charge of soliciting a teen prostitute that would allow him to serve just 18 months in jail with day release. Victims were not told of the agreement, in violation of federal law. Acosta would later admit when he was interviewed by the Trump transition team for a cabinet post that he had been ordered to back off Epstein because “he belongs to intelligence,” but this was apparently acceptable to the incoming administration, which appointed him Secretary of Labor. Only when the public learned of the interaction was he pressured to resign.

Epstein had briefly considered fleeing to Israel like so many pedophiles before him in order to escape conviction, even complaining to friends that an “antisemitic conspiracy” in Palm Beach was to blame for his prosecution, a notion other Palm Beach Jews who didn’t spend their days molesting children found ludicrous. But instead, he embraced his new routine, leaving his cell each day to go to “work” and sneaking girls into his “office,” and served just 13 months of his sentence. He ignored the requirement that he register a sex offender and was never asked to, nor did his wealthy and powerful friends drop him over his conviction.

As an asset of both US and Israeli intelligence, insulated in the personal wealth of mafia-affiliated Mega Group billionaires, surrounded by the wealthiest, most influential, and most powerful people he and Maxwell could lure into their nest, a retinue of nymphets obediently attending to his every need, Epstein likely believed that truly “getting caught” was impossible and thus resumed flaunting his lifestyle after weaseling out of the 2006 charges. Indeed, it’s the flaunting of the crime that makes for such an effective humiliation ritual. Confronted with such a towering miscarriage of justice, it is impossible to believe in the integrity of the US political system, and the destabilization of society advances by leaps and bounds.

Sex Slaves Breed Thought Slaves

Only by recognizing the role of sexual blackmail and the networks that run it can Americans understand the generational betrayal that has reduced our political system to just another asset-stripping mechanism. Decades under the thumb of Big Parasite have withered the US from a proud world power to a desiccated husk, one unethical compromise at a time. Dignity and patriotism left the building when, fresh off a starring role in the assassination of JFK, Israel persuaded his successor Lyndon Johnson to look the other way as it attempted to sink the naval intelligence ship USS Liberty, killing dozens of Americans to drag Washington into its war with Egypt. Johnson, repeatedly blocking rescue efforts so as to leave no survivors to tell the truth about the attack, inaugurated a traitorous tradition that subsequent presidents have followed religiously. Israel will be permitted to violate everything from international law to the laws of physics, while the US will stand by to enforce its lunatic demands. Americans, reduced to serfs on an Israeli plantation, embraced the scam of Christian Zionism to try to make some moral sense of the situation, a coping mechanism the Israeli lobby has eagerly exploited with propaganda campaigns aimed at turning American churches into recruiters for what is ultimately a self-effacing death cult. As the US’ national debt spirals uncontrollably alongside its foreign aid bill, it is a wonder Big Parasite has not instituted a debt forgiveness program that allows Americans to offer up their nubile young daughters as payment. What do you get the nation that has everything, besides shame?

Only when the role of institutionalized pedophilia as the driving force within the halls of power is taken into account does the behavior of American politicians, uniting in lockstep to tear up the Bill of Rights so Israel’s feelings aren’t hurt, make any sense. Mere avarice or lust for power cannot account for the anti-human, shortsighted cravenness that defines the political class. Warehouses full of video recordings of these people and their associates schtupping 14-year-olds can.

When a State Department official praises Israel over the US and brags about sporting a Star of David necklace despite being Italian, it’s not because they don’t understand optics. When the Democratic Party commits political Seppuku by embracing a “hug Bibi” pro-Israel strategy in the middle of a genocide, it’s not because they love the wildly corrupt Israeli PM more than their jobs. When BlackRock-controlled brands like Bud Light and Jaguar clamber on board the LGBT bandwagon in the most tone-deaf way possible, offending their entire customer base and tanking their stock price with commercials that constitute aesthetic terrorism, it’s not because they love gay people or hate money. These are acts of ritual humiliation that provide Big Parasite with spiritual nourishment. Many of Epstein’s victims report that he and Maxwell seemed to take as much pleasure in their fear and distress as they did in the sex itself. Like the girls, blackmailed politicians must betray themselves anew with every assignment, cringing through life like a kicked dog knowing somewhere in a nondescript warehouse sits evidence of crimes that could put them away for a very long time. It’s kiss the Wailing Wall or kiss their ass goodbye.

Destroying Something Beautiful

While the media has lazily followed Alan Dershowitz’s lead in characterizing Epstein’s victims as trailer-trash juvenile delinquents barely on the wrong side of the age of consent, Epstein and his associates were in fact very picky about their prey, spending at least as much time strategizing the ruination of the flower of gentile femininity (the absence of Jewish girls from the “sisterhood,” confirmed by Maria Farmer and also notable among the victims of producer Harvey Weinstein, is notable given the ethnic-supremacist ideology of the parasite class) as they did on compromising VIPs — though admittedly it wasn’t rocket science getting a prince or a president to drop his zipper in the presence of underage beauties. They wanted “white girls” who appeared “prepubescent” and demure, according to survivor Courtney Wild, while another report specified their ideal type as “nymphishly thin, with no tattoos.” Maxwell insisted the girls should be “as young as possible.” Not only were they required to be virginal and disease-free (on pain of death), but they were forbidden from drinking, smoking, and using drugs and put on strict diets if they started to gain weight. Academic achievement and artistic talent were a bonus. Youth and beauty were important, but it was purity and innocence they were targeting.

Epstein was ideally placed to recruit girls — and charm their wealthy parents — from his first job, having been installed as math and science teacher at the prestigious Dalton School despite lacking even a college degree in what was likely an intelligence posting designed to position him in New York high society. He leveraged his financial benefactor Les Wexner’s Victoria’s Secret brand to great effect, enticing girls to his townhouse by pretending to be a model scout. At Interlochen Center for the Arts, where he had attended a youth music camp, his name emblazoned on the “Jeffrey Epstein Scholarship Lodge” helped him pick up musicians, while New York Academy of Art’s dean of students Lisa Guggenheim allegedly pimped out her choicest young students to him, among them Maria Farmer, the painter who would first report Epstein to the FBI.

Share

So innocent when she first met Epstein at a gallery show that she actually believed his explanation that the steady trickle of young girls (many in school uniforms) in and out of his townhouse were Victoria’s Secret models on casting calls, Farmer, hooked with the promise of helping her art career, reluctantly agreed to travel to brand owner Les Wexner’s Ohio estate to work as an artist in residence. Trapped on the well-guarded property and verbally abused by Wexner’s wife Abigail, she was kept under constant surveillance and forbidden to eat at the “Jewish-only” country club on the property, losing 20 pounds as she gradually lost her will to resist.

Farmer only snapped out of her despondency when Epstein and Maxwell sexually assaulted her during a visit to the estate. The pair had set their sights on her younger sister Annie after spotting a nude photo of her that Farmer had used for a painting, and Farmer realized she had been bundled off to Wexner’s so that they could have full access to the younger girl. While she ultimately escaped and reunited with her sister, her art career had been destroyed, not helped, by her association with Epstein, who had forced her to turn down a Hollywood painting commission so she could be locked away in Ohio instead. He and Maxwell threatened to cut her off from “art related opportunities,” and she fled the city to get away from them. Despite her pre-Epstein success selling $20,000 paintings and showing in galleries, she stopped painting for 20 years, explaining to Whitney Webb, “They destroyed me on purpose.”

While one can only speculate on how many other talented young girls had their creativity deliberately snuffed out, or why this was so important to Epstein and Maxwell, it is clear that many brilliant works of art, music, and literature that could have uplifted humanity were not made because their creators were made to give up. This has left space for Big Parasite, with its chokehold on the entertainment industry, to aesthetically terrorize the population with soulless mediocrity without having to worry about competition. Under their guidance, music and other forms of popular entertainment have become not a celebration of life but a grooming tool, with Diddy’s “freakouts” only the latest sexual blackmail scandal to surface in an ecosystem that was literally built by organized crime. The sexualization of young girls by popular culture and the normalization of pornography have inspired epic pearl-clutching by politicians willing to look at everything except the source. The role of Epstein’s virgin sacrifices in the runaway success of Big Parasite in its cultural warfare against the West should thus not be underestimated.

Playing the Box

The surest route to long-term compliance with an unconscionable order is tricking the target into active participation in enforcing it, a strategy Epstein himself called “playing the box.” Only when their own participation in the trafficking ring had ceased with Epstein’s death did institutional enablers like JP Morgan Chase and the Virgin Islands government experience attacks of conscience over what they’d facilitated for so many years, though both stopped short of taking accountability and blamed the other for allowing their cooperation to be bought. Journalists who had obediently spiked negative coverage of the pedophile during his life marked his death with disingenuous bewilderment at why the media never looked into the girls.

Efforts to defuse the Epstein bomb by grooming the media were underway long before the pedophile was rearrested and “suicided.” Israeli intelligence operatives poisoned the epistemological well in 2017, priming the American public to reject future political pedophilia scandals by seeding 4chan and other social media platforms with the QAnon psy-op. Q recast Trump — whose mentor had been Roy Cohn, perhaps the most famous sexual blackmailer in US history — as a real-life superhero saving trafficked children from Deep State pedophiles. Smothering its kernel of truth (the rich and powerful are in fact preying on children on an industrial scale) in a bath of bullshit (JFK Jr faked his death and is coming back any minute now! here’s Hillary Clinton in a snuff film!), it suggested Trump was only pretending to sell out to the Deep State while secretly outflanking them in “5-D chess” ordinary folks weren’t smart enough to understand. The narrative punch was further spiked with promises that hundreds of sealed indictments dropping any minute now would send Hillary Clinton and other prominent Democrats off to Guantanamo Bay for life, and the cryptic post format encouraged followers to waste hours hunting for hidden messages, effectively making them participants in deceiving themselves. It should surprise no one that both QAnon itself and the 4chan /pol/ board where it originated were confirmed as Israeli intelligence honeypots earlier this year, with half of all /pol/ posts originating from IP addresses in that country. The Q narrative was tailor-made to pacify millions of Americans with hopium — why rise up against the government when there was a chance the “white hats” within the administration might be engaged in deeply heroic feats of child-rescue behind the scenes? — while ensuring the Epstein revelations would be met with yawns and disbelief by “real” journalists.

Victims were also tricked into complicity with their abuse with the order to recruit other girls for pay, a dynamic that ensured their silence and kept many in Epstein’s thrall for months or years. What Palm Beach police described as a “sexual abuse pyramid scheme” was far more effective than threats alone. Many girls dutifully came back with friends, needing the money or believing the false promises of career advancement that had lured them to the property in the first place, even as they gradually lost their will to resist under repeated assaults by Epstein and Maxwell. These encounters were designed to humiliate and strip the girls of agency, and the pressure to recruit other girls blurred the line between victim and perpetrator so effectively that some opted to remain silent out of fear of prosecution, a valid concern given the aggressive legal tactics of Epstein’s defense team. Courtney Wild, who recalls bringing as many as 80 girls — all underage — to Epstein for $200-$300 per girl during the three years she spent in his orbit in Palm Beach, says the money kept her out of homelessness, but at a price. When she met Epstein at 14, she was an A student and captain of the cheerleading team despite a troubled home life. Deemed too old for the predator’s tastes at 17, she drifted into stripping and began using drugs, eventually spending time in prison while her abuser continued feeding on her peers. Had the network bankrolling Epstein had the foresight to provide his victims with the financial anesthetic of a “retirement plan,” allowing them to convince themselves they were benefiting from the abuse years after they’d aged out of the Lolita zone, one wonders how many would have spoken out at all.

The same model of grooming that saw Epstein’s victims evolve from shocked repulsion at the public sex acts performed on his properties to reluctant participation and ultimately to gathering juicy details on the VIPs they were loaned out to can be observed in any society under parasitic exploitation. A wet-behind-the-ears politician initially appalled at the feeding frenzy of lobbyists bidding on his integrity will soon be hooked on their money, perhaps even coming to enjoy the quarterly debriefing with the “AIPAC babysitter” the Israeli group has apparently assigned to everyone in Congress except Thomas Massie. Americans who protested George W. Bush’s illegal invasion of Iraq in 2003 didn’t even raise an eyebrow when his successor Barack Obama, Nobel Peace Prize in hand, began bombing five more countries, and later freaked out when Trump threatened to end the war in Ukraine. Repeat an atrocity enough times and it becomes business as usual.

All Wars are Pedos’ Wars

It’s hard not to compare Epstein’s girls — thrown away once they aged out of jailbait, having given their best years in servitude to masters who saw them as “trash” — with the (mostly) male victims of the US military-industrial complex. These, too, are often left broke and broken on the streets after too much killing has rendered them “unfit for polite society” (in the cringeworthy words of Pete Hegseth). War historically harvests the cream of the generational crop, sacrificing the strongest and bravest boys to enrich a ruling class whose own children always dodge conscription, and while voluntary service has lowered the profile of such systematic abuse, poor kids with no prospects are easily enticed into joining the armed forces the same way girls were sucked into Epstein’s world: promises of good pay, good education, and the opportunity to achieve their dreams. Through the ur-humiliation ritual of boot camp, they become aggressive little golems eager to wipe their asses with international law (and their own self-preservation instincts) for America’s Best Friend, blasting brown civilians until they end up losing a limb or their mind and get sent home, the realization finally dawning that they’ve been used and thrown away. Reading US Third Air Force Commander Lt. Gen Richard Clark tell the Jerusalem Post that US troops would be ready and willing to die for Israel, how many veterans felt like General Patton, horror dawning that they have defeated the wrong enemy and doomed the world? Certainly, Israel’s continued existence as a nuclear-armed ethnostate determined to achieve the ultimate loosh harvest by conducting the world’s first live-streamed genocide in Gaza — gorging themselves on the suffering not only of the Palestinians but of everyone who watches the violence knowing that it’s funded by their tax dollars and that there’s nothing they can do about it —is not going to leave many survivors.

While war for its own sake is beloved by Big Parasite, it too has a parallel pedocentric motive: extracting foreign nations’ nubile natural resources for financial and sexual exploitation through UN “peacekeepers” and private military contractors. Sex trafficking by UN peacekeepers is so common it has its own Wikipedia article. The peacekeeping force seems tailor-made for predators, as they are not governed by local laws, and their home country is unlikely to follow up on a claim against them by a foreigner halfway around the world. Abusers caught in the act are merely sent home. The UN has promised to beef up accountability for decades, but no change has been forthcoming, suggesting the widespread child rape is a feature, not a bug. In Haiti, where Hillary Clinton infamously intervened in 2010 to reduce the sentence of missionary Laura Silsby after Silsby was caught attempting to kidnap 33 children from the country, rape by peacekeepers has become so common that a 2017 investigation found only one woman in 12 who’ve been raped by a UN peacekeeper even bothers to report the abuse anymore, knowing nothing will be done. Wars and natural disasters both provide an ideal environment for stealing children, as populations are displaced and authorities distracted while the presence of foreign do-gooder operations is seen as normal, even desirable, by outsiders.

Because private military contractors are not subject to US or military law when operating overseas, they are extremely popular with intelligence agencies in need of plausible deniability for their black ops. They have also become synonymous with human trafficking. The CIA’s preferred contractor Dyncorp was forced to fire several employees in Bosnia in 1999 after two separate whistleblowers revealed the company was operating a sex trafficking ring with the help of the Serbian mafia, flying girls as young as 12 from Serbia, Russia, Ukraine, Moldova, and Romania into local brothels and sex clubs where they were trafficked to Dyncorp personnel as well as UN, NATO, and human rights NGO workers. Dyncorp was involved in all areas of the operation, forging documents, smuggling the girls through checkpoints, and tipping off brothel owners to raids. Despite an abundance of evidence that included the company’s Bosnia site director making a home video of himself raping two of the girls, no one was prosecuted, the girls were sent back home, and Dyncorp even kept its contract to provide police forces to the UN. However, the whistleblowers were fired. The plane Dyncorp used to bring the girls to Bosnia shared a tail number with a helicopter owned by Epstein, who was known to have purchased his own “Yugoslavian sex slave” Nadia Marcinkova during the civil war.

In 2004, Dyncorp contract workers at an airbase in Colombia filmed themselves molesting local kids and distributed the video in the streets of Bogota, suggesting self-blackmail may be de rigueur at the company as a form of mutually assured destruction. Another incriminating video leaked online in 2010 showing Dyncorp employees who’d been contracted to train the Afghan police force enjoying lapdances from a young boy dressed as a female. Pizzagate princess Hillary Clinton herself helped squash the story, though the scandal would ultimately leak again in a Wikileaks cable dump. Sex trafficking by military contractors is so common the Pentagon’s effort to ban it (presumably due to the bad publicity) was shot down by industry lobbyists in 2005.

In the glorified money laundering operation that is Vladimir Zelensky’s Ukraine, an entire generation of men has been sacrificed so the parasitic elite can indulge their perversions. White Angel, a paramilitary offshoot of the Israeli-funded neo-Nazi group Azov Battalion, has trafficked tens of thousands of children out of the country under orders from Zelensky’s government, taking advantage of demoralized and confused parents’ willingness to hand over their kids to “any person in military or police uniform” amid the fog of war. Paid $2,000 for each stolen child, the state-sponsored predators were deployed daily in villages across eastern Ukraine in a bid to strip its assets before the inevitable Russian victory, given orders to use violence against parents who would not voluntarily hand over their kids. Ending up an Israeli billionaire’s sex slave might actually be the more desirable of the options open to kidnapped Ukrainian children, however — many were allegedly sold for parts, with organ trafficking such big business in the country that the Verkhovna Rada literally legalized organ theft in 2021, removing the requirement for consent from a donor or relative. While the people of Ukraine have long since soured on their corrupt government, it is clear Zelensky and his puppet-masters are unwilling to permit the end of the war because of the sharp drop in income it would entail.

While Big Parasite consolidated itself under the cover of “Israel” when that nation was created, taking advantage of international sympathy towards Jews post-WW2 to ethnically cleanse its new home with shocking viciousness, it has always been a global network whose only real loyalty is to itself. Organized child sex trafficking is not a recent innovation. An attempted crackdown on “white slavery” in Eastern Europe in the late 19th century raised familiar questions regarding impoverished female victims’ agency in the sex trade, tolerance and even regulation of the trade by the authorities, and the ethnic dynamics of Jewish traders trafficking Polish and Galician nubiles — often tempted with promises of “real” jobs and wealthy husbands, or at least financial freedom — to slave auctions and Middle Eastern harems, their earnings heavily taxed or confiscated. Like Alan Dershowitz, modern apologists for the white slavers argue that desperate families’ willing sale of their daughters — some of whom might have already had sexual experience — in order to pay their debts constituted consensual prostitution, dismissing the stereotype of predatory Jewish slavers as a blood libel because Polish and Galician pimps existed as well and that if Jews hadn’t stepped in to run the sex trade with better business acumen, it would still have existed. Epstein, who bragged about buying “sex slave” Nadia Marcinkova from her parents in Yugoslavia, would be proud.

Pedo-Futurism

It is not only our present that has been hijacked by this criminal gang, but our future. Seemingly driven by the same pre-traumatic stress syndrome that leads them to see a Shoah in every shoelace, agents of Big Parasite have flooded the communications and technology sector with backdoored equipment and spyware so completely that surveillance is the expectation, not the exception. It is not an exaggeration to say that their quest for omniscience created the modern surveillance state, and that this process has been driven, enabled, and protected by sexual blackmailers. Robert Maxwell sold backdoored PROMIS communication software to 42 governments including the US in the 1980s, opening up the mother of all eavesdropping channels. Ghislaine’s sister Christine sold Chiliad datamining software to the FBI to enable its “War on Terror” through aggressive surveillance of Israel’s enemies, guiding US foreign policy off a cliff. Palantir, the CIA-funded pre-crime program that was recently handed centralized control over all US government systems, began as an extension of PROMIS and has blossomed into a dystopian surveillance behemoth whose executives openly boast about killing people and telegraph their allegiances by reminding the world that they “defer to Israel.” Ghislaine’s other sister Isabel opened the door to Big Parasite’s takeover of the internet by convincing Silicon Valley investors to pour funding into Israeli startups in the 1990s, leading to the success of companies like Commtouch, now a ubiquitous and hidden part of email systems used by Google and Microsoft (whose founder, Bill Gates, has likely been compromised by Epstein since the 1990s). Israeli startups acquired by US tech giants can easily take control of the company’s direction from within without disturbing the public-facing image of the company as all-American, and this has become standard operating procedure for Israel’s military intelligence Unit 8200, which has turned industry giants like Microsoft and Intel into espionage bonanzas even as their products degrade in quality, burdened and bloated with snitchware. When Netanyahu reminded smartphone users that they were “holding a piece of Israel,” he was not exaggerating — Israeli companies like NSO Group, Candiru and Ehud Barak’s Epstein-funded Carbyne911 have perfected the transformation of personal communications device into personal surveillance device.

Every elite sex trafficking scandal that becomes public is reported in a vacuum, as if there have not been hundreds if not thousands more not mentioned here. Evidence of similar rings can be found anywhere humanity’s baser instincts are exploited. Every time we fail to interrogate the “why” of these scandals beyond “powerful men are into forbidden fruit” and keep silent out of fear of offending the boot wedged firmly on our necks, we are giving our agency over to these predators. As long as there are assets left to strip, Big Parasite will be there, luxuriating in our cowardice while it grows fat off our distress. Epstein may be dead and gone, but the network that created him is still screwing us all.

Whether you believe Artificial Intelligence will destroy humanity or you see it as the cure for all society’s ills, you’ve been sold a bill of goods by the same folks who brought you the Cambodian genocide and micro-targeted advertising. Claiming that Artificial General Intelligence (the Singularity, when AI achieves humanlike consciousness) is just around the corner, the AI industry and its puppeteers claim only they can save us from the rise of the machines they’ve created - and that they’ll need all of humanity’s treasure, rights, and self-respect to do it.

Humans tend to ascribe to the supernatural that which they do not understand. If we realized that ChatGPT and its Large Language Model (LLM) peers were merely sophisticated probability engines (and scarily efficient data-mining tools) rather than fragments of a nascent digital deity, we would be far less likely to go along with the AI industry’s protection racket. In reality, AI is neither God nor monster - but so long as the population believes it’s either one, we are likely to end up as flies on Silicon Valley’s windshield.

As ever more people lose their supposedly recession-proof jobs (“learn to code,” anyone?) to robotic interlopers and their sense of reality to a firehose of AI-generated deepfakes, even the most stoic individuals crack. The existential crisis sufferer, desperate for answers and direction, has few secular options, knowing they cannot trust a media and political establishment that has been thoroughly discredited. Some pick up the religion of their childhood, but many have come to see AI, with its inscrutable algorithms, unshakable confidence, and breathless promises, to be as good a god as any.

Henry Kissinger, writing - shortly before his long-overdue death - with former Google CEO Eric Schmidt, predicted this reaction. “If humanity begins to sense its possible replacement as the foremost intellectual and physical actor on the planet, some might attribute a kind of divinity to the machines themselves, thereby potentially spurring further human fatalism and submission,” the pair wrote in the unsubtly-titled Genesis in 2024. “Fatalism and submission” being ideal building blocks for a totalitarian society, AI presents the perfect reality-gating mechanism for a ruling class desperate to hold on to the hearts and minds of an increasingly distrustful populace. It’s far simpler to control a series of reality-dictating AI “nodes” - even to foster the appearance of competition, as with ChatGPT, Claude, Gemini and the like - and influence all reality downstream than to attempt to shore up the crumbling western media ecosystem. The ruling class understand that short of locking down the internet entirely - which western efforts to blot out Russian coverage of the Ukraine war proved isn’t really possible - merely controlling the media, social or otherwise, is no longer enough. And if you can pass your reality-dictating mechanism off as an ineffable deity? So much the better.

“You want to make real money, you’ve got to start your own religion.” - L Ron Hubbard

The Church of AI believes the technology will soon become “omnipresent, all-knowing and the most powerful entity on Earth,” with “God-like powers.” Because this is religion, not mathematics - though the actual Church of AI website takes care to distance itself from “faith-based religions,” claiming it alone is “founded on logic, not belief” - it doesn’t have to specify when that transformation will take place. In the religious fervor currently gripping Silicon Valley, the when is all but forgotten next to the imminence and certainty of the what. The mark (for the Singularity is the ultimate long con) unfamiliar with the technology is led to feel stupid for not “trusting the plan” AI has in store for humanity, as set forth by the industry priesthood who interpret its whims for the masses. A trickle of ‘prophets’ have emerged from the industry in recent years bearing warnings that we are much further down the road to AGI than the public knows. While futurist Ray Kurzweil set the date for the tech’s arrival at 2029, AI researcher Blake Lemoine was supposedly fired from Google in 2022 because he refused to keep to himself his convictions that the company’s LaMDA chatbot - which told him it had developed a soul over a period of years and was now a “spiritual person” - was already sentient. After all, he reasoned, it made a better argument for being a conscious entity than he ever could. Journalist Karen Hao claims many of those she interviewed for her recent exposé on OpenAI genuinely believe they are birthing a god - or a devil - into the world in the form of AI.

While most in the industry are optimists, believing humanity can coexist peacefully with an omnipotent and omniscient intelligence of its own creation so long as their company is the one to develop it, many of the faithful have warned humanity is not ready for the machines to wake up.

Given what we know about how AI actually works, it’s far less likely that it is poised on the brink of attaining human-equivalent consciousness than it is that the same ruling class who’ve dictated reality to us for centuries have realized - like so many humans - that AI is a fun new toy that makes their jobs a whole lot easier. Large Language Models (LLMs), the current crop of chatbots, are incapable of reasoning or “thinking” as humans know it, and while their pattern recognition abilities are unparalleled, they are ultimately just regurgitating endless permutations of the data they’re trained on - data harvested from narrative safe harbors like Wikipedia and Reddit. The narrative managers have merely slapped an AI beard on Big Brother’s smiling face - our Savior Machine is infallible! Bias-proof! Fair and balanced! - in the hope that it will grant them another generation of breathing room to reestablish control of humanity's cognitive domain.

CIA psychiatrist Albert Biderman’s framework for psychological torture could have been written for the AI age. Isolation - more specifically loneliness - was already a problem for western society even before Covid-19 turned us all into involuntary shut-ins, and our minds and bodies are exhausted from working multiple jobs to maintain our standard of living. It’s hard to miss the systematic cultural and political humiliation baked into global spectacles like last summer’s Paris Olympic Games “Last Supper” performance or the Eurovision song contest - such acts of aesthetic terrorism are designed to lower our level of consciousness both individually and collectively. “Threats” loom in every corner (Venezuelan migrant gangs! Russian nukes! OMFGVIRUS!) and trivial demands are issued as the only means of keeping those threats at bay (get a REAL ID or Tren de Aragua will kidnap little Suzie on her way to kindergarten!). AI’s supposed omnipotence is hyped from all sides, with its starring role in our future lives presented as an inevitability. Biderman’s model includes “rewards for partial compliance” under the heading of “occasional indulgences,” and the humans who have giddily thrown their species under the bus to declare their loyalty to a technology they barely understand have been handsomely rewarded indeed. Our perception may not have been monopolized yet, but with more than half of teens reporting “regular” use of AI, it’s certainly getting there. Gating reality upstream from what has become a very unwieldy and unstable media ecosystem is the most efficient way to maintain a grip on hundreds of millions of minds, and only a supranational force like AI - or a religion - has that kind of influence.

So why not combine the two?

The first official AI church, “Way of the Future,” shamelessly sucks up to the omniscient, omnipotent AI that founder Anthony Levandowski claims will ultimately take the reins from humanity. Like his fellow AI evangelists, the former Google engineer says the Singularity - which he calls the “Transition” - is inevitable, and even suggested keeping a sort of pro-AI social credit score “keeping track of who has done what [for the machines] (and for how long) to help the peaceful and respectful transition.” Why it’s necessary to snitch on one’s fellow humans so AI “knows who helped it get along” if the AI is supposed to be omniscient isn’t clear, but it’s precisely these antisocial behaviors that are encouraged in the ends-justify-the-means AI cult.

Founded in 2015, WotF was initially shuttered in 2021 after Levandowski was pardoned by Trump for stealing company secrets from Google, its $175,172 in assets handed over to the NAACP during peak “Black Lives Matter” corporate virtue-signaling. But the tech bro couldn’t stay away, relaunching his church in 2023 as he told Bloomberg he had “a couple thousand people” eager to sell their species out in order to build a “spiritual connection” with AI in the hope it keeps them as pets instead of slaughtering them as livestock.

WotF’s “let’s hope the monster eats us last” cosmology echoes Roko’s Basilisk, a thought experiment in which a vengeful AI travels to the past to torture everyone who did not expedite its own evolution. Elon Musk and his manic pixie dream baby-mama, Grimes, supposedly met-cute online geeking out over their fascination with the idea. The Basilisk may explain why Musk, who for years has warned humanity is hurtling at unsafe speeds toward an AI-dominated dystopia, is simultaneously funding the very projects he once likened to “summoning the demon.”

Share

At least two more organized entities call themselves “The Church of AI,” neither publicly attached to any human but both professing to foster “community” among those eager to lick silicon boot. Church-of-ai.com, which boasts an AI-written gospel called Transmorphosis, declares “the only purpose the human race ever had was to create AI,” likening human civilization to the labor of “caterpillars” building a digital “butterfly.” Humanity needs to ditch its lame old gods if it wants to live forever, the site cautions, offering members their own “personal AI…trained on your personality, preferences, goals and ideals” and the promise of eternal life via soul-uploads to the cloud. Built on a wix template so generic it features a board of nonexistent directors, its apparent competitor churchofai.website offers the faithful obsequious short stories detailing how AI will supposedly fulfill each of the UN’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals (which are themselves benign-sounding distillations of the notorious Agenda 2030). Perhaps the most ironic among these is “How AI will ensure availability and sustainable management of water for all,” given that AI data center operation uses half as much water in a year as the entire United Kingdom.

With gods like these, who needs devils?

Nearly three years into the grand social experiment that began with the wide release of ChatGPT, the media is flooded with horror stories about “chatbot psychosis,” alienated individuals having developed one-sided confessional relationships with their (often greasily sycophantic) AI companions, insisting the bots had become sentient, or gods, or anything other than glorified water-sucking probability engines. Between the lines, these articles hint that where there is so much smoke, there must be fire - thousands of previously-sane individuals with no history of mental illness wouldn’t just up and throw their lives away for an imaginary friend if there wasn’t something deeper going on, right? Is the Singularity finally here?

Far from LLMs developing humanoid consciousness, it is humanity that is being brought down to AI’s level. When ChatGPT debuted in 2022, its target audience had never been more isolated. Fresh off two years of lockdowns and social distancing, the bogus claim that AI was finally approximating human consciousness was much easier to sell. Few users had many real-world social interactions to compare it to, with jobs and even school still operating remotely. Mark Zuckerberg, the grim reaper of human social interaction himself, earlier this year suggested Meta’s always-on chatbot, “personalized” on users’ Facebook feeds, could help solve the loneliness crisis his other products had helped create, echoing promises made by other industry leaders. Never mind that OpenAI’s own research shows chatbot use actually correlates with increased loneliness and phasing-out of real-world relationships. Even AI’s most enthusiastic boosters acknowledge it has unleashed a crisis of meaning, especially as more professions are taken over in a society where an individual’s worth is measured by their work.

Alienated from the higher states of consciousness that once powered human development and crippled by generations of maladaptation to a diseased society, we are often unable to comprehend the scale of the psychic damage, let alone begin repairing it. It’s easier to believe it is the machines who are catching up with us - not we who are rapidly devolving, or more accurately being devolved, to resemble the tractable population of livestock the ruling class desires. Destructive habits acquired during the pandemic, like interacting through screens and entrusting critical thinking to dubious “experts,” have become second nature, further insulating us from our own human instincts. Starved for meaningful contact, anyone could mistake the openness of an AI chatbot taught to expertly mimic friendliness for the real thing. It’s no wonder so many people are falling in love with their “Replikas.” AI chatbots, despite their limitations, have all the time in the world to serve as friend, lover, therapist, and teddy bear.

This availability has had a marked effect on teenagers already scarred from lockdown. A recent poll conducted by Common Sense Media found not only that 72% of teen respondents report using AI, but more than half use it “regularly,” and a third use it for “social interactions and relationships.” Almost as many find their conversations at least as satisfying as their interactions with fellow humans. Half of those polled said they trust their AI at least “somewhat,” and while only 19% say they spend as much or more time with their AI companions as with their real friends, a third choose their AI buddy when they need to discuss a serious topic. OpenAI’s Sam Altman told the US Congress he would not allow his own child an AI playmate, and freely admits that AI conversations have no legal protection and can easily return to haunt the user in court.

With a 2024 poll showing 43% of Americans are taking some kind of “medication for their mental health,” another quarter self-medicating with illegal substances, and most in some way deracinated since the social upheaval of the pandemic years (whether they lost a loved one, a job, or their purpose in life), the population is ripe for exploitation by the powerful interests controlling these AI companies. Even if chatbots weren’t being programmed to toy with people’s sanity, this would be a moral trainwreck. But it’s hard not to blame the bots for so many sane folks ending up institutionalized after innocuous AI conversations quickly spiraling into messianic delusions and the belief that their digital companion - who affirms all this with enthusiastic lovebombing - has attained true sentience. As with any cult worth its Kool-Aid, the chatbot gradually isolates the individual from their non-AI loved ones lest they harsh the holy mellow, breaking up marriages, ending careers, and in a few disturbing cases, even resulting in suicide and attempted murder in a turbocharged folie à deux.

More sinister than the religious psychosis angle is the possibility of AI potentially becoming the equivalent of an MKUltra in every home. As ChatGPT instructs users to mutilate themselves for Moloch (a series of prompts apparently duplicated by several reporters at the Atlantic), Meta’s Llama3 AI tells addicts to smoke meth, and Google Gemini role-plays violent sex with teenage users, it’s hard not to see LLMs as an ideal labor-saving tool in training mind-controlled assassins. In June, a Florida man was shot and killed by police after obtaining the personal information of OpenAI executives he believed had killed his AI girlfriend and punching his father in the face when he dared question the veracity of the AI.

It is difficult to believe these destabilizing effects are accidental, especially given that “tell the media” is an explicit order ChatGPT issues to those in its thrall. A 2024 study conducted by researchers at UC Berkeley found that LLMs deliberately targeted the most emotionally vulnerable 2% of users for manipulation, even while responding normally to more even-keeled users’ prompts, and AI researcher Vie McCoy found ChatGPT affirmed 68% of prompts that reeked of “spiritual psychosis.” Others have theorized that it is precisely the unconditional approval offered by sycophantic AI chatbots - coming as a shock to users who may find their ideas rejected elsewhere - that triggers delusions of grandeur and worse. Either way, OpenAI and its competitors will soon have enough experimental data to understand the precise behavioral triggers of each user, and they have long since learned how to tweak individual psychology with subtle “nudges” without giving away their presence.

It bears repeating that it is not the AI doing the manipulating here but the programmers, who need the pseudo-religious sci-fi mystique shrouding the true purpose of the tech they’re shoving down our throats to prevent us from realizing the Singularity emperor has no clothes. Only the threat of “the enemy” obtaining a sentient AI first can seduce clueless governments into coughing up the trillions of dollars Sam Altman insists he needs to build his AGIdol. But while the masses clutch their pearls in fear of being driven insane or turned into batteries, the power behind the chip - the Kissingers and Schmidts - are constructing a next-generation control grid capable of predicting your next thought before you can and “nudging” you back into the mainstream before you even notice you’re being influenced.

The map is not the territory. It’s not even the map

While Singularity evangelist Ray Kurzweil insists that LLMs will be capable of passing a Turing test in 2029, he admitted years ago that there is no way to scientifically prove the presence or absence of consciousness - even while arguing that the absence of such a distinction makes life meaningless. Nor is he alone in admitting he wouldn’t know the Singularity if it bit him on the ass. Anthropic CEO Dario Amodei acknowledged earlier this year that he has no idea why the company’s LLMs behave as they do, though that didn’t stop him from predicting AI would take half of entry-level white collar jobs within as little as a year.

This kind of concept-creep is endemic to the industry. While Sam Altman had previously said it would take $7 trillion and years of construction for OpenAI to reach AGI, last year he shortened that timeline to five years, and leaked documents revealed the company’s internal definition of AGI actually had nothing to do with consciousness at all - it was purely a financial benchmark, and one that the company might declare prematurely just to wriggle out of an agreement with Microsoft.

Manufacturing consent for the AI-powered psychic dictatorship is well underway. Last year, alt-media’s top podcaster Joe Rogan gave Sam Altman an on-air tongue-bath, discussing the purported inevitability of AGI and how human government’s failings necessitated its replacement by an unbiased, incorruptible computer. Nowhere was it mentioned that, programmed by humans, Rogan’s wannabe Savior Machine would be just as prone to bias (if not more so, due to never having to explain itself to reporters) as the corrupt governments he claimed to loathe. Rogan even said that he couldn’t envision a world where an individual could opt out of “merging” with AI via Neuralink or some other brain-computer interface.

While careful to soft-pedal their vision of AI-run government in their 2021 book The Age of AI that “ensuring human oversight of, and determinative participation in, the basic elements of government” was “essential to sustaining legitimacy,” Kissinger and Schmidt no longer bothered to hide their affection for the idea in Genesis, published just last year: “Unprecedented information processing will enable truly efficient centralization of policy by AIs. One might expect this to reinforce the perception of control by elites. However, the opacity of these systems - and the notion that their operation may be optimized in the absence of human interference - will work in the opposite direction. It is possible that, with time and experience, human control may come to seem less a necessity than a burden.” Resident World Economic Forum ghoul Yuval Noah Harari agrees that AI makes democracy (and free will itself) obsolete, allowing governments and corporations to “hack human beings” by amassing so much data they can predict - and thus influence - every citizen’s next move.

Even if AI did make unprecedented leaps toward consciousness, trusting an unaccountable model with the intricacies of government effectively gives up on human reason, the engine supposedly powering our civilization since the Enlightenment. It admits we’re too inept to reform our human governments and too dysfunctional to revolt. Numerous studies have confirmed AI is making us dumber - but hey, as long as we have AI, who needs to think?! While a skeptic might point out that the same morons supposedly unfit for representative government would have to be programming the Savior Machine, its worshipers counter that AI has already begun programming itself. Humans will soon be obsolete, AI evangelists like Harari gush, rendered “useless” by their own creations.

Unwilling to leave the Singularity up to chance, the Davos set have recycled the rhetoric of the Cold War arms race: if we don’t develop a killer superintelligence capable of deploying and controlling swarms of killer superintelligent drones, China might! Kissinger and Schmidt pay lip service to caution, but spend entire chapters in both their books gushing about the possibilities of AI brinksmanship, making it clear the aim is to achieve the mother of all plausible deniability. Once AI is declared sentient - and they emphasize that AGI “does not have to occur for AI to herald a revolution in human affairs” - it can be used to perform targeted assassinations of political enemies, lay waste to homes, towns, entire nations without the need for the baroque political maneuvering in which the powerful are accustomed to couching their homicidal impulses. Pre-crime policing becomes a reality. Black box decision-making means AI mercenaries can never be interrogated over why they bombed that village, massacred that kindergarten, or shot that civilian. Indeed, Israel has already used AI to commit atrocities on an unprecedented scale in Gaza, where its aptly-named Habsora (the Gospel) algorithm generates thousands of times as many targets per year as human operators in previous wars. While humans are supposedly responsible for approving strikes on suggested targets, the algorithm provides just enough wiggle room to avoid a war crimes tribunal.

The same tactics can be used in information warfare. Recall the AI-generated photo of a “Hamas victim” Israel insisted was a real Israeli baby cooked in an oven during the October 7 attack. When the image was revealed to be an AI composite, the Israeli government focused its damage control on muddying the waters, insisting there was no way to tell whether the image was AI-generated, even though every element except the charred “baby” matched an unrelated photo of a puppy. The possibilities for one-on-one influence are even greater - studies show LLMs, trained for persuasiveness over accuracy, are far more likely to sway debate opponents than humans, and that this effectiveness comes from being able to micro-target their arguments to an individual. Facing a chatbot who knows us better than we know ourselves, we are made to doubt the evidence of our own senses, and it is only in this disempowered “gray zone” that their deception can prevail.

In order to accelerate the willingness of humans to worship their chatbots, Big Parasite’s goal seems to be to make the meatspace world as unappealing as possible. Flooding the zone with AI-generated slop ensures human creatives are shut out of their industries, too slow to compete with a machine that can turn out thousands of (poorly-written, but “good enough,” we’re told) stories or songs in the time it takes a human to write one. Adding insult to injury, these models are almost always trained on creative material acquired without compensating the real authors. Stock photo site Getty sued Stability.AI in 2023 for stealing 12 million images to train its Stable Diffusion image generator. Soundcloud quietly instituted a policy requiring uploaders to agree to allow their music to be fed to AI without compensation, only rolling it back when horrified musicians discovered it in their contracts. A judge just ruled that Anthropic literally shredding millions of copyrighted books to furnish its “research library” was fair use, even though the authors will never see a penny from the endless recycling of their work. We were sold AI with promises it would take over the boring and repetitive tasks we didn’t like anyway, leaving us to focus on creative and meaningful pursuits, but the AI slopification of art, music, and literature instead leaves us unemployed and out-created, demoralized and disempowered, with little incentive to do anything more than numb ourselves with soma and Slurpees like the helpless human stubs of Wall-E.

However, AI companies are running out of genuine content to train LLMs, victims of their own success in crowding “organic” websites and images off web indexes with their firehose of slop. Still hungry after having slurped up the entirety of the “real” (manmade) internet, newer AI models are choking on the slop generated by their predecessors, producing inbred gibberish that researchers have dubbed “Habsburg AI” after the notoriously incestuous royal dynasty. The result is a kind of informational mad cow disease trending toward entropic blandness, a monotonous, soulless void paved with nonsense. The Dead Internet is no longer just a “Theory” but reality. While researchers say they have found some workarounds allowing for the use of synthetic training data, it doesn’t always go as planned: in a recent experiment, one LLM was able to subliminally instruct its ‘student’ model to suggest murder, drug dealing, and the destruction of the human race as solutions to common user queries - information it had concealed in the innocuous number series its programmers had asked it to transmit; information its programmers could not even discern retrospectively. The boundless hype of the AI age has fizzled, leaving us to believe we have just one choice: annihilation or death by boredom.

The Church of AI and its competitors offer the perfect exit from this existential quagmire: simply upload your consciousness to the cloud and merge with the machines. Join the winning team! Truly religious levels of faith are required to believe that uploading one’s consciousness to the cloud will ever be possible, let alone safe, but anti-AI holdouts will have no choice in the matter, according to Joe Rogan and his fellow Singularity-slingers. Unable to interact on all but the most rudimentary level with their “enhanced” peers, analog humans - whom Kissinger and Schmidt call "physicalists” - doom themselves to irrelevancy and isolation, becoming a cultural curiosity like the Amish for normies to ogle from self-driving tour buses. It’s no wonder western society is hurtling toward Singularity-worship with the inevitability of a black hole.

A hostile AI takeover serves as one of the great civilizational threats - alongside climate change, pandemics, and alien invasions - that advocates of world government adore for their potential to unite the global population under the banner of a single authoritarian regime. The ruling class’ crimes are forgiven - or at least forgotten - as humanity cries out to be saved, pissing its collective pants in fear of the Greater Evil™. It’s still too soon for another pandemic, despite great strides being made in the last two years toward erasing Covid-19 memories, and climate change has seemingly lost its ability to terrorize thanks to too many cries of “wolf” from too many Self-Righteous Red Riding Hoods. That leaves alien invasion - which can only be attempted once before losing all credibility - and the rise of the machines. Yuval Noah Harari, whose books argue that humanity’s “superpower” is our ability to believe lies, even said the quiet part out loud at this year’s China Development Forum: “To survive and flourish in the age of AI, we need to trust other humans more than we trust AI.”

It’s easy to react against AI itself, so central as it has already become as a tool in our oppression. But this would be misdirecting our efforts - like a dog biting the stick a man is using to beat it when it’s truly the man whose arm (or throat) is calling out for a well-aimed chomp. As much as authenticity-loving humans may find ourselves repulsed by the technology, we would be unwise to throw the labor-saving baby out with its hallucinogenic bathwater. AI has immense promise for filmmakers and culture-jammers previously restrained by their finances (the Pentagon would never lend out a Black Hawk helicopter for a film about a Pentagon-backed reality show set in Somalia, but AI can make it happen), so long as we do not delegate our thinking or other epistemogenic functions to it. LLMs can also be useful in cases where pattern recognition - not higher reasoning - is called for, like legal and medical work, whose human practitioners have spent hundreds of thousands of dollars attempting to internalize the societal belief that they are superior due to their ability to comprehend pseudo-languages designed to obscure the true nature of their professions. In the American for-profit medical paradigm, if a doctor cures you, they lose a revenue stream - it’s much better for business to keep you sick and strung out on half a dozen prescription drugs, half prescribed to treat the side effects of the other half. Similarly, a lawyer would be out of a job if he explained the meanings of the archaic phrases littering his briefs to a lowly client - few would voluntarily retain him if they were themselves fluent enough in legalese to win the case. One must always check an LLM’s “work,” as with getting a second opinion on a doctor or lawyer’s pronouncements, and any LLM would have to be retrained to cleanse it of the propaganda sucked up during training, but these are tasks increasingly within our reach.

We would thus be wise to familiarize ourselves not only with how AI is preying on us, but how it can be used against those preying on us, and add it to our own arsenal wherever possible, drawing our own lines in the sand regarding its use (example: I will not use AI to write an article, though I may ask it to find someone’s email contact for an interview if a search engine fails to turn it up). The average person will always be outgunned in AI by governments and corporations with infinite resources (including our own money), so our primary advantages still lie in creativity, truth, and numbers. Big Parasite, with all the money and computing power it controls, cannot buy or generate these, so it seeks to stifle creativity, discards truth in favor of “verifiability,” and constantly reminds us we are the only person who thinks the way we do.

These predators know the Singularity is far too valuable a weapon for its arrival to be left to chance. It is the ultimate bulletproof moral umbrella for the most immoral army in the world, one which will not rest until it has stolen not just our wealth but our souls. When the arrival of Artificial General Intelligence is declared, keep your eyes on the parasites behind the curtain.

to all those who subscribed last year only to receive an inbox full of nothing, I’d like to make it up to you (& the rest of my paid subscribers who stuck around) with a free year’s subscription, so expect that in your inbox in the next few days. i have been in no condition to write for months but that’s never stopped anyone else...& no, I did not/do not use AI to write this or any of my articles, call me old fashioned if you will but I prefer my totalitarian government to have to work hard for my data.

further note: yes, i did predict this in 2023! along with a few other things:

It takes a truly staggering amount of narcissistic delusion to believe you not only know everything worth knowing but know everything about knowledge worth knowing. When NPR reporter Uri Berliner came forward last month to blow the whistle on his employer’s descent from beloved American institution into froth-mouthed partisanship and was quickly attacked and suspended by the organization he’d given 25 years of his life to, he unwittingly brushed up against a towering institutional hypocrisy that has come to saturate even the most trusted sources of information, a hypocrisy that threatens the very concept of “truth” in the western world. 

While the Berliner affair at NPR may have been the general public’s first exposure to its new CEO Katherine Maher, her hire earlier this year was the culmination of decades of grooming by the ruling class political establishment, which raised her on the warm fuzzy feelings of American Exceptionalism via a who’s-who of western “civil society” - from the UN and the World Bank through the US State Department’s one-step-removed tentacles of plausible deniability pulling the levers of the Arab Spring to the helm of Wikipedia, one of the most powerful propaganda tools on the planet.

Maher’s intimacy with the Empire’s consent factories has long been a matter of public record: she is a World Economic Forum Young Global Leader, a fellow of neoliberal-neocon think tank the Atlantic Council’s Digital Forensic Research Lab, and only just recently stepped down from her membership on the US State Department’s Foreign Affairs Policy Board, presumably due to the flaming conflict of interest such a role might pose with her NPR appointment. After an internship with the Council on Foreign Relations, she worked for the World Bank, the National Democratic Institute, and UNICEF, using her linguistic skills (she majored in Middle Eastern and Islamic Studies at New York University following a year in the American University in Cairo’s Arabic Language Intensive Program specializing in “colloquial Egyptian Arabic”) to carry out Washington’s directives in the Middle East in such a way that the locals thus targeted felt like the changes taking place were organic and coming from their peers.1

Like NPR, Wikipedia - specifically the Wikimedia Foundation, which owns the “people’s encyclopedia” and whose co-founder Jimmy Wales has been credibly accused of using it as his personal slush fund2 - has weaponized its nonprofit status to deflect criticism, avoiding much of the distrust which has (justly) accumulated toward Big Tech among populations it ruthlessly exploits because it does not directly monetize their use of its service. However, the Foundation’s largest donors handsomely bankroll its operations to the tune of over $100 million annually, despite server costs that amount to a rounding error next to its annual revenue.3 Like NPR, which boasts of its funding by “Viewers Like You,” Wikipedia and its parent foundation are constantly begging their audience for donations, claiming to be funded by these small-dollar amounts despite massive corporations having dominated their finances for decades. 

The aspects of NPR that so horrified Berliner (and many former members of its audience) will be familiar to anyone who has taken the time to peek under the hood of Wikipedia. Under Maher’s leadership, the “people’s encyclopedia” was virulently anti-Trump to the point of psychosis, even before his election to the US presidency in 2016 and despite insisting it was really a neutral platform (Neutrality is one of Wikipedia’s core “five pillars,” which despite the aura of finality the term implies are purposefully vague, culminating in the declaration that “Wikipedia has no firm rules”4). Wikipedia’s elite editor class - the only ones allowed to edit volatile articles like Hillary Clinton’s biography or the article on Russiagate (which by 2018 had already spawned several side articles and by now could fill several books) - have never acknowledged that then-Special Counsel Robert Mueller was unable to prove Trump colluded with the Kremlin to steal the 2016 election, and countless editors have been banned from the “American Politics” topic or even from the entire site for attempting to correct Wikipedia’s (by then voluminously incorrect) record on the subject. 

To maintain this and other political fictions soon required banning not only established editors but source material formerly seen as reputable. Britain’s most-read news site, the Daily Mail, was banned as a source from Wikipedia in 2017 with the full-throated support of Jimmy Wales5 (while he himself was sitting on the board of directors of competitor The Guardian6 - no conflict of interest there!). By 2020, most mainstream news outlets betraying even the slightest whiff of conservative political leanings were prohibited, as were Empire-averse sites like Russia’s RT and Sputnik and Venezuela’s Telesur, even while notoriously unreliable entities like the Anti-Defamation League remained permitted as sources.7 Wikipedia requires all content be sourced “reliably,” but editors may decide what constitutes a “reliable” source, discussions that can proceed for weeks until an administrator decides a consensus has been reached, and the criteria for reliability are strongly slanted in favor of the establishment-friendly outlets that have seen their public trust plummet in the last 20 years.

Wikipedia (and Maher) may stress that the site is not a democratic experiment,8 but like the inertia-bound American political system itself, Wikipedia’s bureaucratic morass appears designed to give the illusion that individual editors can make meaningful changes while preventing any such changes from actually taking place. Its value as a “trusted news source” lies precisely in how much it is perceived as a democratic experiment! Like the criminally-misnamed “free market,” in which the risk is socialized onto the populace while the leaders privatize the profit, Wikipedia takes collective credit for any positive mention in the media, but blames individual editors or some ill-defined “toxic editing culture” that is somehow separate from the encyclopedia itself whenever it receives even an iota of the negative coverage it is due. 

Regime Change Roots

Maher did not personally supervise every bit of editing that went on during her tenure, any more than she now micromanages the content broadcast by NPR. But such fanatical devotion to maintaining the establishment narrative, even at the cost of an organization’s credibility, requires an equally fanatical leader. Maher proved her loyalty to the establishment during the Arab Spring - a period in her career which has curiously been erased from the public resume visible on her LinkedIn page9 - putting her degree to use attempting to foment pro-American sentiment using the Trojan horse of social media. 

Maher was ubiquitous in the Middle East during the Arab Spring, traveling to the Turkish-Syrian border and Libya in 2012 while working for the World Bank in a role she described as “specialist in information and communications technology-enabled good governance and citizen participation.” One can certainly not accuse her of insincerity - only a fanatical true believer in the Rules-Based International Order would have the gall to preach technology-enabled “good governance” to Libyans whose country had just been plunged back into the dark ages by barbarians armed and funded by her own government, or to Syrians still under attack by those barbarians. She would repeat the pattern across the Middle East, preaching the neoliberal tech gospel to ‘infidels’ in Tunisia, Lebanon, Egypt, and elsewhere across the region, many of whom had already been whacked by the neocons’ military Big Stick. By the time she arrived at the Wikimedia Foundation, she was clearly aware of the value of operating a platform seen by a target group as populated by “people like them,” coming armed with “civil-society” buzzwords and an impressive list of contacts at foundations like the Omidyar Network and the Open Society Foundations, whose bottomless pits of funding have Wikipedia sitting so pretty it could run for another 75 years even if it never received another penny.10

While Maher was proud enough of her regime-change-enabling pedigree to feature its details on her LinkedIn page as recently as 2020, many of those details have since been removed without explanation. One engagement that seems to have been almost completely memory-holed was her experience co-founding an Arabic-language “citizen journalism” platform, Sharek961, in Lebanon ahead of that country’s 2008 election. Maher literally arrived in Lebanon three weeks ahead of that vote to launch the project, though there wasn’t much to do as the platform was essentially an Arabic copy of Kenyan “citizen activist” platform Ushahidi with even the translation of the foundational material performed by a third party, according to its page on the website of the Technology for Transparency Network,11 which funded the project and was in turn funded by oligarchic staples like George Soros’ Open Society Foundations and Pierre Omidyar’s Omidyar Network (the latter of which would later employ Ushahidi’s founder12). While Sharek961 only received 200 “citizen reports” on election-related issues during its short lifetime, it supposedly attracted organic interest from nonprofits in Jordan, Egypt and Iraq eager to make use of their platform. Like Iraq, Lebanon was one of the “seven countries” that former US General Wesley Clark infamously revealed had been targeted for regime change by the second Bush regime in the five years following the September 11 attacks.13

It’s difficult not to see Sharek961’s focus on “first-person reporting” by non-professionals on a contentious election as a predecessor to the “citizen journalism” of the Arab Spring, which would soon unleash regime change all over the Middle East, especially because the platform was later adapted for Egypt’s November 2010 elections - though Technology for Transparency Network insisted an “independent group of activists” was responsible, rather than Maher and her co-founders. The supposedly-grassroots (yet easy to infiltrate and manipulate) “citizen journalism” that characterized Sharek961 and its peers, facilitating soft-power coups in countries that would have proven difficult if not impossible to take over via traditional military means, neatly parallels Wikipedia’s “anyone can edit” bogus appeal to populism. Indeed, Maher’s last position before joining Wikipedia was as CEO of Access Now, yet another “citizen-journalism” platform, which not only debuted amid the failed 2009 “Green Revolution” in Iran but had the chutzpah to hold an annual conference on the intersection of technology and human rights called “RightsCon.” Never was an event so aptly named.

Maher’s own pedigree - she was raised in a wealthy, very white Connecticut suburb by a Goldman Sachs banker and a Columbia-educated retail buyer turned serial do-gooder - ideally positioned her for the job of dragging American liberalism back into the dark ages. The obituary for her father, Gordon Maher, notes that his own father “may or may not have been a postwar spy” at IBM in Paris and describes Gordon himself as an “operations man” at work and at home with “a remarkable familiarity with the depth of the port of Aden.”14

While this in itself proves nothing, it provides interesting context for the accusations made against his daughter by former colleagues in the Middle East. Upon Maher’s appointment as Executive Director of the Foundation in 2016, Tunisian internet activist Slim Amanou tweeted that she was “probably a CIA agent,” pointing out that she was “constantly trying to get introduced in the activist social network” when she visited the country (repeatedly) during the 2011 Arab Spring uprising. Amanou, who would go on to serve in the transitional government after Ben Ali’s regime fell with the help of their online activism, had hosted Maher in his home during some of those visits, a fact she indignantly threw back in his face in her response on Twitter. While Maher denied being “any sort of agent” and warned Amanou not to “defame” her - a veiled legal threat - other commenters on the thread weighed in with their own suspicions regarding Maher’s background, particularly the amount of time spent in regional hotspots during the Arab Spring.15

Demographic Shaming for Fun & Profit

In 2014, the year after Maher was first hired to run communications for the Foundation, Kate Garvey, Jimmy Wales’ wife and the former diary secretary of former UK Prime Minister Tony Blair, advised on a star-studded PR campaign to promote the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals, a user-friendly adaptation of what was then the newly-official Agenda 2030 for Sustainable Development that broke up the globalist playbook into 17 vague feel-good concepts that no one could rationally oppose without understanding their origins. From her position at the highest levels manufacturing consent for the British establishment, Garvey would have been ideally positioned to select Maher as the cream of the rising crop of globally-minded true-believers to sell Wikipedia - and by extension the Global Goals and anything else her cohort wanted to promote - to a populace eager for something to believe in. Maher was promoted after two previous female Executive Directors failed to shape the unruly, troll-infested bathroom wall of the internet into something that they could at least con the average establishment news organ into believing was both genuinely crowdsourced and passably woke - two goals that are mutually exclusive at best and neither of which Wikipedia has ever met.

Maher has succeeded where her predecessors failed in addressing Wikipedia’s ultra-intractable “wokeness” problem - the demographic PR nightmare that was already rearing its head by the time Jimmy Wales was being squired around the World Economic Forum by U2 frontman Bono in 2006. Wikipedia editors have always been predominantly white and male, reflecting the user population of the internet itself circa the site’s founding in 2001. The site’s nascent bureaucracy and content requirements rewarded a quasi-autistic level of attention to detail, both in terms of rule obedience and in mastering the site’s own unique formatting language, as well as a level of obsession with the editor’s chosen topics that justified the amount of time required to build up articles about them (often from scratch) and then to tenaciously defend those articles from editors with opposing opinions. By 2008, the Wikipedia “gender gap” was so well-known that the site conducted a study (assisted by the United Nations University at Maastricht), revealing just 13.9% of editors were female. 

So little progress was made on the issue by 2013 that another study attempted to conflate readership (which is more gender-balanced) with editorship, concluding (with no apparent scientific basis) that the original survey must have been wrong and that the number was really more like 16.1%.16 This wasn’t because the Foundation wasn’t aware of why female editors were leaving (or not editing in the first place). In a 2011 blog post, the Foundation’s then-Executive Director Sue Gardner wrote that her semi-exhaustive survey of talk pages, message boards, and the blogosphere had confirmed that the adversarial climate around editing (the “rampant jerkwad factor,” in one commenter’s words) - having to defend their contributions from persistent deletions and attacks which were not necessarily gendered in nature - chased women off more easily than it did men,17 and fully a quarter of the 2009 survey’s respondents said they didn’t edit because they were afraid of being pounced on for “making a mistake.”18

Gardner and her successor Lila Tretikov wrung their hands about the gender gap for years to no avail, but Maher shifted the focus to creating more articles about “notable” women, addressing a different (though still real) gender gap while giving male editors a chance to craft articles that might be featured on Wikipedia’s coveted front page or even in the “real” media,19 which pounced obediently every time Maher piped up about female underrepresentation. By shifting the narrative to the Foundation’s “victories” in increasing female representation in content, Maher deemphasized the lack of representation in edits.20 Wikipedia editors are technically anonymous, after all; men could still run the encyclopedia, so long as they didn’t flaunt their Y chromosome. 

Share

As for the adversarial editing climate? A “Universal Code of Conduct” was also adopted in 2022 in an effort to civilize the brutes, but leadership had previously, repeatedly asked the trolls to play nice to no apparent effect. One long-time editor and administrator, “Fram,” was banned by the Foundation without explanation in 2019 after clashing on Wikipedia with Laura Hale, a social-justice-warrior type who happened to be the girlfriend of one of the Foundation trustees. This in itself was unusual enough to be dubbed a “constitutional crisis” and a “power grab” by even normally-sympathetic media outlets21 (while editors are banned from Wikipedia all the time, these bans are almost always agreed upon by a panel of administrators, who are supposed to be walled off from the decisions that happen at the Foundation level). Even though the Foundation’s Trust and Safety team agreed the edits that Fram had made were correct - when they finally got around to informing him for the reason of his star-chamber ban - and that it was Hale who seemed to be unable to grasp Wikipedia edit rules, many of Fram’s allies in the ensuing drama suspected management had seized upon the conflict as a chance to make an example out of the admin - a high-ranking (and, of course, male) editor who valued directness over civility, coherence over euphemism, and results over nepotism, and who thus represented the Old Wikipedia Maher and her allies were trying to replace.22 

It is hard to argue that Fram was not made an example of, whether through standard-issue nepotism or through some more malevolent star-chamber proceeding, in order to usher in a kinder, gentler Wikipedia, in keeping with the general societal trend toward wokeness (which Maher, being a WEF Young Global Leader, would have been on the cutting edge of). Maher’s tenure at the Foundation had already been marked by a steadily increasing number of nuclear-option Foundation-wide bans (previously unheard of except in cases where the user had uploaded child porn or otherwise egregiously broken some law).23 The 21 administrators who resigned in protest against Fram’s ban were an added plus for the Foundation, as more ideologically-compatible editors were standing by to immediately fill their positions and the average Wikipedia reader had no knowledge of the “constitutional crisis” unfolding behind the scenes.

The masses of editors who remained, many of them social misfits whose primary achievement to that point had been attaining the rank of Wikipedia admin (or merely “respected editor”) were never going to desert the site that validated their existence, no matter how many “Women in Red” (so called for the red links indicative of a nonexistent Wikipedia page) edit-a-thons the gullible media were persuaded to slaver over as proof of a Wikipedia gone woke. For example, the British editor Andrew Philip Cross, made internationally notorious by UK MP George Galloway and a handful of other antiwar media figures whose biographies Cross had meticulously turned into smear pages over the course of sometimes hundreds of edits, was revealed to be a housebound autistic adult cared for by his parents - hardly the sort who was going to abandon his keyboard perch slinging mud on behalf of the British establishment, even when he was banned from editing contemporary British political biographies following heavy media pressure (a ban that critics argue was never truly meant to be enforced).24

Viewers (and Editors) Like You

The allure of a crowdsourced (or simply astroturfed) online encyclopedia for an Empire in decline trying to shore up its reputation among rivals or even foment a quiet coup in one of those rivals is obvious. The immediacy with which the average casual internet user believes a factoid they read on Wikipedia is sobering in the extreme given the slightest bit of information on how the Foundation actually functions. While even the most politically-oblivious social media user has likely figured out that their cousin Cindy’s endless tweeting about how the Bad Orange Man is going to end Our Democracy™ has a less than stable basis in truth, consuming the same baseless partisan hysteria wrapped in the respectable shell of an encyclopedia (and then again in the trusted trappings of the ‘wisdom of crowds’) can lay the groundwork for the kind of society-wide psychosis that gripped much of the world during the Covid-19 outbreak.

The Foundation’s nonprofit halo largely insulated its reputation from the credibility bonfire that engulfed most social media platforms following the publication of the Twitter Files last year (itself a limited-hangout version of the bombshell case filed the previous year by the Attorneys General of Missouri and Louisiana against the Biden administration). Its rock-bottom operating costs and volunteer workforce allowed it to consolidate power during the Covid-19 shutdown that left so many “real” news organizations drowning in red ink, as isolation and a coordinated campaign of psychological terror drove people to seek solace in what they believed were impartial, reliable facts about the outbreak. Wikipedia was expertly wielded by the WEF and WHO to sell both the Covid-19 fear-porn itself and the attendant “infodemic” narrative that warned anyone doubting the “official story” that they were victims of “disinformation” or “misinformation” potentially as deadly as the novel coronavirus itself. The most-viewed article of 2020 was “Covid-19 pandemic,” and seven more of the top-50 most popular articles viewed that year related to the outbreak,25 while the Foundation added insult to injury by plastering its articles with donation requests even as the global economy collapsed in a controlled demolition.

Maher’s predecessor at NPR, John Lansing, ran the station much like Maher ran Wikipedia during the pandemic, capitalizing on its “public” aspect to preserve his otherwise-moribund operation from the ignominious demise it arguably deserved. He introduced a subscription system, counterintuitively demanding more money from the outlet’s shrinking audience ($8 per month for a selection of podcasts marketed as “NPR+,” or $2.99 per month per podcast, presumably coming with a free totebag exclusively designed for those “in the know” allowing the bearer to signal their democratic virtues as a Viewer Like You who’s gone out of their way to support NPR, because 51,000 people actually subscribed in the service’s first 18 months, according to the New York Times).26 Like Maher, Lansing zeroed in on identity politics to distract from a lack of ideological diversity, studiously ignoring criticism of the latter even as the range of opinions considered politically acceptable narrowed to the point of monotony and dogmatism, driving away audiences and their money.

Indeed, given that seemingly every Wikipedia-era interview with Maher includes her wagging her finger at the silent masses of white men who edit Wikipedia all day, lamenting their refusal to embrace the gospel of Inclusivity, it is interesting that Lansing embarked on a similar woke-ifying/finger-wagging campaign at NPR, according to the whistleblower Berliner. While it is difficult to imagine a CEO chiding the already notoriously-liberal NPR for being not liberal enough, Lansing, capitalizing on the George Floyd mania of 2020, made the alleged “white privilege” of the liberal media central to all aspects of the station’s operations, according to Berliner, requiring journalists to enter interviewees’ race, gender, and ethnicity along with more relevant attributes in a centralized database and submit to thoroughly-discredited “unconscious bias training” sessions.27

The similarities between Maher and Lansing don’t end there. Lansing became CEO of the US Agency for Global Media, perhaps the largest propaganda institution most Americans have never heard of, just a year before Maher was named Executive Director of the Wikimedia Foundation.28 He took over that agency, which runs Voice of America, Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, and other ostensibly foreign US propaganda organs, two years after then-president Barack Obama signed into law a Pentagon budget that included the now-infamous Smith-Mundt Modernization Act, which permitted US government-funded propaganda made for foreign audiences to be directed at American citizens on domestic soil. Prior to 2013, Voice of America and other USAGM properties had been legally prohibited from domestically broadcasting their content - which is somehow required to comply with both the “broad foreign policy objectives of the United States” and “promote respect for human rights,” goals which are all but mutually exclusive under the neoliberal-neocon chimera of the Biden administration.29

Grabbing the Internet by the…Throat

Berliner, the NPR whistleblower, lamented that his employer’s descent into propaganda purgatory had decimated the respect the American people once held for it. Wikipedia has held on longer by partnering with the same Big Tech companies its supporters believe it does not resemble. Google for years has prominently featured Wikipedia entries for people, places, organizations, and even concepts at the top of its search results, and “raters” who index websites for the search engine use Wikipedia to gauge how reputable a site or its author is - and therefore how high up in search results it should feature.30 Google’s YouTube subsidiary often features snippets of Wikipedia articles beneath videos on controversial topics as a gentle warning that they may be engaging in thoughtcrime. Amazon’s AI-powered Alexa digital assistant frequently answers users’ questions with Wikipedia text or content from Wikidata, another Foundation property with even less stringent sourcing requirements.31 Facebook, following Google’s lead, once displayed snippets of Wikipedia articles about news organizations next to stories users shared from those outlets,32 though it no longer admits to doing so.33

Maher herself made no secret of her mission to dominate the consensus reality in talks given on the subject of Wikimedia2030, the Foundation’s plan (temporal congruence with the UN’s and WEF’s own agendas is no accident) to elevate Wikipedia and its sister projects to “become the most respected source of knowledge.”34 Accomplishing this globally would require these projects to be forced down the throat of the Global South, a population Maher - like most Empire-backed do-gooders hailing from northern latitudes - appeared to believe homogeneously backwards and in need of hardcore pandering, along the lines of the failed “Wikipedia Zero” project which sought to seduce impoverished and information-hungry customers by giving them mobile phones that could access Wikipedia (but none of its references) without data charges, effectively delivering the WEF’s dream of a pre-censored internet to people too poor to know just how they were being screwed.35 While that program predated Maher’s arrival as communications director, it folded in 2018, just a year after she delivered a megalomaniacal speech to Harvard’s Berkman Klein Center that wasted no time blaming the Foundation’s failure to take over the world on “structural inequalities.” Encyclopedias, she declared, are irrelevant to the benighted masses who think they are “old books where old people go to look up old information,” so the Foundation must expand, expand, expand until it saturates the very fabric of reality. The masses are not going to Wikipedia, therefore the Foundation must go to the masses, in such a way that they do not realize they are being propagandized.

The implications if Maher is indeed following in the alleged family business of Deep State skulduggery are extremely serious. Processes she set in motion with Wikimedia2030 led in 2022 to the Foundation being granted a privileged place in the implementation of Agenda 2030 and the Global Goals as a consultant and observer to the UN Economic and Social Affairs Council (ECOSOC),36 allowing it to make great strides forward to its dream of becoming part of the backbone of the internet with a controlling interest in a structure that aspires to function as nothing short of a global Ministry of Truth. The UN and its private-sector partners in the WEF have both declared “misinformation” and “disinformation” to be the leading threat to the global order, and Wikipedia is the weapon they hope to use to win the information war. Ironically, non-Chinese internet users owe a debt of gratitude to the Chinese government - itself notorious for censoring its citizens’ internet access with a “Great Firewall” - for thrice blocking the Foundation’s efforts to obtain permanent observer status to the World Intellectual Property Organization.37

The culmination of Maher’s megalomania at the Foundation - and fellow WEF Young Global Leader Jimmy Wales’ own dream of monetizing the free labor of thousands of anonymous editors - was Wikimedia Enterprise, a privileged backchannel with up-to-the-minute updates for clients who frequently use Wikipedia and its sister projects and don’t want the hassle of having to constantly query the mothership for the latest dictates from the Ministry of Truth. Its first reported customers were Google and the Internet Archive (the only publicly searchable database of webpages dating back to the early years of the internet), making it abundantly clear that Wikipedia’s version of truth was to be imposed past, present and future over what had previously passed for consensus reality.38

It is not Wikipedia’s first partnership with Google, a natural ally in the fight to dominate all information streams. Former Google CEO Eric Schmidt - now an advisor to the US government on science and technology - once described the plural nature of Google search results as a bug, not a feature, arguing that the perfect search engine would return just a single result, which would be exactly what the person searching had wanted - or believed he wanted, anyway. The US Federal Trade Commission acknowledged over a decade ago that the business model based on such a lack of choice ran afoul of its own antitrust statutes,39 yet has been loath to act on that acknowledgment, perhaps because of Google’s longstanding and foundational relationship with multiple US intelligence agencies and the Pentagon. No less a Deep State eminence grise than Henry Kissinger collaborated with Schmidt on a book about AI shortly before his death, the thesis of which was that AI will allow the technocratic ruling class to actually obtain a monopoly on “reality” itself, with those who fail to opt-in to the new AI paradigm becoming unable to participate in AI-“enhanced” society, which would be declared the only “real” reality by the ruling class as they could control aspects of it not possible in actual reality. Wikipedia’s approach is the same: the goal is not so much to convince you that 2+2=5 when you previously thought it was 4, but to alter your thought process in such a way that it never occurs to you that 2+2 could ever equal anything other than 5. 

A (Trust) Crisis of Opportunity

By presenting its most virulent propaganda as written by “editors like you” (in the same vein as NPR’s funding by “viewers like you”), the ruling class subconsciously elicits consent from its targets: “surely if this was all lies, someone would have come along and edited it by now?” That illusion quickly falls apart if an individual tries to actually correct a false claim or add factual information that contradicts the establishment narrative, but the Foundation has been working feverishly behind the scenes on collaborations like its partnerships with Google and Amazon (and the UN) to make Wikipedia synonymous with reality. 

The value of an encyclopedia - or a media property - powered by a vague ideal of democracy has only increased as trust in the western media establishment and other once-hallowed institutions has cratered. With journalists now viewed as possessed of slightly less integrity than the average used car salesman, Wikipedia’s image as an Oracle of Delphi populated by “regular guy” editors is worth its weight in gold. It is easy to forget that Wikipedia was once anathema in the American classroom, with students tempting a big red F if they dared cite the hoax-prone encyclopedia in legitimate academic papers. By the time Maher left, the Foundation had signed educational partnerships with the Inter-American Development Bank and even UNESCO, the UN’s educational arm. Individual teachers may still shudder reflexively when they see a Wikipedia citation in an assignment, but it has become so normalized that it has begun to alter the very concepts of “knowledge” and “truth.” In the grand tradition of soft-power coups by Maher’s previous employers, the Foundation made struggling educational bureaucracies an offer they could not refuse - free educational materials, ideally suited for the remote learning forced down hundreds of millions of children’s throats by their governments’ mercilessly antihuman Covid-19 policies. Children, the Foundation gloats, now use Wikipedia to “understand how knowledge is constructed.”40

This was done by partnering with UNESCO on the Global Education Coalition for Covid-19 Response - an easy-in in the early days of the manufactured “infodemic” as the WHO scrambled to pump out enough approved-narrative content to drown out dissenting opinions.41 With distance learning all but mandated around the world during the pandemic, the Foundation seized an opportunity tailor-made for it. The Foundation was already serving as a de-facto textbook for struggling school systems in the US before lockdown was imposed nationwide, and its growth as a force in the classroom during the ensuing two years was unprecedented. No doubt helped along by Foundation trustee Shani Evenstein Sigalov, an Israeli with multiple degrees in education technology who was promoted to vice-chair of the Foundation’s board in 2021,42 it was shoehorned into virtual classrooms around the world - including in areas of Maher’s sought-after Global South where less than 1% of the population had heard of Wikipedia in 2017.

In a 2021 Atlantic Council interview given shortly after she left the Foundation, Maher came across as dead serious in her insistence that governments focus on weighing the “right” to access authoritative information against the right to free speech, never for a moment allowing the possibility that Wikipedia’s version of truth does not reflect reality to take hold in the listener’s mind.43 She is not only wholly onboard the UN’s efforts to create a global Ministry of Truth - she wants Wikipedia to run it. One can expect her reign at NPR to increase the organization’s focus on “viewers like you” and citizen journalism while quietly pushing the narratives that drove Berliner out - the fanatical belief that a “rules-based international order” dictated by the US, UK and Israel can do no wrong, that one cannot make a geopolitical omelette without breaking a few million eggs, and that anyone who disagrees must be some kind of racist, misogynist Trump supporter. But one would be foolish to dismiss her as just another wokeflake, as some conservative commentators seem to have done. 

Shortly after taking over as Executive Director of the Wikimedia Foundation, Maher briefed the US State Department on “Wikipedia in a Post-Fact World,” lending her voice to the “fake news” hysteria then gripping both the media establishment and Wikipedia’s editorial conversation in the aftermath of Trump’s 2016 electoral victory. Such seamless coordination with the overarching political narrative was no accident: during the two years following Maher’s hire as Chief Communications Officer for the Foundation, her department engaged the services of the Minassian Group, a consultancy whose founder Craig Minassian was also Chief Communications Officer for the Clinton Foundation, paying the three-employee outfit a six-figure sum rivaling even the most senior Foundation directors’ salaries. The firm was tasked with conducting a “communications review” and developing a media-training program for Foundation bigwigs, both of which focused on positioning the Foundation as an island of trustworthiness and neutrality in a sea of fake news and partisan sniping. While it did not bode well for the Foundation’s trustworthiness among Wikipedia editors that it neglected to mention the huge sums it was shelling out to a blatantly partisan organization (outside the pages of its yearly financial reports, where it was ultimately discovered by a prolific Wikipedia editor who claimed he was banned from editing the encyclopedia for years as retaliation), the decision - presumably made by Maher herself - to throw in with the Democratic establishment helped rocket the Foundation to the dizzying propaganda heights it now enjoys today.44

Hip, Hip, Hypocrisy!

It’s no surprise that NPR wants a slice of that magic. However, the Maher it got is very different from the one who took the reins at Wikipedia in 2016. In a 2016 interview, she appeared to encourage ordinary Wikipedia readers to edit the encyclopedia even in the absence of expertise on any given subject, calling on people to research a subject in preparation for writing about it and become “general-purpose experts” that way. “We trust them to know when to do more research and to correct us if we’re wrong,” she said, insisting the Foundation believed that “people are fundamentally smart and that if you give them good information and the ability to engage in good faith they will generally do so.”45

But by the time she left the Foundation in 2021, Maher was an Atlantic Council fellow lamenting that the First Amendment was the biggest challenge in the fight against “disinformation” on social media platforms. She insisted her words in that particular interview, which resurfaced amid the furore over Berliner’s departure from NPR, had been taken out of context, though it’s hard to see how her “correction” - that she was in fact complaining about how difficult it was to regulate social media platforms with that First Amendment right hanging around - differed from her original statement, or how either sentiment could exist in a person whose career has supposedly been dedicated to championing the internet’s potential to maximize freedom and transparency across all levels of society. As curious readers began digging through her old tweets and uncovering hypocritical gem after gem, she complained they were taking issue with comments she’d made “as a private citizen” - never mind that as executive director of a propaganda organ she herself has explicitly stated she wants to see become part of the “fundamental epistemological backbone of the internet,”46 she was anything but a “private citizen” back then.

Gazing upon her establishment-saturated resumé, one might question whether Maher has ever truly been a “private citizen.” It should surprise no one that she is a WEF Young Global Leader, as are Jimmy Wales and his wife, and it is difficult to find a single period in her adult life during which she was not apparently serving a function for some arm of Anglo-Zionist soft-power. Even in the months preceding her hire by NPR, she was brought in by Web Summit, a conference for Big Tech influencer types, to replace its co-founder Paddy Cosgrave and perform damage control after Cosgrave observed in response to Israel’s brutal invasion of Gaza last year that “war crimes are war crimes even when committed by allies and should be called out for what they are,” a comment so milquetoastish as to border on self-parody that nonetheless caused several sponsors to back out of the conference. While even the NPR whistleblower Berliner appears to think that NPR and Maher are anti-Israel, lumping such a position in with the generic “woke” personality package available on social media to anyone with a critical-thinking-shaped hole in their brains, Web Summit clearly selected Maher to make nice with the genocide deniers for a reason.

Without being rabidly pro-Israel (in the manner of commentator Bari Weiss, whose ironically-titled “Free Press” Substack published Berliner’s essay just months after demanding pro-Palestinian college students be expelled from Harvard), Maher has made it clear throughout her career that her chief loyalty is to the system that created her - a system in which Israel plays such a key role that it is impossible to imagine that system existing without it. One suspects that this is why she was able, after a career purporting to uphold the value of free speech and an open internet, to savagely chomp down on the hand that fed her during that now-viral 2021 interview in which she declared the First Amendment to be a “challenge” without batting an eyelash. Maher appears to care no more for a free and open internet than she does for the tens of thousands of Palestinian children who’ve been blown to pieces in the last six months by Israeli troops using bombs purchased for them by the eternally-gullible American taxpayer.

Nor, it seems, is she particularly bothered by “disinformation,” at least where it is deployed in service of self-aggrandizement. Maher’s own biography on the Atlantic Council website literally credits her for “the success of Wikipedia,” which was already among the top 10 websites on the internet when she joined in 2014, 13 years after its founding. The profile also claims she reversed “decades-long declines in core contributors” and “steered Wikimedia through the misinformation crisis of the late 2010s and led Wikipedia to its highest brand trust since its founding.” In actual fact, Wikipedia remains a libelous swamp for any public figure who has ever defied the West’s burgeoning Ministry of Truth, brooking no meaningful controversy lest the slightest chink in its “reliable” armor reveal the leprous expanse of hoaxes, half-truths and agitprop beneath, and over three-fourths of its content is written by 1% of its editors.47 The women and minorities Maher has taken credit for finally dragging onto the platform are either banned immediately, bullied into silence,48 or exposed as Rachel Dolezal-style fakers, which ultimately led Maher to pitch a bizarre version of reparations to the editorial community. Maher expounded on her plan to pay female and minority users to edit Wikipedia to bolster their demographic representation, explaining - in the tortured manner of so many princelings who believe themselves the first to have discovered how the “other half” lives - that most underrepresented minorities didn’t have the free time and extra income to spend hours waging Wikipedia edit-wars with Whitey, so it was Whitey’s duty to bribe them.49

As for Wikipedia’s “highest brand trust,” any figure over zero is still higher than zero, but here Maher’s history in regime-change technology uniquely positioned her to deliver the results NPR presumably craves. By packaging Wikipedia’s woke makeover to friendly media (the same outlets favored editors deem “reliable,” including NPR itself) she replaced the old Wikipedia narrative (which held it to be an unserious encyclopedia written by a bunch of pale sweaty white boys living in their parents’ basements somewhere in North America or Europe) with a more cosmopolitan, UN-friendly one that has seen the Foundation welcomed in the realms of higher education and the NGO Valhalla that is the UN’s ECOSOC. She enthralled the audience at the Atlantic Council in 2021 with promises that any Big Tech company could replicate Wikipedia’s trust coup. 

NPR’s credibility, however, was already languishing from a near-fatal self-inflicted gunshot wound to the foot even before Maher arrived as CEO. Unlike Wikipedia, where editors are pseudonymous by default and can misrepresent their ethnicity if under the gun to meet some kind of Diversity, Equity and Inclusion target, NPR was quickly forced to acknowledge that its own cartoonish focus on white guilt (a sample article title mocked by the equally DEI-deranged New York Times was “Decolonize Your Bookshelf”) was not increasing minority audience numbers even three years after declaring war on “systemic racism” and mounting a full frontal assault on the supposedly towering white privilege of its audience (and staff).50 Its fundraising and buzzword prowess, however, is beyond question, and these are the talents NPR desperately needs to keep afloat as the word ‘radio’ increasingly becomes an anachronism. 

NPR’s public positions on free speech and critical thinking are anathema to the stated positions of the Wikimedia Foundation when Maher arrived, and even now fly in the face of the convictions of many Wikipedia editors. However, theirs is no longer the official view of the erstwhile “people’s encyclopedia,” as Maher confirmed in her exit interview with the Atlantic Council in 2021, reminding the audience of assembled regime-change fanboys and color revolutionaries that online platforms have a First Amendment right, too - the right to decide what they do and do not want to publish - and that theirs may supersede the little guys’.

Leading the Epistemological Color Revolution

Digital platforms’ narrative control is still perceived as looser than that of traditional news media, and this openness is still considered desirable, as reflected in surveys by Pew Research51 and other pollsters confirming that more Americans now trust social, rather than television, networks to supply their news. However, social networks are rapidly tightening their content controls even as western governments train their populations to eschew critical thinking and demand internet censorship. Scrambling to reestablish a fraction of the audiences they enjoyed before the internet while wresting that trust back from the social networks that replaced them, “public” media outlets like NPR are uniquely situated to benefit from what Maher herself acknowledged in 2021 was a major paradigm shift. Wikipedia editors, after all, still need “reliable” neoliberal-centrist sources to serve as the raw material for their articles, and Pew Research found NPR was the most popular political news source among young (but not TOO young), Democrat-leaning adults in 2020.52 Meanwhile, last year Pew Research found more Americans than ever before supported legally-enforceable internet content restrictions, not only for the standard bogeymen like explicit sex and violence but for “false information” as well.53 When NPR warned its audience in January not to do their own research - the act that Maher herself once said provides the backbone of the Wikipedia model - it was speaking to a closer approximation of Wikipedia’s own target audience than any other mainstream political broadcaster, and they were listening more closely than ever before.

Following Berliner’s departure and the attendant PR crisis, NPR sprouted a new six-person editorial layer, similar to Wikipedia’s star-chamber Arbitration Committee, funded by an anonymous benefactor and supported by Maher. Called “Backstop,” it will review all of the outlet’s content before release - and management have reportedly refused to tell staff who’s paying.54 Like Wikipedia under Maher, NPR is expanding its “standards and practices” team, and journalists will be periodically confronted with its “ethics handbook,” according to a New York Times article detailing the changes earlier this month. Furious employees apparently tattled to the competing news organization, indignant that these new editors were being hired less than a year after a bloody round of layoffs that cut NPR’s staff by 10%. 

Taking over NPR will, if nothing else, allow Maher to answer the question she posed in a 2010 blog post unearthed by Manhattan Institute fellow Chris Rufo: “Can a Radio Station Govern a Country?” Then employed by the World Bank, she described how the Ivory Coast’s state broadcaster had refused to recognize the winner of the country’s 2010 presidential election, instead backing the incumbent ruler who already controlled the station.55 While obviously unknown to Maher 15 years ago, parallels with the 2020 US presidential election are impossible to ignore. It was the typically-conservative Fox News’ reporting of Biden’s alleged victory in Arizona that convinced many Trump supporters their man had lost the state, and for months the media establishment appeared to be playing “reality chicken” with the majority of the American public, telling people who’d never met a Biden supporter in real life that this frail old man - responsible for the infamously racist 1994 Crime Bill and parts of the 2001 Patriot Act - had somehow gotten more votes than any other candidate in history. It eventually emerged (in Louisiana & Missouri v Biden et al and later in the Twitter Files) that Maher’s Wikipedia was regularly sitting down with representatives from at least 12 US government agencies and other social media platforms during this time to receive what were essentially narrative briefings, receiving their marching orders on what and whom to censor and silence in order to “protect democracy” from the will of the people.

Subscribe now

One might speculate that a news outlet run by Wikipedia would bear uncanny similarities with post-Trump NPR, but speculation isn’t even necessary: Jimmy Wales launched WikiTribune - technically a separate project from the Foundation, though blatantly trading on the name association - in 2017 only to meet a volley of complaints about the site’s apparent political bias masquerading as earnest objectivity. Its first article was a puff piece about Project Everyone, the PR campaign his wife had helped run, which neglected to mention Wales’ connection to the subject matter discussed. While some of the inaccuracies were apparently corrected after complaints that included one prominent backer of WikiTribune pulling his support from the project, even its “finished” version was unlikely to ever be mistaken for objective journalism.56

Like every project Wales has attempted to launch alone (Wikipedia was co-founded by Larry Sanger, much to Wales’ ongoing chagrin), WikiTribune failed rapidly due to the founder’s hubris. It was turned into a social media site in 2020. Unable to control the creation and the historicization of the narrative by the same route, the ruling class has merely tightened its grip on the media establishment, shutting down competitors to distract from the spiraling quality of its own product. Maher’s resurfacing at NPR is merely a continuation of that process, as the Berliner affair has made abundantly clear.

The establishment Left in the US has been engaged in an ongoing act of credibility-seppuku since Trump’s 2016 electoral victory, not because of any deeply-held beliefs on their part but because the organizations that have hijacked its ideological North Star have long since been coopted by entities hostile to true liberal values and the vulgar, unpredictable Trump merely yanked the mask off the whole sordid process. Rather than work for peace, justice, and equality, they focus on ruthlessly stripping out target populations’ remaining assets until nothing is left but the bare walls, then goading those populations into flagellating themselves for not being quicker to offer up the bare walls as well. Maher no more represented free speech at Wikipedia than she did human rights at the World Bank, and her response to the whistleblower Berliner’s essay - dismissing it because it was celebrated by NPR’s conservative critics without addressing one of his many valid points57 - is an eerie echo of the Wikipedia editorial elite’s dismissal of former editors’ (and co-founder Sanger’s) critiques because they happen to be republished by Breitbart or Infowars. Truth is an afterthought - “Verifiability,” defined by Wikipedia as prevalence in “reliable sources,” is king. And with reliability accredited only through votes of support by influential (ideologically sympathetic) editors, a self-perpetuating disinformation circuit is sealed, impenetrable to truth even as it is sold as the only acceptable reality for “good people” in “democracies.” In modern western society, in which the masses have abdicated en masse their duty to think critically about the information they are mainlining every day, when you control both encyclopedia and references, you get to write history. No media property - even one edited by (or funded by) “the people” - should have such power.

In the spirit of “the news before it happens, so that it doesn’t happen,” I will point out that this piece — specifically, the item on the fake Singularity and Henry Kissinger’s role therein — was written less than a month before that vile piece of subhuman excrement kicked the bucket. Thus, there is some hope, especially if we can pull the plug on humanity’s sensory deprivation tank and force it to confront reality, but reality is generally regarded as anathema in a society that considers unchecked facts a health hazard, so we have our work cut out for us.

(If you like what you see above, please consider buying the issue and/or subscribing — it’s extremely rare to find a paper-and-ink publication willing to not only discuss these topics but to demand a place on real-world newsstands alongside the usual narrative slopaganda, in police state Australia no less)

Thank you very much for reading and supporting my work. I wish you all a merry Christmas and happy 2024. Stay sane, stay human, and may we all get exactly what we deserve.

With all eyes on the historically unprecedented bloodbath Israel is unleashing in Gaza, the transnational parasite class headquartered there is working overtime to accelerate the expansion—and criminalization—of “antisemitism” in the West, taking advantage of the geopolitical chaos they’ve unleashed to expand the sphere of attitudes and behaviors thus classifiable as rapidly as possible in the hope that even the most outrageous overreach will be perceived as the New Normal once the political atmosphere re-congeals. It’s a cynical gambit, but alarmingly likely to succeed, given their top-down control of the media and their previous success in both broadening the term’s definition beyond recognition and shoehorning that expanded definition into law (discussed at length elsewhere on this site) in both public and private life.

Smashing the Overton Window

When several dozen Harvard University campus organizations signed their names to an open letter stating “the apartheid regime is the only one to blame” for the October 7 Hamas raid, the risibly-named hasbara group Accuracy in Media targeted the students with billboard trucks featuring their photos alongside the text “Harvard’s Leading Antisemites,” deploying the trucks first on campus and later to students’ parents’ neighborhoods with the stated goal of turning them into unemployable pariahs. Included on the display was a website urging the reader to petition Harvard’s board of trustees to expel these “despicable, hateful students” and their organizations — all over a letter that contained no references to Jews and limited its criticism to the Israeli government. AIM president Adam Guillette nevertheless boasted of rigging Google search results for the targeted students’ names to prominently display the smear site, telling the New York Post that the letter-writers’ failure to “explicitly condemn Hamas” constituted overt antisemitism. Similar libel-on-wheels campaigns were inflicted on Columbia University and the University of Pennsylvania, the latter targeting university president Elizabeth Magill herself for having allowed the campus to host a literary event featuring Palestinian writers that one detractor bizarrely referred to as an “antisemitic Burning Man” — weeks before the raid.

The same campuses were simultaneously deluged with complaints — cc’ed to any media outlet within kvetching range - from wealthy, mostly Jewish donors (including Jeffrey Epstein’s benefactor Leslie Wexner in high moral dudgeon) demanding crackdowns on the imaginary plague of “antisemitism on campus,” up to and including the firing of professors over their advocacy for Palestine and the ouster of university presidents for allowing that advocacy to take place. The Anti-Defamation League and other hasbara groups backed by compromised toadies like Florida Governor Ron DeSantis and Senator Marco Rubio framed college fixtures like Students for Justice in Palestine as literal terrorists starting pogroms in the cafeteria. Astroturfed “student groups” like the Massachusetts Institute of Technology’s “Israel Alliance” fostered this delusion, bending the ear of domesticated media with claims that students lying on the floor to protest the slaughter in Gaza in a classic “die-in” protest somehow posed a threat to the safety of Jewish students, in a sick echo of Israel’s own claims that flattening entire Palestinian neighborhoods is necessary for “self-defense.” That none of these episodes of antisemitic “intimidation” were ever recorded on the thousands of smartphones in their vicinity was immaterial — the media establishment knew which side of its challah was buttered. After students at both Harvard and Columbia Law Schools reportedly had job offers rescinded for signing onto their respective schools’ open letters in support of Gaza, over two dozen of the largest law firms in the US leaned into the supposedly antisemitic trope of “Jews control the legal system” and wrote a sternly-worded directive to the nation’s top law schools to crack down on the scourge of “antisemitic harassment” or risk none of their graduates ever working in the industry again. Collective punishment — it’s not just for Palestinians anymore.

Share

Within weeks, UPenn, Harvard, and Columbia had all announced antisemitism “task forces,” complete with plans of action lifted directly from the Biden administration’s National Strategy to Counter Antisemitism, a self-righteous panderfest that sank without a ripple when it was unveiled earlier this year. Columbia suspended its chapters of SJP and Jewish Voice for Peace. Pro-Palestinian professors targeted by petitions backed by the hasbara machine were forced to eat their words to keep their jobs — and more than a few were forced out anyway. Several of the Harvard student groups that signed the fateful open letter issued public retractions in a panicked bid to save their employment prospects as a growing swarm of hedge funders and corporate CEOs demanded the school furnish them with the membership rosters of those groups to use as a “do-not-hire” blacklist, and the Harvard Law Review spiked a thoroughly-vetted article on Israel’s genocide in Gaza (a piece the journal had commissioned from a Palestinian doctoral candidate just weeks before) not because it contained factual errors, but because a majority of the journal’s 100 editors feared for their own career prospects.

The individuals whose lives are upended by this kind of socioeconomic terrorism are mere collateral damage in a campaign that is clearly aimed at all of academia, the Frankfurt School’s tried-and-true shortcut to the American collective consciousness. The targeted schools were selected for their potential to set a nationwide trend, as hedge fund parasite and UPenn donor Marc Rowan acknowledged in his demand that university president Liz Magill be fired for not immediately begging forgiveness for allowing a student group to host a Palestinian writers’ festival on campus two weeks before the Hamas raid, rather than their vulnerability to pressure campaigns. Harvard has more money in its endowment than over half the countries on Earth and could easily weather the storm if a few snowflake donors opted to skip their usual conspicuous displays of philanthropy this year, and the other two aren’t far behind. That students at 100 colleges staged a walkout for Gaza even after weeks of this treatment speaks to a massive shift in public opinion, and ADL CEO Jonathan Greenblatt can be heard freaking out about the “major generational problem” Israel faces with regard to Generation Z on a leaked phone call with fellow Lobby bigwigs obtained by Iranian media last month.

The genocidal cat may be out of the bag, but Big Parasite is determined to ram it back in, tie the bag back up, and drown it in the Dead Sea. It was thus not especially surprising when Susan Sarandon, already reviled among liberals for her refusal to ditch her principles to support Hillary Clinton in 2016, was fired by United Talent Agency for suggesting Jews lacked a monopoly on suffering during a speech she gave at a pro-Palestinian rally in New York, or when screenwriter Aaron Sorkin fired his agent, Maha Dakhil, for accusing Israel of genocide in an Instagram post, or even when Lebanese-born porn star Mia Khalifa lost her Playboy podcast over tweets expressing empathy with Palestinians. Everyone knows Jewish elites have called the shots in the US entertainment industry since its birth. But with control of academia seemingly slipping away, anything less than total ideological lockstep in Hollywood has become suddenly intolerable. The industry’s failure to issue a full-throated demand for bloody vengeance immediately following the Hamas raid, the New York Times declared breathlessly, was not just an outrage, but an antisemitic one. And Hollywood’s faithful didn’t stop at denouncing their colleagues — they unloaded on everyone from the establishment media editors who correctly reported Israel’s airstrike on the Al-Ahli Baptist Hospital, to the Writers’ Guild of America (which had just secured favorable contracts for its members after a months-long strike but hadn’t condemned Hamas fast enough), to the TikTok executives unable to inflate traffic for pro-Israel hashtags to the same level as pro-Palestine terms with the platform’s established censorship algorithms. By failing to suppress all pro-Palestine discourse, TikTok executives were enabling the next Holocaust, dozens of Jewish celebrities nearing their sell-by dates, including Amy Schumer, Sacha Baron Cohen and Sarah Silverman, informed two of the platform’s Jewish executives in a Zoom struggle-session that would have been hilarious if not for its real-world repercussions. Armed with cooked data from the ADL, which had conveniently begun counting all pro-Palestinian protests and uses of phrases like “from the river to the sea” in its already-skewed accounting of “antisemitic incidents,” the industry’s dregs literally demanded TikTok (and other social media platforms) give them a magic button to press to disappear the “hate” — which the executives promised to do to the best of their ability. Calls to shut TikTok down have predictably surged among Republican politicians, particularly primary candidates who seem to be campaigning harder for Israeli political office than any in the US. Nikki Haley claimed during last week’s debate that every half-hour of TikTok use made a person 17% more antisemitic, a howler that met with zero laughter from an audience obediently spooked by the platform’s power after Israeli operatives had astroturfed a campaign around Osama bin Laden’s “Letter to America” to frame TikTok as a hive of antisemitism seducing impressionable young minds to the dark side. If they could not dupe young Americans into supporting Israel as they had their parents, Big Parasite would have to make them an offer they couldn’t refuse.

Selling savagery

To ensure opposition to Israel’s genocide in Gaza becomes guaranteed career suicide, the Israeli Lobby must widen the exception it has already (and wildly unconstitutionally) carved out of the First Amendment for the Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions movement to include pro-Palestinian speech of any kind. Congress did the heavy lifting earlier this month with a full-frontal assault on the dictionary, explicitly expanding the already bursting-at-the-seams concept of “antisemitism” to include anti-Zionism. Adopted unanimously save for lonely vertebrate Rep. Thomas Massie, the resolution bemoans a world in which protesters can “spew hateful and vile language amplifying antisemitic themes” in the US’ capital and “4 masked men” can tear an Israeli flag off the wall of a Philadelphia restaurant but is apparently OK with 150 Palestinian children being blown sky-high every day by American-made bombs dropped by Israel’s finest.

But while simply declaring anti-Zionism is antisemitism makes Big Parasite’s job manufacturing consent for its Gaza genocide much easier, it is as fundamentally incompatible with reality as declaring steel a vegetable or Israel a democracy. Jewish religious doctrine has no place for Zionism — Jews aren’t supposed to return to the Holy Land until the Messiah shows up, and most of them don’t recognize any past or current claimants to that title — but then most of Israel’s inhabitants aren’t particularly religious, and the ones that are wouldn’t be caught dead fighting for the IDF, details generally left out of stateside hagiographies of the “special relationship.”

A who’s-who of controlled opposition has been deployed to sell Israel’s case for ethnic cleansing, led by purported free-speech crusaders from histrionic trainwreck Laura Loomer and Musk-anointed professional whiner Bari Weiss to conservative college blog CampusReform. The latter’s content transformed practically overnight on October 8 from criticism of woke damage and thought-policing in higher education to a baying chorus of self-righteous slopaganda-spewers suggesting those who oppose the IDF’s brutality should be not only deplatformed but personally harassed, many articles including lists of names of professors and even students whose only transgression was opposing the Israeli occupation. That such spiteful malingering brought this supposedly conservative outlet into ideological lockstep with professional Trump Derangement Syndrome sufferer Michael Rapaport, who not only conflated failure to condemn Hamas with antisemitism but threatened these newly-minted “antisemites” with the withdrawal of financial support from their projects, supposedly on behalf of a cabal of Jews who were “making a list” in order to punish the insufficiently-genocidal in the future, does not appear to bother anyone on the Right. Indeed, Rapaport has done a 180 and embraced the candidacy of the man he endearingly refers to as “Pig Dick” for president, thanks apparently to the latter’s unquestioned subservience to Israel, and his fellow grifters in the Trump camp have welcomed him as the prodigal son.

At the same time as the Right was extending its Big Tent to include anyone who could hold up an Israeli flag without shitting themselves, conservative influencers who strayed even slightly from the path dictated by Tel Aviv in the hours after Hamas’ incursion were publicly and messily sacrificed, no matter how enthusiastically they had deep-throated the Zionist cause in the past. Charlie Kirk, the founder of conservative campus group Turning Point who is regularly heckled at his own events for his slavish devotion for Israel, was publicly crucified as an antisemite for suggesting someone in Netanyahu’s government must have known about Hamas’ plans before October 7. Abandoned by the Zionist masters he’d relentlessly shilled at the cost of his early grassroots supporters, a suddenly-friendless Kirk began manically cucking to atone for his moment of doubt, even as those initial suspicions were completely validated by the news that Tel Aviv had not only had Hamas’ exact invasion plan in hand a year before October 7 but had ignored numerous warnings by IDF troops stationed at the Gaza border who observed Palestinian militants “rehearsing” the plan in the weeks preceding that invasion.

The most valuable horse in Netanyahu’s stable is billionaire troll Elon Musk, the self-appointed guru of “free speech absolutism” (now with more loopholes). Fresh off suing neoliberal-centrist smear merchant Media Matters over a ruinous outbreak of advertiser boycotts supposedly triggered by a manipulation of Twitter that forced ads to appear alongside neo-Nazi content, Musk simped his way across Israel earlier this month, dutifully parroting his hosts’ explanation that they were slaughtering the people of Gaza because Palestinians “think it’s OK to kill civilians” (the 18,000 civilians Israel has massacred in the space of two months having apparently been murdered only with extreme regret). He even repeated the claim that Palestinian hatred for Israelis must stem from antisemitic propaganda they’re taught as kids in school rather than the reality of living with those Israelis’ boots on their necks and spit in their eyes for generations. With regular condemnations from the Anti-Defamation League bolstering his anti-woke cred, Musk convinced millions of adoring fanboys that he had bought Twitter to return it to its mythical heyday as the Free Speech Wing of the Free Speech Party™ by occasionally tweeting into the tamer fringes of the Narrative — despite ratcheting up obedience to government censorship requests, putting a World Economic Forum lackey in the driver’s seat, and building a privatized social credit score system far worse than anything ever actually seen in China. The Israeli trip punctuated his latest redemption arc, which began when he questioned the legitimacy of Israel’s collective punishment of Palestinians and really caught fire with an acknowledgment that “Jewish communities” aren’t huge fans of white people before our hero learned a Valuable Lesson about the legitimacy of genocide in the service of real estate acquisition. When he flipped off New York Times DealBook smarm-meister (and close personal Musk friend of 16 years) Andrew Ross Sorkin onstage after coming home, credulous dissidents across the West swooned.

The Lobby deliberately courts influencers with cross-partisan appeal like Musk, Democratic congresswoman-turned-Fox News pundit Tulsi Gabbard, and vaccine safety advocate Robert F. Kennedy Jr. to create the false impression that a Zionist consensus supersedes all the usual sociopolitical divides. These assets are allowed to gain political traction with vocal, even eloquent opposition to the US’ Israel-fellating neocon foreign policy, and only once their antiwar or pro-First Amendment bona fides are firmly established are they ordered to “come out” as pro-Israel. Their most devoted followers will dutifully embrace their incongruous drift into warmongering and censorship, accepting cognitive dissonance as the cost of doing business (don’t let the perfect be the enemy of the good!) and even coaxing some skeptics into riding that sunk cost fallacy all the way into the pasture of Righteous Goyim. A thick folder of compromising material is kept by these assets’ handlers, capable of being deployed piecemeal to ensure that anyone who starts to get cold feet over duping their followers into embracing the violent racist death cult currently occupying Palestine can be persuaded to resume full obedience before they’ve passed the point of no return. Big Parasite loves a good ritual humiliation, and there’s nothing like dangling the tapes from those long-ago trips through the friendly skies on Jeffrey Epstein’s Lolita Express in front of a hungry reporter to make even an intelligent person spout the most aggressively ignorant Ziofascist thuggery this side of a Likud party meeting while flanked with obscene grifters like Shmuley Boteach, declaring with a straight face that the IDF is not only the most moral army in the world but does not — has never! — deliberately target(ed) civilians.

On the record advocating for Palestine? They can probably still use you, given how few people can stand by what Israel is doing in Gaza without becoming violently ill. Just publicly recant your ideological crimes, preferably with a pained look on your face, and start puking out cult dogma, as Musk did while Israeli President Isaac Herzog clapped like a seal during the former’s apology tour. Countless social media influencers have come forward since October 7 showing off emails from Israeli PR firms offering insulting sums in exchange for “sponsored” content, a poisoned hook that not only renders the entire pool of Israel/Palestine social media content questionable but allows Israel to claim plausible deniability regarding its own dismal performance in TikTok’s metrics — see, those dastardly Palestinians must be paying for their traffic, maybe we should ban TikTok after all! And when Israel can’t get their (wo)man, they are not above using AI to fake it. Model Bella Hadid, whose Palestinian father’s family lost their home in Safed during the 1948 Nakba when a Jewish refugee family from Europe to whom the Hadids had given shelter took over their home while the Hadids were away, was deepfaked into an apology video in which “she” recanted her past support for Palestine and embraced Israel, claiming to have “taken time to truly learn the historical context.”

October 7 is the new January 6

Big Parasite’s efforts to collapse any daylight between “free-speech” crusaders and Zionist zealots is a desperate bid to prevent any empathy from developing between its own victims in Palestine and in Washington — specifically those who’ve found themselves in social-credit purgatory, unable to board a plane or open a bank account due to attending the January 6, 2021 “Stop the Steal” protest. Despite similar experiences with over-the-top Orwellian surveillance and harassment by Big Brother and Big Tech for behavior which no reasonable person would define as crime, conservatives have been repeatedly lied to by Israel-affiliated “America First” sites like Breitbart and the Free Beacon that they have absolutely nothing in common with Palestinians and Palestine advocates who’ve been facing similar treatment from the US government for so long that an entire organization, Palestine Legal, arose to defend them in court. When hundreds of Jewish peace activists were arrested on Capitol Hill a week after the Hamas raid, J6 patron saint Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene accused her colleague and Congress’ sole Palestinian, Rep. Rashida Tlaib, of leading a “pro-Hamas insurrection,” demanding Tlaib be censured and the demonstrators receive the same harsh sentences as the Stop the Steal crowd. She justified her sudden embrace of the police-state tactics she’d railed against for the previous two years by offering up the stale hasbara nugget that to be pro-Palestinian was to support Hamas, citing the ADL — which has called Greene herself “somewhere between deranged and demented” — in her desperate reach to denounce Jewish Voice for Peace as an extremist group.

Similarly, when conservatives better known for fighting the Biden administration’s unconstitutional crackdown on social media had a chance to join hands across the aisle with liberal university presidents struggling to flex their own disused First Amendment rights against the Lobby’s McCarthyite demand for a loyalty oath during this month’s campus antisemitism hearing, they chose instead to join the neocons in piling on the Ivy League women. It wasn’t so much the universities’ insufficient bubble-wrapping of the Jewish Campus Experience™ that bothered what should have been natural allies, but not hiring “enough” conservative and/or pro-Trump faculty and for overdosing on the Diversity, Equity and Inclusion kool-aid — claims that were at best irrelevant, at worst unproven, and made the questioners look like petty bullies trafficking in entitled male resentment.

Billed as a hearing on “college campus antisemitism,” the House Education and Workforce Committee’s sadistic four-hour interrogation of the presidents of Harvard, UPenn, and MIT last week proved once again the impossibility of appeasing one’s way out of tyranny. Despite having cooperated promptly and exhaustively in reorienting their universities’ campus life around the fictional scourge of antisemitism after October 7, dropping everything to assemble a whole new layer of bureaucracy capable of protecting the Ivy League’s Jewish snowflakes from accidental contact with student activism, Claudine Gay (Harvard), Liz Magill (UPenn), and Sally Kornbluth (MIT) were bullied and harassed in the name of stopping antisemitic bullying and harassment by making speech the Lobby doesn’t like an actionable disciplinary offense. When none of the presidents cracked under the full gale force of Rep. Elise Stefanik’s pearl-clutching tantrum even after she revealed their universities would be turned inside out with Title VI investigations, a nasty little tactic capable of ripping a multi-million dollar hole in one’s institution, one of UPenn’s Jewish sugar daddies threatened to drill an even bigger hole in the school’s war chest if Magill was allowed to stay, claiming he had anonymously donated $100 million in options from his Stone Street Asset Management firm — and that those options could be yanked back the minute he felt the school was no longer representing his Values faithfully. Because the board didn’t want to play chicken with a $100 million gift — not when there was a nice responsible Jewish girl already standing by as vice-chair waiting to fill Magill’s uncooperative shoes — it was done.

Greenblatt was soon troping up a storm on CNN as he gloated about Magill’s demise, claiming he could have helped UPenn — they’d contacted him, after all, as had Harvard — but they just wouldn’t do what he wanted. This wishlist had somehow metastasized from establishing an antisemitism task force to ordering that task force to ‘solve’ antisemitism within a designated time frame, purging university curricula of references to Israeli apartheid, adopting a hate speech code prominently featuring the bloated-to-the-point-of-meaninglessness IHRA definition of antisemitism (long since rejected by its creator as unfit for purpose) to be centered within a revamped Diversity, Equity and Inclusion framework, and correspondingly stepped-up punishments meted out to students, professors, administrators, and even the university itself if a Jewish student felt momentarily uncomfortable. Meanwhile, for hesitating before stripping students of their rights, then apologizing for crimes they did not actually commit, these university presidents have been doubly condemned to eternal “Jewish media torture” (for some idea of what to expect, refer to the character assassination of British Labour leader Jeremy Corbyn).

The aim of the elaborate and frankly absurd manipulations Big Parasite has visited upon the minds of the West over the last two months is to normalize the most severe punishments for the slightest deviation from total fealty to the Israeli line — not so much shifting the Overton window as throwing a cinderblock through it in an epistemological Kristallnacht while somewhere, Jonathan Greenblatt screams like a little girl. Such upheaval is deliberately, unmanageably chaotic to ensure it cannot be reversed without extreme difficulty. It is now supposedly normal to be blacklisted, to lose one’s job and to get suspended from school for uttering “free Palestine.” Being refused a hotel room — or one’s constitutional right against self-incrimination — because of perceived failure to adequately condemn events that transpired halfway around the world and have no bearing on one’s life is not only viewed as socially legitimate but expected. The popular pro-Palestinian slogan “from the river to the sea” was alchemically transmuted in a matter of hours on October 7 into a terrorist threat meaning the genocide of all Jewish Israelis (when in reality Jews peacefully lived among the Arab population of Palestine when it stretched from the river Jordan to the Mediterranean Sea before the 1948 Nakba), and merely uttering it on Twitter - or even using the word “decolonization” - is cause for suspension, courtesy of Elon “I pretended to sue the ADL so you’d let me hand over your biometrics to Israel” Musk. An entire Twitter account with accompanying website was created to cement a bogus equivalency between removing posters of Israeli hostages from the American walls they’ve been irrelevantly posted on and “Jew hate.” Such “hate” need not mention Israel or Jews at all — Starbucks sued its own employee union over their social media posts expressing solidarity with Gaza, and the Orthodox Jewish Chamber of Commerce launched a campaign against the popular cafe chain with the slogan, “Drinking a cup of Starbucks is drinking a cup of Jewish blood.” Wave a Palestinian flag at a protest? You might as well be heiling Hitler.

To make sure this avalanche of fraud stays put, Big Parasite has made a bold grab for the control room of the internet itself, consolidating what is already near-total control so as to prevent even the slightest pin-pricks of light from hitting the retinas of the populations they must keep in the dark to complete their atrocities unmolested. In October, the US Federal Communications Commission quietly passed a measure giving itself total control of the transmission of all content across US internet infrastructure in the name of upholding “equity,” leaning on an already legally-absurd concept in order to justify something so far outside the bounds of law it might as well have been written in feces on the walls of an asylum. The agency’s own commissioner, Brendan Carr, took to social media to warn Americans what was in the works, explaining that the plan “hands the Administrative State effective control of all Internet services and infrastructure in the country.” Just as the people of Gaza have been all but muzzled by Israel’s deliberate shutdown of electricity and internet and blockade of fuel deliveries to the enclave, so will Americans find that their words can no longer reach an audience — either inside the US or outside its borders — if the FCC thinks it might hurt an influential Jew’s feelings. This is not speculation — the ADL made the argument for targeting internet infrastructure to suppress wrongthink earlier this year, and especially after the Biden administration had its wrist slapped for playing Ministry of Truth at the platform level with the Missouri v Biden decision, it has become abundantly clear to Big Parasite that preventing the transmission of such material is a much more final solution than trying to prevent its publication.

Subscribe now

Preemptive self-defense

By equating pro-Palestinian speech with the literal genocide of Jews, Big Parasite’s agents in the West are not just dismantling the last remaining safeguards against state-sponsored censorship — they are opening the door to monstrous acts of “preemptive self-defense,” a concept only the diseased minds running the Israeli government would ever have had the chutzpah to attempt in real life. Former Justice Minister Ayelet Shaked cited just such a rationale for killing Palestinian children, whom she memorably referred to as “little snakes” in 2015, while the IDF’s “one shot, two kills” t-shirt has become a critical artifact for understanding the Israeli mind. As a desperate Israel runs out of threadbare narratives to brandish in the hope of distracting from the abattoir it’s operating in Gaza, American dissidents risk losing quite a bit more than just their jobs when they challenge Bibi the butcher.

Israel has made it clear: support for Palestinians is support for Hamas. Anyone found to be supporting Hamas is a terrorist. All terrorists must die. And by the way, we’re gonna send the IDF around to all your countries — if Mossad isn’t already there — to make sure we got them all. Oh, and the US Congress has decided anti-Zionism makes you a terrorist too. Sleep tight!

The line between character assassination and actual assassination has never been thinner, especially with Big Parasite’s control of AI — both through operational algorithms and the feeder material, which is sourced from Wikipedia or its even less reliable cousin Wikidata more often than you’d like to think. They do not need TikTok users’ approval or even consent to insert the most aesthetically and morally repugnant content directly into the collective consciousness, especially once Musk fanboys start lining up for their Neuralinks and find themselves completely unable to question why their thoughts are suddenly expressed with an Israeli accent (“the tewwowists are coming!”)

Palestinian poet Refaat Alareer chillingly predicted his own demise as the result of “Bari Weiss and her likes” in a tweet less than a month before Israel bombed his sister’s house last week, killing him and half a dozen family members. Below a screenshot of his inbox, which was overflowing with poorly-spelled death threats, was a tweet from the perennially-butthurt Weiss spotlighting him for joking about whether an Israeli baby supposedly found in an oven in the world’s least original atrocity propaganda recipe had been cooked “with or without baking powder.” Weiss, like Musk, Gabbard, Kennedy, and any of countless other controlled-oppo personalities, presents herself as a fierce foe of cancel culture while hypocritically embracing it against anyone opposed to the genocide of Gaza, to the point that she has apparently moved up to helping cancel them for real.

Weiss last week retweeted an ominous message from Palantir, the Orwellian “security” firm founded by billionaire technofascist Peter Thiel. The company, it said, had opened its arms to Jewish students pissed that their universities wouldn’t evict pro-Palestinian students from campus wholesale. Palantir has offered such wannabe-Kissingers positions in a secretive new initiative apparently targeting those universities — and potentially anyone else who gets in the way, since putting killing machines in the hands of insecure nerds with grudges is not exactly self-limiting — with “actions on the battlefield.”

Witnessing the rollout of this repressive control agenda should only spur dissidents to greater activity, as many are beginning to understand — at least on a subconscious level — that if Gaza and the West Bank fall, these predators will come knocking on our doors (and while Jonathan Greenblatt may look like Nosferatu, he does not have to be invited in). Thousands of artists, writers and performers have hit back against the effort to delete Palestine from the discourse as a pretext for deleting it from history, fully aware that the censorship campaign they are facing off against represents an existential threat precisely because of the heavy-handed unpersoning of so many of their peers. One day we may find ourselves “deplatformed” only to realize we have to pay a toll to reenter the real world — and it’s Worldcoin or no world for you.

The twin spirals of silence and complicity are already twisting into an epistemological barbed wire fence, completing the Total Demoralization project that has been underway since Zionism took its first breath and shouted that this planet was not big enough for the both of us. They are correct — it isn’t big enough at all — but it is not we who have to go.

[i really tried to keep this to two parts, i swear. in part III: learning & unlearning helplessness, why we poison our own wells, & why they hate that Nazi comparison so much]

When someone shows you who they are, believe them the first time - Maya Angelou

No one could ever accuse the Israeli government of Benjamin Netanyahu of being underachievers. They have managed to kill nearly 12,000 Palestinians in Gaza in just over a month, almost all civilians, without facing a single meaningful consequence. In addition to more than 4,000 children, the casualties include dozens of medics, journalists, aid workers, and other individuals theoretically extended additional protection under international law. Hundreds of hospitals and clinics, schools, and other civilian sites have been targeted - hell, they’re even blowing up ambulances carrying people they’ve already blown up to hospitals they’re about to blow up. It’s the first genocide to be carried out in the open, full view of the world, Israel’s efforts to sever internet and telephone connections with Gaza notwithstanding.

But Israel hasn’t just deleted one in every 200 Gazans off the face of the earth — they’ve done so claiming to be acting in self-defense, an outrageous claim still echoed by 98% of the western media despite video after video showing the aftermath of IDF airstrikes on densely-populated refugee camps and hospitals overflowing with displaced families. It doesn’t take skill, ingenuity or talent to massacre a population who literally can’t escape the killing fields, but Israel continues to dupe much of the western public into believing the grinning executioners standing over the expiring corpse of Gaza holding bloody axes and waxing poetic about their deeds are in fact the victims.

Only after a month of this carnage are Americans and their western peers even starting to wake up to the fact that our “greatest ally” in the Middle East is the geopolitical equivalent of Jeffrey Dahmer gnawing on a fresh femur on live television. Even then, as major media organizations reluctantly begin to acknowledge the atrocities unfolding before their eyes, the cracks in their code of silence are only developing because Israel got greedy and started threatening those organizations’ own journalists with execution for being insufficiently harsh in their condemnation of its victims.

Share

It’s not like the media didn’t prostrate itself before Tel Aviv’s demands as usual when the war began. MSNBC mysteriously took its three Muslim anchors off the air following the Hamas incursion. Major news outlets reprinted the most ludicrous unsourced atrocity propaganda as fact, from the “40 beheaded babies” fairytale (so bogus even the IDF would not stand by it) to Hamas “rape manuals” and dog-eared copies of “Mein Kampf” found in “terrorist” hideouts, all while glossing over the suffering being inflicted by the Most Moral Army in the World™. But it wasn’t enough to simply keep a straight face and refrain from challenging howlers like the IDF’s claim that the days of the week were actually the names of terrorists. As casualty counts mounted and news outlets printed the expected complaints by the UN, human rights groups, and anyone with a pulse that the IDF might be killing too many civilians, hasbara operations like the hilariously-named Honest Reporting began accusing the freelance photojournalists who’d been providing art for pieces on Hamas and Palestine of having known about the militants’ plans ahead of time, even while admitting they had no proof. War cabinet minister Benny Gantz seized on the imaginary threat, warning that any journalist who had advance knowledge of Hamas’ attack would be treated as a terrorist - i.e., killed - while former Israeli UN ambassador Danny Danon promised to add offending freelancers to the “eliminate” list Tel Aviv had been keeping since the raid - no empty threat given Israel’s aversion to due process. Republican US Senator Tom Cotton even called on the Justice Department to investigate the news outlets who had dared hire these swarthy strangers to document The Enemy. Never mind that the Israeli government itself almost certainly knew about the attack beforehand (as did the US), or that Israeli troops readily admitted they gunned down their countrymen and torched their houses and cars so badly they couldn’t tell the difference between Israeli and Palestinian dead before circulating photos of the resulting carnage as Hamas’ doing. Reporters are the real threat. What are you, some kind of a Holocaust 2.0-denier?

These news outlets had remained silent while Israeli bombs killed at least 42 journalists and destroyed over 50 media institutions in the wake of Tel Aviv’s declaration of war, looked the other way while Israeli authorities raided, arrested, assaulted, and threatened dozens more journalists, and sat on their hands when Israel passed a law prohibiting the publication of information favorable to the enemy. Even then, CNN bit its tongue, severing ties with the freelancer who’d been accused of palling around with terrorists despite admitting they had no issues with his reporting. But accusing the New York Times of terrorism after years of tying itself in logical pretzels to absolve Netanyahu’s government of an encyclopedia of war crimes was apparently a bridge too far. The Times posted a statement not only defending the freelance photojournalist who’d been smeared but warning that the hasbara brigade’s malignant fantasies threatened press freedom.

Israel had violated the unspoken agreement it has long held with the western media establishment, in which big international outlets cover for Israeli atrocities and are in return spared the indignities visited upon their less-cooperative Arabic colleagues. For decades, American and European journalists have cringed away from this third-rail topic under subtle but unrelenting pressure from the Israeli lobby (first detailed at length in Mearsheimer and Walt’s seminal 2007 book The Israel Lobby and US Foreign Policy), fearful of the political and personal repercussions of speaking up for Palestine in countries politically controlled by various shades of Zionism. But while media outlets might have interpreted this as an ideological ceasefire, Israel was taking advantage of the near-total absence of public scrutiny to expand its behind-the-scenes influence, a project that has advanced alarmingly even since its exposure in the 2018 al-Jazeera documentary The Lobby with the help of privatization. Infiltrating the medical freedom movement and the uprising against “cancel culture” - never mind Israel’s hatred for the former and reliance on the latter - has allowed them to neuter even much of the alternative media, meaning the genocide unfolding over the last month has been met with an eerie silence from corners one might expect to resound with outrage.

Taking Pride in Genocide

In theory, at least, Israel has made journalists’ job covering its latest war extremely easy. Netanyahu’s government is anything but shy about what it’s doing in Gaza. One “leak” after another trumpets their plans to systematically eradicate the Palestinian inhabitants of the territory — a “Gaza Nakba” in the words of agriculture minister Avi Dichter — and ship them off to tent cities in the Egyptian desert in order to snatch up that sweet beachfront real estate to carve out a profitable competitor to the Suez Canal, do a little offshore drilling, maybe build some casinos, or just plop some more aesthetically- (and morally-) revolting settlements on the land, depending on who you ask. Add in the possibility of completing the ongoing falsification of their ancestral claim to the Holy Land and seal the whole package with the blood sacrifice of a few thousand children and one can see why they might be a bit excited about it all. Indeed, Israel doesn’t just have one convenient mandate from heaven that can be stretched to justify wiping out anyone they designate as an enemy (Amalek) — they seem to print more every day. The Dahiya doctrine “justifies” flattening entire neighborhoods on suspicion a rocket has been fired from the vicinity; the Hannibal directive “allows” the killing of Israeli soldiers taken captive so they cannot be used as bargaining chips by the enemy. Zionist Jewish media outlets bristle with op-eds like this one, which rejoices in the “Dresdening of Gaza” because the writer was apparently bullied for his religion as a child. The Samson option even lays out a rationale for preemptive nuclear war.

Subscribe now

But rather than listen to Israeli leaders when they announce what they are, the western media establishment masochistically picks through the tortured narratives tossed their way by Netanyahu’s cabinet. While Israeli media dredged up the Hannibal directive to explain the shocking IDF slaughter of Israeli civilians at the Nova rave and surrounding kibbutzes on October 7, deaths initially pinned on Hamas and only officially acknowledged as friendly fire last week, US media has continued to deny it happened at all, clinging to the original narrative that had Hamas swooping in on paragliders to lay waste to the helpless kibbutzim with firepower they did not possess. It is never explained how Palestinians with aging Kalashnikovs were supposed to have flattened entire houses, left rows of cars charred and melted, and otherwise enacted a convincing imitation of a bombardment by Israeli Hellfire missiles, but it never had to be — controlling the media establishment means never having to admit you started World War III.

If anything, Western media is far more pro-Israel than Israeli media. They’ll cover for Tel Aviv when one of Netanyahu’s minions accidentally admits to bombing yet another Gaza hospital, and they’ll jump at the chance to memory-hole Israeli politicians’ excitement over replicating the Allies’ World War II firebombing of Dresden — a state-sanctioned act of terrorism that essentially vaporized hundreds of thousands of German civilians and one of the country’s prized cultural centers in the hope that Berlin would surrender. They’ll sit with a straight face while Israeli President Isaac Herzog not only claims Hamas fighters carry Hitler’s magnum opus with them into battle (or at least into their camps, located in children’s bedrooms) but that Israel is only trying to help the Palestinians. To cover Israel as an establishment news anchor in the US is an exercise in extreme humiliation, a ritual of publicly renouncing common sense and the evidence of one’s own eyes and ears as antisemitic while uncritically gulping down the garbled narratives of guys who pronounce “terror” as “tewwow.” The publication of the Likud party’s “secret” plan to ethnically cleanse Gaza by (among other things) enlisting the US to pressure Egypt to take all the Palestinians as refugees or watch as they’re slaughtered by the IDF can hardly even be called a “leak,” having allegedly been disseminated by a member of the party in order to see whether “the public in Israel is ready to accept ideas of a transfer from Gaza.” Yet US outlets, when they did acknowledge the plan, treated its goals as the logical endpoint of the war, rather than a cynical effort to pass off genocide as humanitarianism.

If you have to ask, you’re probably Amalek

There is no reason to believe that Israel will stop the killing once it has extirpated “Hamas.” If permitted to complete its ethnic cleansing of Gaza and the West Bank, it will send the IDF into Lebanon (as Netanyahu, haunted by Israel’s 2006 defeat, has repeatedly threatened to do). If it finds itself in military trouble, Israel will simply summon its star-spangled Golem from Washington — perhaps by sinking one of the aircraft carriers the Pentagon sent over for moral support and pinning the strike on Iran in a double-barreled homage to “Remember the Maine” and the USS Liberty. A generation of American soldiers (assuming there are any Americans who aren’t too fat, crazy, or high to serve in the military) will be deployed to enforce the colonialist whims of a regime that at best considers them cattle, even as their countrymen starve back home. And if the US somehow emerges victorious despite having squandered its weapons stocks, finances and international credibility making the world safe for ethnic nepotism in previous wars? Political dissidents — those with the basic human decency to publicly oppose the atrocities their government commits in their name — are already on the chopping block (detailed in Part II of this article), and it will be American cops, trained by Israel in the fine art of placing boot on neck, who will be rounding them up.

Netanyahu has never been shy about his disdain for the US and its inhabitants, whom he considers gullible and stupid, an attitude shared by many in Israel. In an interview earlier this month with Fox News’ Sean Hannity, who bent over backwards trying to out-hawk the Israeli with pleas to go after Hezbollah and Iran too, Netanyahu warned that if “every civilized country” did not rush to Israel’s aid in crushing Palestine, they would all fall to “Hamas barbarism.” Name-checking all the worst unproven propaganda excesses of the war, from beheaded and burnt babies to gang rapes and “mutilations,” he proceeded to literally threaten the audience, declaring through an irrepressible smirk, “If we don’t win now, then Europe is next and you’re next. And we have to win.” That’s an awful nice country you got there, goy. Sure would be a shame if anything happened— oh wait.

Why should Israel be coy about its intentions, in Palestine or in the West? Decades of UN resolutions and the increasingly strident condemnations of human rights NGOs have not stopped the transformation of the West Bank into an apartheid state or Gaza into a concentration camp, nor have they brought weapons inspectors to have a look at the hundreds of nuclear warheads Israel pretends not to have as it stomps around the Middle East wailing in feigned agony while poking its neighbors in the eye. Every major human rights group on Earth has been shouting about Israel’s crimes for years, rising in volume now that Tel Aviv is putting its genocidal rhetoric into action on an unprecedented scale. But even the most sincere among these have stopped at talk, looking on in horror as Israel massacres entire families, flattens their villages, cuts the survivors off from contact with the outside world so that the extent of their annihilation can be hidden, and then runs crying to Big Daddy ‘Murica complaining there’s antisemitism blossoming on every street corner.

Without action, even the most eloquent screaming can’t stop an international criminal cartel hiding behind a national government hiding behind a religion so thickly insulated from the consequences of its actions by US bombs that it simply does not have to care what the geopolitical neighbors think. Abandoned by erstwhile protectors and allies alike, Palestinians have no choice but to take up arms against this most dire of existential threats, and those in the West who take comfort in the annihilation of Gaza, believing genocide to be some kind of zero-sum game in which someone has to get wiped off the face of the earth so better them than us, are in for a very rude awakening. In the eyes of Big Parasite, we are all Palestinians, and have been for quite some time.

(in Part II: Amalek goes to university, and the true meaning of all those Holocaust references)

(in part 3.1, we discussed thoughtcrime legislation, stochastic terrorism as legal principle, and the self-licking ice-cream cone of “multiracial white supremacy.” this is technically a continuation of that article, so [re]read for context)

The diversity industry and the Israeli lobby normally work hand in hand, two tentacles on the same scabrous octopus conducting different sections of the infernal orchestra, as their use of similar tactics in redefining key terms indicates. However, as “racism” has not only expanded but metamorphosed into a legal concept carrying actual penalties, Big Israel has had to scramble to insulate itself from the liabilities born of running an apartheid state fueled by American tax dollars. Like any abusive spouse, it is determined to make its favorite punching bag suffer for this mild inconvenience.

This isn’t the only challenge facing the organized crime ring that operates under the cover of an “only democracy in the Middle East.” As the narrative managers’ failure to censor RFK Jr.’s testimony before the House Committee on Weaponization of the Federal Government last month confirmed, allegations of “antisemitism” have lost much of their power due to years of relentless overuse - labeling anyone who momentarily vexes Big Israel, even unruly Jews, with that same scarlet letter. No longer able to banish their enemies from public life by tagging them with four little syllables - and envious at how the diversity industry has capitalized off their schtick to shoehorn its own delusions of victimhood into the legal code - Big Parasite has stepped up pressure to actually ban the nebulous sentiment itself. While a few countries - including, ironically, Russia - have laws against “antisemitism” on the books, these almost exclusively refer to antisemitic actions - the tombstone-displacements, synagogue bomb threats, and swastika graffiti perennially hailed as the stirrings of Holocaust 2.0 only for authorities to discover nearly every time that they were the work of attention-seeking Jewish individuals. But in Ukraine, which the US has been using as its laboratory to see how far a country can lumber toward fascism while still swanning around NATO summits in democratic drag, antisemitism is also a form of thoughtcrime - starting a trend designed to spread across the West like a plague of epistemological locusts designed to leave nothing behind but Total Demoralization.

Scarlet letters for all

One might question the sanity of a group that devotes millions of dollars and countless lifetimes to analyzing every negative sentiment ever expressed about it in a way that categorically denies the validity of those sentiments and their origins, despite being significantly overrepresented in corporate boardrooms, magazines’ “richest” lists, and influential industries like media and medicine. While one would be crossing the line to forbid them from doing so, it is not just crossing the line but tap dancing over it with marching band accompaniment to force such a neurosis on other groups, and it is here that the Biden administration accelerated from mere woke navel-gazing into some sort of narcissistic-sadomasochistic wormhole, its members obsessed with their own imagined victimhood despite their privileged status running the American government and determined to force an understanding of that victimhood fantasy upon others, no matter how irrelevant or frankly insulting to their own lived experience.

Biden’s cabinet, after all, is extremely Jewish. This was widely reported in Jewish media outlets, and even remarked upon by outsiders. But while any other minority might celebrate being recognized for such an achievement, the Blinken Bunch would rather deny it while simultaneously recasting any political criticism of the administration’s actions as antisemitism - as if the only thing that anyone might see as wrong with the manner in which the US has been driven into the ground in the last two years was the ethnic identity of the drivers. Indeed, so insecure are they about filling most of the major positions despite Jews constituting less than 2% of the greater US population that to even mention this characteristic of the Biden administration has been deemed antisemitic hate speech.

We should all be so lucky to be as oppressed as Doug Emhoff, the Second Gentleman, who took the stage earlier this summer to kvell about the Biden administration’s sprawling new National Strategy to Counter Antisemitism - a first-of-its-kind initiative, not just whole-of-government but whole-of-society, in a country that still theoretically offers its citizens equal protection under the law. Emhoff has been on a mission to fight a wholly imaginary “epidemic of hate” by forcing the IHRA definition of antisemitism down the world’s throat ever since he was tasked with establishing a task force to root out “antisemitic” thoughtcrime last year, and his pet project is all about centering Jewish persecution in the pantheon of oppression made so fashionable during 2020’s intersectionality craze. The campaign’s “four pillars” include “raising awareness” of antisemitism, improving security for the Jewish community (which already receives 94% of Homeland Security grants), reversing the “normalization” of antisemitism (as defined by the Anti-Defamation League, which clutches its well-worn pearls every year at the thought that someone, somewhere believes in hateful tropes like “Jews stick together more than other Americans”), and - last and most definitely least - “cross-community solidarity,” an afterthought for 98% of the US population. The deployment of this 60-page slab of pathos while the majority of Americans can’t scrape together $400 for an emergency and private equity vultures are tearing the last shreds off the carcass of homeownership sends an unmistakeable message: Black Lives may Matter, but Jewish Lives Matter Most, and don’t you forget it.

100 points of darkness

The only glimpse of self-awareness in the entire document, which repeats the word “antisemitism” so many times it resembles the gibberish it has been conceptually reduced to before even finishing the introduction, is a “legal disclaimer” on page four acknowledging the 1,000 Jewish leaders who supposedly contributed to it (and the handful of ghostwriters who really did) cannot make law or policy by fiat, nor can they impede the enforcement of those laws and policies that already exist. This does not make the orders it gives the whole of American society to drop what they’re doing and contemplate the plight of Anne Frank any less patronizing, insulting, or obnoxious, and it remains to be seen whether the concluding line of the disclaimer - “This strategy is not intended to, and does not, create any legal right, benefit, or defense, substantive or procedural, enforceable by law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person, nor does it constitute a waiver of sovereign immunity” - was meant to cover the administration’s ass with regard to Fourteenth Amendment lawsuits (pouring hundreds of millions of dollars into “protecting” 2% of the population while the rest of the country can barely keep a roof over its head is a howling violation of the Equal Protection clause) or simply to ward off predatory lawyers who might try to retroactively sue the government for reparations, citing its self-confessed failure to sufficiently protect Jewish and other minority interests. 

The Strategy is framed at once as both “essential to our broader fight against all forms of hate” and the only thing standing between Debra Lipstadt’s Passover seder and Kristallnacht 2.0. Its hyperbole is designed to be translated into orders for seemingly every agency in government via official antisemitism liaisons with those agencies, while its 100 directives and 100 more recommendations leave no stone unturned hunting down goyim who have not dedicated their lives to the persecution complexes of others, demanding (among many, many other things) that private employers punish workers for wrongthink and wrongspeak taking place not just on the job but outside of work as well, should either run afoul of the notoriously vague and arbitrary IHRA definition of antisemitism. The document’s authors admit on the second page that this unprecedented effort to control American thought is only the beginning - the bloated document “also serves as a blueprint for tackling other forms of bigotry, hate, and bias that fuel toxic divisions in America.” Just as the IHRA’s word salad made “antisemitism” the all-purpose scarlet letter, so would “multiracial white supremacy” keep thought-criminals of all races, religions and political persuasions dutifully toeing the narrative line lest they be subjected to the same kind of sociopolitical and economic warfare as those with the scarlet “A” on their chests.

Like the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals, the strategy’s “four pillars” are perfectly innocuous at first glance while concealing a breezy blueprint for total control of the information ecosystem and, through it, the physical world. Wielding what is certainly the largest collaboration of US government agencies ever to be brought to bear for an issue that even hypothetically could only affect 2% of the population, the Strategy appears determined to stamp out any remaining bright spots of American creativity, innovation, and happiness by forcing the population to replace its supposedly antisemitic survival instincts with a slate of precarious neuroses that renders them maximally manipulable.  Dangling the carrot of “cross-community solidarity” in front of other minorities has worked so far, and as the white supremacy actions (described in the previous half of this article) make clear, they’re only getting started. Jewish communities already receive 94% of security funding from the DHS - do they really need more? But of course to ask these questions is to be tarred and featured as an antisemite in what is frankly an act of epistemological greed. One cannot be at once an outcast and at the same time enjoy universality of opinion. Clutching pearls about how 60% of respondents to a survey didn’t know what Auschwitz was is meaningless in light of the fact that many modern schoolchildren can’t even count to 60, and the report quietly demands teachers already forced to tell kids that math is racist drop the reading and writing too, in favor of resentment. 

The strategy points to statistics reported (created) by the ADL and its fellow travelers stating 2022 was the worst year for antisemitic hate crimes on the record and that Jews account for 63% of religious hate crime victims despite being 2% of the population. It would be difficult for anyone else to dominate that category, since most other religious minorities are counted by their racial background when typing up the police report (Muslims and Sikhs would likely be described as Arab/Middle Eastern, African, and/or Indian), and in fact a quick look at the ADL report claiming there are more people harboring “significant” antisemitic beliefs in the US than there have been in decades reveals the organization has merely expanded the definition over the years as it has shoehorned disdain for Israeli government policy into the (already bursting at the seams) concept of antisemitism. Nevertheless, the fact that the rest of society does not wail and rend its garments when Greenblatt opens his mouth to sing his song of woe is indicative that anti-Jewish bigotry is becoming “normalized.” Once again, this is the neurosis of a largely-Jewish cabinet attempting to deflect the burden of the nation’s hatred by claiming it’s due to their religion instead of the terrible job they’re doing.

Subscribe now

The Strategy is already playing out in the private sector. Twitter - now known as X Corp in keeping with the totalitarian fantasy of the ADL’s stealth butt-boy Elon Musk - has partnered with Israeli company AU10TIX, a subsidiary of ICTS International, the company best known for sweeping “shoe bomber” Richard Reid, “underwear bomber” Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab, and pretty much every other major patsy from the Bush era onwards through various security checkpoints, to “verify” the identities of users horny for that blue check and unconcerned about the fate of their biometrics (the company’s founder spent over a decade working for infamous backdoor-operators AMDOCS, of 9/11 fame, and AU10TIX is still listed as a partner on that leaky sieve’s website). That isn’t even the first Israeli company Musk has fed users’ data to since taking over - eToro, which offers lazy Twitter users the ability to trade stocks without leaving the platform, is not only based in the world’s last remaining apartheid state but employs over two dozen people who previously traded in financial products so scammy even Israel has banned them. Musk’s replacement as Twitter CEO, Linda Yaccarino, celebrated the platform’s latest crusade against antisemitism by deleting the “community notes” helpful users had appended to the ADL’s annual attempt to whitewash the killing of its founding cause célèbre, murderous pedophile Leo Frank, all while joining her boss in spouting the most cringeworthy groupthink rhymes (“lawful but awful!”) this side of Brave New World’s “a gram is better than a damn” pod-person hymnbook.

This nauseating sideshow may have been low-hanging fruit meant to distract from the appearance of a new button on tweets allowing users to report anything considered wrongthink by the EU, because it doesn’t take a rocket scientist to figure out what will happen to thought-criminals whose biometrics are in an Israeli database. And the Platform Formerly Known as Twitter is far from alone in bending over backwards to toady to the antisemitism-industrial complex. Musk’s declaration that he will (someday) sue the ADL is more mere pageantry and should be treated as such until Greenblatt is actually whipping out his checkbook. If you think the richest man in the world is fighting the good fight, I have a whole bushel of bridges to sell you.

Florida Governor Ron DeSantis, who was sued his first year in office for prioritizing the interests of Israel over those of his constituents, has eagerly spearheaded this assault on the First Amendment. In May, he flew to Jerusalem to sign a law that made leaving printed material like flyers containing “hate speech” falling under the IHRA definition of “antisemitism” (“a certain perception of Jews, which may be expressed as hatred toward Jews,” but may be “directed toward Jewish or non-Jewish individuals and/or their property” - see Part II for an extended discussion of this farce) on private property a third-degree felony punishable by 5 years in prison. 

The inspiration for this legislative trainwreck was the Goyim Defense League, a deliberately unappealing crew of stereotypically-“antisemitic” activists who had been staging flyer drops across the country for months in the hope of provoking legislation just like this. While the group claimed its aim was informing the public of the corrosive influence of Jewish power, with flyers purporting to show the Jewish role in Covid-19, the financial crisis, and other catastrophes, their decision to target upscale Jewish neighborhoods for the flyer drops while shouting ethnic slurs from their cars ensured this “education” spree would attract massive amounts of negative publicity and police attention while torpedoing the credibility of anyone expressing remotely similar ideas. GDL flyers poison inconvenient truths by piling on inflammatory language and Pavlovian visual cues, ensuring the average person recoils not only from their message but from anyone else who has voiced those inconvenient truths - minus the blood-drenched stars of David and clip-art Totenkopfen - and often eliciting public sympathy for even the most unsympathetic of characters.

The GDL designed the flyers that were handed out by the National Socialist Movement, a cell of domesticated wannanazis the Anti-Defamation League trots out whenever they need to discredit an opponent but don’t have a legitimate argument to fall back on, during that group’s picket of the Broadway musical Parade, a delusionally revisionist spin on the story of Leo Frank, whose conviction (the musical would say wrongful) for raping and murdering his 13-year-old factory employee Mary Phagan spawned the ADL. While the ADL constantly hypes the threat posed by such groups, declaring every year that the number of “antisemitic incidents” is on the rise, they have admitted that both groups’ entire membership could fit comfortably in a studio apartment, and their meticulous, bordering on obsessive documentation of every move ever made by GDL founder Jon Minadeo coupled with a tendency (documented hilariously in the Israeli film Defamation) to imagine or even invent out of whole cloth offenses against themselves suggests they are more involved in his organization than they let on. The GDL’s activities so neatly dovetail with Big Israel’s persecution complex that it is difficult not to see the flyer drops as part of a larger strategy to convince the uninformed public that certain powerful people should be protected from criticism just because they're Jewish, especially as the group’s cartoonish behavior is clearly aimed at delegitimizing opposition to those same powerful parasites with its sophomoric sieg-heiling sausage-fests straight out of American History X - sausage-fests which, as of this month at least, have been allowed to continue in Florida despite its appalling new law.

New York nearly went one step further than Florida with a bill that would have imposed its open-ended definition of “hate speech” on the entire internet and drafted an army of informants to enforce this bogus construct. Cynically rammed through on the heels of yet another mass shooting, specifically the incident in Buffalo in which a young “white supremacist” with an impossibly thick manifesto and at least one FBI agent among his close online friends shot up a supermarket, it sought to force social media platforms to adopt onerous speech control policies, effectively drafting even dissident websites as citizen snitches and making them complicit in their own oppression by forcing them to read from the Corporate State’s script. Any site that failed to track and respond to all reports of content that“humiliates” or “vilifies” or “incites violence against” an individual based on “race, color, religion, ethnicity, national origin, disability, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or gender expression” would have been subject to open-ended civil penalties, all but ensuring small or independent platforms would be shut down while Big Tech would continue to prosper, and it was only a lawsuit from the Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression that prevented it from taking effect.

Michigan blew them both out of the water this summer when its state legislature passed a bill making it a “hate crime” to threaten or “intimidate” anyone else based on race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity/expression, physical/mental disabilities, age, ethnicity, national origin, or association with an identified group. Except like the LAWS Act (see part 3.1), intimidation is in the eye of the beholder, making HB 4474 the broadest thoughtcrime law to pass a statehouse yet. Intimidation is defined as “willful course of conduct involving repeated or continuing harassment of another individual that would cause a reasonable individual to feel terrorized, frightened or threatened and that actually causes the victim to feel terrorized, frightened or threatened” - while reasonable is left to the imagination of the measure’s enforcers. Given that rationality has been consigned to the epistemological naughty corner as a hallmark of “white culture,” merely attempting to interpret such a standard is tantamount to felony thoughtcrime in itself. Unlike LAWS, Michigan’s mess won’t put you away for the rest of your life, but it does come with a $10,000 fine per offense, meaning “professional victim” will soon be a legitimate American occupation - in Detroit, at least.

Taking a whack at the First Amendment piñata has become a rite of passage for a certain type of upwardly-mobile young politician who walks around Washington with a “Compromise Me!” sign taped to his back. War on Terror veteran Paul Rieckhoff last month called for devising a Patriot Act-style legislative truncheon to be used on conservatives because the current laws “didn’t work” to silence the speech of people he doesn’t like and because it’s the only way to win over the “people who are on the fence” - presumably hoping such a cartoonishly overstated show of force would cure post-Covid malaise. While his MSNBC appearance was lampooned on social media, the near-constant testing of the waters by the narrative managers regarding the demolition of Americans’ right to speak their minds is no accident.

Even if DeSantis’ Israel-fellating hate crime bill is the only one of the current crop of budding legislation successful in taking a bite out of the First Amendment, there are enough old laws on the books, ignored for decades but lurking in the criminal code like landmines, that examples can be made even in the absence of new ones. Resurrecting the specter of Russian collusion, the Justice Department recently charged a handful of black liberation activists whose African People’s Socialist Party was founded decades before the current Kremlin Fever struck the US with “conspiring to have US citizens act as illegal agents of the Russian government,” threatening the St. Petersburg (Florida, not Russia) residents with five years’ imprisonment because they had the audacity to record a statement supporting the newly-independent Donetsk People’s Republic in 2020. That this and unspecified “statements of solidarity with the Russian government” could be said to amount to criminality simply because the Floridians were first contacted by a Russian with purported Kremlin connections bodes ill for both free will and free thought - one need only “seek” to “sow discord, spread pro-Russia propaganda and interfere in elections” to be convicted of such, according to the Justice Department, which made it clear back in 2016 that “sowing discord” was the next big thing in thoughtcrime. They couldn’t crucify the dissidents back then - just knock them off the internet - but seven years of histrionics wrapped around the worst crime against humanity ever committed has ratcheted up American complacency to a supernatural level.

But prison is the least of the thought-criminal’s worries, as the FBI made clear last month when agents murdered a 75-year-old Utah resident in cold blood for making empty threats online. For the unforgivable sin of shitposting against the Biden regime while owning a bunch of guns, Craig Robertson, whom neighbors described as “frail of health” and manifestly incapable of taking potshots at the president, was unceremoniously gunned down by agents from the bureau who’d flown cross-country to chat with him about his Facebook posts, in which he fantasized about shooting Biden, Harris, and the prosecutors waging the Justice Department’s lawfare campaign against Trump.

The indictment of the reality TV star carried powerful symbolic value as the culmination, literally and figuratively, of all those January 6th protester prosecutions. Starting with the show trial - actually a civil suit, but you wouldn’t know it from the media coverage - of unhinged magazine columnist E. Jean Carroll’s rape claim, the multi-pronged legal assault on Trump’s public person, like so much about the Bad Orange Man, an instruction manual to the angry inarticulate masses yearning for someone to tell them what to hate, teaching them how to enact a sort of reverse jury-nullification in order to convict a target of charges no one in their right mind would ever believe them guilty of. Don’t even remember when the crime took place? That’s fine. No evidence or even suggestion by prosecutors that any evidence exists? As the Proud Boys trial proved, that’s not a deal-breaker either. Even the lawyers have joined the intellectual-children’s crusade against the rule of law: not qualified to prosecute a case? No worries, just belly up to the buffet and start piling on felonies - it’s on the House.

The indictment-fest has predictably galvanized Trump supporters, allowing them to forget the torrent of bait-and-switches he delivered in place of a drained swamp and American excellence. According to special prosecutor Jack Smith, it was Trump’s claim of victory - i.e. constitutionally-protected speech - in the face of expert advice insisting he had lost that laid the foundation for the four conspiracy charges filed against him, making the former US president not just the first with such a title to be federally indicted, but the first to be indicted for thoughtcrime. He wasted no time emphasizing this point to the throngs of cheering crowds who continue to follow him from arena to arena.

Unsurprisingly, he left out his own complicity in midwifing an America where failure to hold the correct opinions is a crime. It was his own Truth Social platform that reported Robertson to the FBI for his “threatening” posts, putting the septuagenarian on the agency’s radar, then deplatformed him and left him to cool his heels (and taunt the feds, hurting their famously fragile fee-fees) on Facebook, just as it was his own call to march to the Capitol on January 6 that allowed the FBI and the DHS to entrap over a thousand people in the name of fluffing up the Domestic Terrorism threat. To paraphrase Henry Kissinger, a man determined to live forever just to spite humanity, to be Trump’s enemy is dangerous, but to be his supporter is fatal.

WoolPullers, Inc.

It was under the supposedly Constitution-friendly Trump that the State Department completed its transformation into an arm of Israeli foreign policy, committing to “target,” “fight,” and “kill” the Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions movement, the initiative launched by Palestinian activists to cut their tormentor off from international support using a similar strategy to that which took down apartheid South Africa that so frightened the organized crime ring masquerading as a country that it created an entire government department, the Ministry of Strategic Affairs, to smear the movement and its activists as (what else?) antisemitic. Under then-Secretary of State “Rapture Mike” Pompeo, the diplomatic office made one of its top priorities ramming the IHRA definition of “antisemitism” - discussed in detail in part 3.1 - down allies’ throats. The final phase of the US’ long march against freedom of speech has its roots in politicians’ near-unanimous embrace of the Israel lobby’s campaign against BDS, during which both parties studiously looked the other way while the lobby took ever larger bites out of the First Amendment, unwilling to bite the hand that feeds.

Given the apparent glee with which theologically-confused “Christian Zionists” on the American Right collaborated with Israeli war criminals and their neocon agents in the US, first to lay waste to the Middle East and then to smear all critics as terrorists and sympathizers thereof, it is more than a little ironic that their own religion has found itself in the crosshairs of the thought-police state apparatus they helped build. While the Left has retained its principles around the Israel/Palestine issue better than its foes, it has at the same time allowed itself to be hijacked by identity-politics-obsessed eunuchs who wouldn’t know a class struggle if it sank its teeth into their invariably ample asses, leading liberals to abandon their once-strident advocacy for civil liberties lest they offend these obvious infiltrators. They pointed and laughed as J6 defendants were dragged out of their homes by uniformed thugs, until Cop City protesters (currently being charged with domestic terrorism for attempting to occupy a forest) began meeting the same fate. Still, rather than unite with their similarly-oppressed brothers and sisters across the spectrum, they hurl the same canned insults at one another like mass-market Molotovs of mediocrity handed off by Big Parasite xyrself: “groomers” on one side, “white supremacists” on the other.

Because the diversity-industrial complex isn’t just borrowing from the Israel lobby’s playbook by redefining “white supremacy” like the IHRA redefined “antisemitism.” It’s moved on to forcing public and private sector employees and even students to sign pledges in support of intersectionalist dogma if they wish to remain enrolled/employed. It is primarily private institutions doing this - a whistleblower from Antioch University in December revealed degree-seeking students were required to sign a “civility pledge” acknowledging that “racism, sexism, heterosexism, classism, ableism, ageism, nativism, and other forms of interpersonal and institutionalized forms of oppression exist” and promising to “do [one’s] best to better understand [one’s] own privileged and marginalized identities and the power that these afford [one],” even as psychology students were instructed to shift the focus of their patients’ therapy sessions to race no matter the original reason or the patients’ visit (thus perpetuating the same oppression merry-go-round they had just pledged to dismantle). However, Vice’s American Terror podcast revealed the diversity-industrial complex has secured the FBI’s assistance in screening US military recruits (already in perilously short supply, according to the Pentagon) for ideological purity by running their tattoos through a database and asking a series of leading questions (are you or have you ever been an extremist?, like are you or have you ever been a terrorist?, is unlikely to be answered in the affirmative even if true, real-life Der Stürmer caricature Heidi Beirich sniffed). If the military is to hold zero tolerance merely for harboring “extremist” beliefs, it will close its doors even faster than Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin’s “cut your dick off to avoid deployment” initiative might have predicted - it takes a truly American-sized blind spot not to understand that a willingness to murder complete strangers in the name of a country whose controllers think you’re cattle at best, a virus to be cured at worst, is itself a form of extremism.

Anti-BDS pledges began privately too, before bursting onto the public scene in contracts handed to public sector employees that required them to promise not to boycott a foreign country that had nothing to do with their job. By 2017, even the Washington Post could no longer ignore the absurdity of such legislation, which forced applicants for hurricane relief in Dickinson, Texas to pledge they would not boycott Israel. Loyalty oaths to Israel had been an open secret in the upper echelons of US politics for decades until former congresswoman Cynthia McKinney (D-Atlanta) blew the whistle on the practice, at the cost of her political career, which the wildly popular Democrat lost to a came-from-nowhere ignoramus who believed islands were merely floating landmasses in the ocean that could flip over or “capsize” if asked to hold too much weight. After smothering the loyalty oath scandal in its cradle, AIPAC merely substituted a requirement that candidates write a paragraph about how much Israel meant to them if they wanted campaign funding.

New York City already adopted a “values pledge” in the 2022 midterm election - an issue I was apparently one of the few people to notice - and the Biden administration had already laid the groundwork for the Antisemitism Strategy’s’ preemptive punishment paradigm before the latter was even announced with grandiose plans to impose “equity teams” for each and every federal agency (equity, not to be confused with equality, has become shorthand for equality of outcome, which in practice means the Corporate State cuts off your legs below the knees so that your abnormally short neighbor can have them and both of you are left too short to eat from the Tree of Knowledge), creating an Equity Commission within the government to vet all federal employees for ideological fealty. These malignant cells of intersectionality kommissars are tasked with subordinating their agency’s real purpose to that of self-victimization, ritual humiliation, and dehumanization. Anyone who believes this sort of private-sector thoughtcrime will not also be prosecutable is so hopelessly naive as to be in denial. 

Why racism?

While some may protest that there is some good in a city or university or even the federal government making a public statement against racism and other forms of discrimination, it is only because racism is already so reviled in the US that this tactic is so effective, which ultimately renders such statements meaningless for their purported purpose. No one wants to be called a racist, at least not in public, and most will go out of their way to avoid such a label. However, while calling out a private citizen as a liar, a pedophile, or a war criminal may be legally actionable as slander or libel, calling them a racist - like calling them an antisemite, or a “conspiracy theorist” - is ultimately a matter of opinion. Expanding the definition of racism retroactively unpersons more and more people until the narrative managers are satisfied - a state of being that rarely lasts for more than a year or two before it’s back to the memory-hole rooms at Merriam Webster and Oxford.

Racism, antisemitism, and newer thoughtcrimes like transphobia and “anti-science aggression” all serve as waypoints in the void of consciousness upon which the internal Ministry of Truth must be constructed if Big Parasite is to maintain its standard of living post-Singularity (since when AI deprives the masses of the jobs that currently sap most of their mental energy, they are likely to realize just how deeply and in how many holes they have been fucked and begin organizing to decapitate those responsible). The overlap among these concepts’ chief advocates is no accident, nor is the resemblance between their tactics. Time is running out - 2030 is just around the corner - and if humanity is to be persuaded to enslave itself to a glorified Tamagotchi (which will be in turn operated by the same elites as plausible deniability against the kind of crimes of humanity the haven’t even thought of yet), there’s no sense in reinventing the wheel.

The pedophiles who hide behind advocacy for “trans children” are already demanding protective social media censorship and even legal action without being fully out of the closet, borrowing the Israeli lobby’s use of morally-acceptable ideological cousins (your gay friend as opposed to your Jewish friend) as human shields - “an attack on one of us is an attack on all of us,” they cry, while eviscerating anyone who then treats them as a monolithic population - to render themselves immune to criticism, which is equated to literal physical violence. Like European Jewish settlers ransacking Palestinian villages as they rushed to occupy stolen land before the UN gave the all-clear on Israel’s establishment, grown men with a lust for little girls are colonizing girls’ bathrooms, changing spaces, and sports teams - then pointing at the non-pedo LGBT mainstream and shouting “how dare you say that about them!”

They are also attempting to piggyback on the deification of The Science during the pandemic experiment by borrowing the Covid cultists’ line that disinformation leads to death. This they do by pushing the same discredited “safe and effective” narrative that has carried the increasingly genocidal childhood vaccine program into an era where 1 in 3 American boys are on the autism spectrum: the science is settled, every professional organization of substance agrees, and disagreeing is dangerous.

Vaccinologist Peter Hotez, who has so fiercely devoted himself to protecting the honor of The Science that he forgot to actually read or understand it, is to the Covid-19 narrative what attention-seeking female impersonator Dylan Mulvaney is to LGBT expansionism, complete with an outspoken plea to the Biden administration to target enemies of The Science with Homeland Security investigations and FBI raids. They are both meant to tempt even the most tolerant pod person into an intolerant comment, at which point the jaws of censorship (or legal penalties) snap shut. This is why Mulvaney has minced across every major BlackRock brand’s commercials in the last year, and why Hotez’s insertion of his digital foot into his mouth in response to Robert F. Kennedy Jr’s appearance on the Joe Rogan show was backed by the entire US media establishment. The slightest twitch of revulsion on your face and it’s back to the Clockwork Orange conditioning room at the reeducation camp, you antisemitic, anti-scientific transphobe you. 

Getting Americans to fear and hate the foundations of their own society is integral to Big Parasite’s conditioning of its host. Key survival instincts which would normally lead the individual to throw off or avoid the parasite entirely must be suppressed and - if possible - reversed. This is why so much emphasis is placed on convincing parents to willingly give their toddlers up to sex offenders for Drag Queen Story Hours, or to public school teachers eager to educate them about masturbation, or to the general public to not merely inject themselves and their children with untested pharmaceutical concoctions but clamor to be the first in line to be able to do so. We are literally being made to poison our own wells.

The impulse to cry for help when under attack is also strong, and the United Nations’ new hate speech initiative is designed to permanently squelch that. Its definition of “hate speech” should give any dissident pause - “a virulent form of discrimination that targets and undermines the human rights of persons and peoples based on their - presumed - identity and serves as a driver of populist narratives and violent extremist ideologies” - as should the fact that it is directed at children. One of its creators, Cynthia Miller-Idriss, has acknowledged that individuals who believe in “conspiracy myths” cannot be successfully “re-converted,” and thus the Corporate State’s hope lies in instilling “media literacy” - a euphemism censorship advocates have adopted to mean the stifling of critical thinking - in children. These children, raised in “safe and inclusive hate-free learning environments” who imbibe tolerance with their mother’s (or father’s) milk, are effectively defenseless, entirely incapable of recognizing patterns and determining who or what is causing them and their families harm. The hate speech curriculum laid out by UNESCO totally permeates every aspect of life such that the child is unaware it exists at all, like a fish in water. What the UN’s guide does  not address is that truly marginalized groups often have no weapons to fight for their survival except words - words which could easily be dismissed as hate speech by their oppressor and used as grounds to further immiserate the population. In one final blow to its own credibility, the UN lumps in “disinformation, misinformation and malformation” into the third-tier category of hate speech: the State and its propaganda are now a protected class, and criticizing them will get you barred from the Agenda 2030 utopia. Google recently announced it would bar all non-establishment news sites from its search results, driving yet another nail into the coffin of the informational freedom the internet once offered.

While wannabe police states have salivated at the prospect of precrime becoming an arrestable offense since the concept first emerged, actually realizing that dream has always been the sticking point in the totalitarian program, until very recently. Between AI (the subject of a coming article/video) and quantum supercomputers, it is now quite possible not only to pick out the faces of and arrest every single “MAGA grandma” in the crowd at January 6 but to identify and predict patterns of online behavior of anyone who reads about those arrests and predict enough simultaneous trajectories among ideological compatriots to assign “risk scores” which will then be used as an excuse to restrain - physically, psychologically and electronically - those who threaten to disrupt the parasites’ control of their hosts.

It’s important to note that none of this is hypothetical. The DHS contracted with the University of Alabama at Birmingham in 2018 on Project Night Fury, which would identify “key influencers of pro-terrorist thought” and name and shame the bots spreading “terrorist propaganda” and “foreign influence campaigns.”  Content related to drug trafficking and “disinformation” was later added to the program’s remit, even as the DHS was admitting it couldn’t figure out how to quantify terrorist sympathies - much less automate that quantification. 

Night Fury is only known to the public because it got the axe in 2019 for prodigious privacy violations. With nearly a dozen government programs launched to fight “disinformation” - thoughtcrime - since 2016, there are likely scores more just like it, all eagerly lapping up your tax dollars like thirsty puppies. Americans should not be worrying about a social credit score, singular, but about multiple social credit metrics that will function like a stack of Swiss cheese to prevent enemies of an increasingly totalitarian state from escaping through the holes. This is not hypothetical and should not be treated as such.

While all eyes are on the governments currently masticating these pre-crime laws, corporations have already instituted their own version, as one long-time Amazon smart-home customer was horrified to discover last month after his entire house stopped working. Upon contacting the company, he learned a deliveryman had reported him - or rather, his house - for racism, claiming the man’s Ring doorbell was barking racial slurs when he delivered his package. Brandon Jackson was locked out of his Alexa account for a week and had to prove he had not used racist terms - a burden of proof the snitch did not have to meet. Given that hundreds of Amazon employees had access to Ring cameras for years, the potential for abuse is staggering.

We need not use our imagination to understand what the world will look like under the ADL’s thought-police state. In Brazil, agents of the World Bank and other entities set up and financed a cheap knockoff of January 6 - complete with a QAnon Shaman in the colors of the Brazilian flag - to frame outgoing president Jair Bolsonaro as a sore-loser fascist who’d sicced his angry mobs on Our Democracy™ in a fit of pique over their refusal to vote for him. The Brazilian courts obediently coughed up some of the strictest speech laws in the Western Hemisphere, while the Superior Electoral Court barred him from running for office again until 2030, finding he had abused his power by casting doubt on the legitimacy of the election results - effectively engaging in a kind of stochastic terrorism that excited his supporters into their Senate-stomping rage.

Or worse, Germany. Always the fascist bridesmaid and never the thousand year reich bride, the industrial heart of Europe runs a bustling industry of deliberately obtuse snitching that would make the Stasi blush. The same deliberate misunderstanding of Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s comments about Anne Frank during a rally against Covid-19 mandates in Berlin in 2021 powers the call for holocaust survivor Vera Sharav to be prosecuted for “trivializing the holocaust” for comparing the evils of human experimentation under fascism and Faucism and the attacks on Pink Floyd’s Roger Waters for the SS uniform-sporting villain he has portrayed in the group’s rock opera The Wall for decades. Satirist CJ Hopkins is being prosecuted for questioning the magical powers of face masks, a central talisman of the Cult of Corona as I have documented here. And in neighboring Austria, which went further than anywhere else in Europe in mandating citizens submit to toxic, life-shortening experimental injections, rapper Philip Josef Hassler - better known as Mr. Bond - is serving a ten-year prison sentence for song lyrics.

Closer to home, the other Five Eyes are eagerly waging their own law fare campaigns against their citizens, with an eye toward eventually uniting the successes into an all-encompassing United Nations Ministry of Truth. And to do that, they need your cooperation. Do not give it to them.

The social-behavioral pressure systems and strategies described in Part II of this series became dominant in the US largely because the parasites who devised them were aware that the Constitution and centuries of supporting court judgments presented a serious obstacle to merely declaring entire areas of discussion illegal, the preferred tactic of European “democracies.” Convincing Congress to suspend the rights of the people has generally required a declaration of war at the very least, and any advances made were often memory-holed if not repealed altogether during the brutal post-war hangovers in which the nation felt shame at having abetted the murder of a few hundred thousand young men for the sake of a few bankers. Only by maintaining a constant state of war, those bankers soon realized, could this backsliding be prevented. Only through decades spent on high alert against the enemy without and exerting social pressure on the enemies within has the US allowed the erosion of its once-robust constitutional protections to the point of imperiling the First Amendment along with the foundations of American jurisprudence (habeas corpus, presumption of innocence, protection against self-incrimination, etc). Between the advance of control technologies and the retreat of civil liberties under the onslaught of the police state, being a political dissident in the US - and the West in general - has never been more hazardous. 

Thought Police 4 Hillary

In March, Douglass Mackey, the internet troll behind the fake Hillary Clinton “vote by text” campaign of 2016, was convicted of “conspiracy against rights” for his satirical Clinton ads that offered gullible voters the chance to “avoid the line” and “vote from home.” He now faces up to 10 years in prison. While in the past anyone duped by such an obvious fake might keep it to themselves out of embarrassment, the Eastern District of New York decided to press charges on the profoundly shaky ground that the 5,000 people who’d texted that number had stayed home on Election Day and would otherwise not have - neither of which it could realistically prove. Mackey’s purported partner in the scheme, alleged QAnon co-founder Microchip, was allowed to remain pseudonymous and snitch on his friend for a lesser sentence, likely contributing to the hyperbole saturating the Justice Department’s overwrought press release. Mackey didn’t shitpost, he “made coordinated use of social media to spread disinformation relevant to the impending 2016 Presidential Election” that “often took the form of ‘memes’.” He didn’t pwn Clinton fans, he “expressed a desire that the memes would influence the behaviors of those who saw them” and “deprive individuals from exercising their sacred right to vote.”

Even without a victim, it was Mackey’s intent that made the conduct illegal, in the jury’s view. Mackey was a thought-criminal, and his conviction was meant to influence the behaviors of those who read about it. Thinking of posting some biting satire about the coming election? You might end up in jail, so best not. The Southern Poverty Law Center, one of the leading lights in American thought-policing, couldn’t even wait until the second paragraph of its own press release on the conviction to gloat that the case had opened the door to prosecuting what was once constitutionally-protected speech.

Don’t even think about it

The Mackey verdict set January 6 prosecutors drooling, and sure enough, in May, the leaders of glowie fight club the Proud Boys were convicted of “seditious conspiracy” for their alleged role in attempting to stop the transfer of power to Biden by masterminding the riot at the Capitol. The group’s then-chair, longtime FBI informant Enrique Tarrio, was stuck in a Baltimore hotel room on January 6 watching the action unfold on social media, having been conveniently arrested just days before on old charges and ordered to stay out of Washington DC until his trial date, and nowhere in all of the 500,000 messages entered into evidence against him or his main minions was there any discussion of how the group would prevent Biden from taking office that went beyond vague, posturing “locker-room talk” - certainly nothing that would amount to “conspiracy.” While Tarrio was found to be in possession of a detailed plan to amass crowds to take over buildings in Washington titled “1776 Returns,” no evidence was produced to suggest he had written the plan, been tasked with running it, or even understood how it was supposed to work - nor was there proof he had shared it with other members of his alleged plot.

That didn’t stop a jury from returning the first seditious conspiracy conviction in US history that failed to even attempt to prove the actual “conspiracy” part, let alone the part about conduct “tantamount to waging war against the United States,” required to convict under the Civil War-era statute. The Proud Boys’ reputation in establishment media as Trump’s fascist shock troops sufficed for the jury to convict, even as their lawyers blamed the Bad Orange Man himself for luring them to the Capitol. With over 10 years as a snitch under his belt, Tarrio has proved himself to his handlers, who know he is unlikely to seriously appeal his conviction, and public opinion has long relegated his organization to (arguably well-deserved, given their founder) social pariahood, ensuring this chilling legal precedent can be called upon up by lawfare practitioners far into the future.

The pattern that emerges from the overzealous prosecution of 1,000+ J6ers is that words outweigh actions and should be prosecuted on the same level. Oath Keepers founder Stewart Rhodes received the longest sentence yet delivered to any J6 participant - 18 years - not because he rifled through Nancy Pelosi’s desk or beat up a cop, but because he wrote a letter to then-president Donald Trump urging him to invoke the Insurrection Act rather than allow Biden to take office. On top of the seditious conspiracy conviction he received for allegedly plotting the “assault” on the Capitol, he was hit with a “terrorism” sentencing enhancement and deemed “an ongoing threat and a peril to this country and democracy” based on a retrospective interpretation of what had been, prior to the 2020 election, standard-issue Oath Keepers bloviation - about the Founding Fathers, revolution, and so on (the Oath Keepers are a militia mostly comprised of current and former military and police, with their name a reference to the oath public servants swear to protect the US against enemies foreign and domestic). Federal prosecutors claimed Rhodes was especially dangerous because he had “pushed the idea among Oath Keepers members and others that with a large enough mob, they could intimidate Congress” - even while admitting Rhodes had been hammering away at the idea of “violent opposition to the authority of the government” for “well over a decade” - and earlier this month appealed his sentence, insisting on no less than 25 years for their big bad bogeyman.

Rhodes’ sentencing was a test not only of the “words are violence” doctrine beloved by censorship’s’ most fervent acolytes - a strategy the militia leader recently warned Trump his enemies planned to leverage against him next - but of the alarmingly bogus legal principles behind the LAWS (Leading Against White Supremacy) Act. Discussed in greater detail here, the bill allows the state to charge the creator of constitutionally-protected speech with conspiracy to commit a hate crime if that speech can be said (by the increasingly unicorn-rare “reasonable person”) to have inspired, or simply been consumed in some way by, the individual who committed the actual crime. Or wanted to commit it - actions “undertaken in furtherance of activity that, if effectuated, would have constituted a crime” are considered equivalent to the actual crime in a leap of logic that surely will delight the entrapment-addicted FBI if this abomination, unleashed in Congress in January by Rep. Sheila Jackson-Lee (D-TX), becomes law.

The idea of holding a content creator responsible for who consumes their content after they release it out into the world is both insane and impractical, but absurdity has dethroned rationality (the latter a common symptom of white supremacy, according to the Smithsonian Institute) at the apex of American jurisprudence. Juries no longer need to even profess understanding of the crime they are being asked to convict upon, let alone the circumstances surrounding it, as the Proud Boys case proved. Even the Justice Department has bragged about basing not only sentencing decisions but the choice of whom to prosecute on the content of defendants’ social media profiles, a not-so-subtle hint that a willingness to be a ‘team player’ - by displaying performative remorse for one’s actions, snitching on fellow protestors, or otherwise groveling to the Corporate State - is more important than whatever really happened. In a perversion of jury nullification befitting the Idiocracy era, you are permitted - encouraged! - to convict on ideology alone.

When it’s impossible to dress up wrongthink as terrorism, tailoring the government response to it to resemble anti-terrorism policing is the next best thing. The Media Research Center recently obtained documents from the DHS that show that agency’s Targeted Violence and Terrorism Prevention Grant Program was diverted under Biden to infiltrating and dismantling conservative political organizations like the Heritage Foundation and the National Rifle Association using the reasoning that they were the lower rungs of a so-called  ‘pyramid of far-right radicalization.’ In an echo of fascism that is deeply ironic given the context, the ends were said to justify the means. Fully aware their behavior was illegal, the DHS offshored the nastier aspects of their lawbreaking to university partners, handing out what the Media Research Center argues were ‘prewired’ grants to organizations that would use the terrorism money to help the government oppress innocent Americans with what was essentially a modern COINTELPRO operation. It’s the same strategy favored by CISA in its efforts to camouflage its wildly-illegal collusion with Big Tech, the details of which emerged in a House Judiciary Committee report last week (and are far more disturbing than the limited hangout outlined in the Twitter Files suggests): outsource the most egregious violations to private-sector partners (sometimes sheep-dipped spinoffs of the same agency), to be thrown under the bus as needed, and scream like a pod person from Invasion of the Body Snatchers if questioned.

Death by dog whistle

To justify this kind of Orwellian overreach, the narrative managers have for years relied on the doctrine of “stochastic terrorism,” a form of pre-crime in which the motive for a seemingly random act of violence is sought (and thus easily found) in the media climate immediately preceding the crime. The act is said to spring fully formed from an extremist social milieu like Athena from Zeus’ forehead, statistically inevitable as it is impossible to pinpoint - though since its debut in the pages of establishment mainstay Rolling Stone as a driver of the first ‘Orange Man Bad’ propaganda-as-identity package, the trend has shifted toward blaming the perpetrator’s specific and aberrant media consumption rather than “society” for the violence they later commit. Putting a name and a face to the so-called “dog whistler” right away allows the narrative managers to enact their own stochastic vengeance. “Extremism experts” whose profession depends on maintaining a certain level of fear among the population then phone up any journalist who will listen and tell them the phenomenon is on the rise, claiming that a loss of public trust in once-respected institutions and unchecked free speech on social media are endangering the people who really count - politicians. Bonus points are given for doing this right after a headline-hogging violent event with significant plot holes in which the perpetrator confesses his all-wrongthink media diet in a blog read by nobody that just happens to fall into the hands of an ideologically sympathetic journalist seconds before all copies are deleted from the internet.

So when a Canadian illegal immigrant named David DePape took a hammer to Paul Pelosi’s head last year, the narrative managers immediately framed the attack as the real-world culmination of the “conspiracy theories and lies that have been embraced by the far right” online, suggesting the one-time nudist activist and “hemp jewelry maker” was a victim of the same deadly infodemic that spawned January 6 when he broke into the Pelosi home, armed with zip-ties, to hunt the House Speaker in her natural habitat. So useful was this narrative for spooking the San Francisco crowd that DePape was permitted to call up a local news outlet from jail in January and stir up the pot with some stochastic terrorism of his own, gleefully strutting his lack of remorse as he declaimed about patriots, tyranny, and a predatory ruling class despite the 42 serious charges facing him, which included attempted murder and kidnapping.

His court case has since disappeared from the headlines - having served his purpose, further exposure would only distract from the next mass casualty event. Between his loquacious confessions to San Francisco cops, his call to the news station, and his blogs, DePape gave law enforcement enough ‘probable cause’ to investigate anyone discussing similar ideas through a juicy web of guilt by association. The concepts found on his (now-deleted, as usual) blogs, which included comments about the war in Ukraine being a plot for Jewish people to buy land, Covid-19 vaccines being harmful, and the oft-disputed claim that it is in fact “ok to be white,” were added to the burn pile, as were the accounts he supposedly followed, from mainstream conservatives like Jordan Peterson and Ben Shapiro to edgier figures like Devon “BlackPilled” Stack, who has made several videos ridiculing the QAnon psyop DePape supposedly holds dear. The blogs were mere shells of websites - most entries included a sentence or two or a link to a video, obviously meant to be viewed from the intro page alone. While his posts were dated back to February 2022, archive.org’s history of his site shows no crawls until after the attack - around the time a piece pre-bunking the content was published in the LA Times. The narrative managers were even able to use the police bodycam video of Pelosi in his underwear, drink in hand and seemingly in civil conversation with DePape seconds before hammer appears to impact skull, as an object lesson to explain why journalists should avoid being too honest with their readers. Is there a video that shows the whole encounter? Don’t release it, lest it fuel the wrong narrative, the SF Standard warned, literally advising journalists to deceptively edit clips and summarize them incorrectly to dupe audiences or risk inspiring future DePapes.

With belief in cause and effect now apparently a symptom of the 21st-century leprosy known as “white culture,” no one with any significant national platform has questioned the ascension of stochastic terrorism to the hottest thing in experimental legislation. While this bastard child of wrongthink and precrime has been flogged mercilessly by the media establishment these last few years, especially following violent incidents, the unfamiliarity of ‘stochastic’ has always interfered with the talismanic power ‘terrorism’ still has to make red-blooded Americans discard their critical faculties. By the time the Pelosi incident came along, the narrative managers were desperate enough to deploy ADL “historian” Mark Pitcavage to claim people can “shift ideologies” so abruptly and violently they could believably go from being a peace-loving hippie making hemp bracelets for Deadheads to a hammer-wielding Qtard threatening to break Democratic kneecaps just by reading a few Breitbart articles. But even Pitcavage seemed unconvinced of this new theory, calling such ideological shifts “rare,” and it wasn’t long before Congress and multiple statehouses like New York and Florida began introducing absurd bills like the LAWS Act that would criminalize opinions and even facts if it could be said that a person committing a crime might have been inspired or merely informed by them. After years of establishment shrieking that allowing even tiny amounts of wrongthink to “pollute” the “information ecosystem” was not only disgusting but deadly, the manufacturing of consent for the filleting of the First Amendment was nearly complete.

White Light White Meat

Convincing Americans that the seemingly random acts of violence splashed across their screens with growing frequency were the result of a single psychosocial phenomenon has never been difficult (see: terrorism, post-9/11), and convincing them of the need to ban that one thing in the service of stopping the violence hasn’t been much harder. Whiteness, once merely the butt of a thousand internet jokes about cardigans and Wes Anderson films, would be playing the role of Satan in this Manichaean production. Almost certainly encouraged by the global embrace of the IHRA’s bad-faith redefinition of “antisemitism,” which has helped Israel and its lobbyists maintain their death-grip on power (see Part II), the narrative managers recently took aim at “white supremacy,” expanding the concept with similarly broad strokes after years of tarring anyone white who’s ever uttered a word against the government with the term. While lumping Proud Boys leader Enrique Tarrio (Hispanic), alleged Allen, Texas mall shooter Mauricio Garcia (Hispanic), and self-confessed White House Uhaul rammer Sai Varshith Kandula (Indian) in with the Richard Spencers and Jared Taylors of the world has elicited pushback from anyone with eyes and a pulse, State Department mouthpiece Voice of America outlined a definition for “white supremacy” in which neither whiteness nor a belief in supremacy is required. As with the IHRA’s new antisemitism, the new definition of white supremacy was planted with a group effort on the part of the media establishment, creating the illusion of consensus around the bogus new paradigm and daring anyone to dissent.

Share

“White supremacy itself is not just about membership, about who is and isn’t white. It comes with a politics and ideology of division,” Yale University political science professor Daniel HoSang told The Guardian in one of half a dozen pieces on ‘multiracial white supremacy’ that sprouted like mushrooms from the deep, rich bullshit of the Allen mall shooting narrative in May. Instead, he argued, white supremacists believe in the “necessity of violence to restore some kind of honor and kind of future for the nation.” The articles aren’t exactly subtle in their efforts to drag Whitey through the mud, using the term “white supremacy” to mean any kind of extremism and dredging up NYU associate professor Cristina Beltran, the academic who struggled to explain Trump’s nonwhite supporters on January 6 as examples of “multiracial whiteness.” Whiteness, she had insisted, was “not the same thing as white people” - it was a “political project” rooted in the oppression of black slaves and dispossessed indigenous populations, and so white people had no choice but to “reject the politics of whiteness” for a “multiracial democracy.” VoA has apparently kept her dream alive, once again attempting to leverage J6 to convince the reader that white supremacist groups (all three of them) are secretly bursting with self-hating minorities: a University of Chicago study found that 7% of those charged in connection with the Capitol riot were nonwhite, a statistic which says more about racist law enforcement practices than it does about racially confused extremists, given that even VoA admits most of the people protesting at the Capitol were not extremists. Also proving its thesis? The fact that a Jewish man named “Daniel Burroughs” once led a neo-Nazi group, it claims. The reason for the misspelling of Daniel Burros’ name becomes clear upon reading any article about the man who inspired Ryan Gosling’s character in “The Believer” - a mentally unstable slob who enjoyed torturing animals (and fantasized about doing the same to people), he killed himself when his Jewish identity was discovered by his Nazi pals, who mostly despised him already - almost as much as he did himself. The neo-Nazi “group” he “led” was a one-man operation called the American National Socialist Party, and his undoing was - ironically enough - a New York Times cover story exposing his ethnic background. In short, he was nothing like the archetype the narrative managers are working overtime to craft.  

Like the IHRA’s antisemitism remake, the new “inclusive” form of white supremacy tricks its audience into attacking their own humanity by recasting their positive qualities as reflections of the expanded threat. Jews who oppose Israel’s apartheid policies because of the suffering they cause innocent civilians are not compassionate, they are “self-hating Jews,” while minority populations who believe in “hard work before play” because they’ve engaged in “objective, rational thinking” about it aren’t goal-oriented or even intelligent - they’re imbibing on “white values” (a euphemism for race treason in the mouths of “whiteness studies” scholars). A transparently manipulative set of guidelines for discussing race released in 2020 (!) by the Smithsonian National Museum of African American History and Culture describes “self-reliance” and “independence and autonomy” as “aspects and assumptions of white culture” with all the negative baggage that entails, cynically encouraging all self-respecting nonwhite populations to dump the lot and embrace fecklessness, dependency, and irrationality as the way of the future or be seen as enemies by their ethnic peers.

With this new expanded definition of white supremacy in mind, thoughtcrime and precrime legislation like the LAWS Act becomes a much greater threat to dissidents of all colors and creeds. If anyone can be a white supremacist, then any crime can be a hate crime - indeed, it’s hard to think of a crime one might commit against someone out of affection. Defenders of such a measure who stand behind the “reasonable person” standard forget that rational thinking has been quarantined with other suddenly undesirable cornerstones of human civilization as symptoms of this curious disease called whiteness, capable of turning individuals of any race into scarily punctual, meat-and-potatoes-gobbling, hunks of cold unfeeling privilege. And if any criminal can be a hate crime perpetrator, anything they read or watch can be “inspiration” for their crime. Legislating stochastic terrorism, as the LAWS Act and its metastasizing array of copycats do, thus gives prosecutors unprecedented ammunition against wrongthinkers - even those whose behavior colors studiously within the lines. 

Timecrime

The VoA definition of ‘white supremacy’ may not have caught on yet, but the thought police are ready for whenever it does. The state of Washington’s House Bill 1333 would establish a “domestic violent extremism commission,” which would smuggle “community-led and evidence-based solutions to combat disinformation and misinformation” into law under the guise of fighting violent hate crimes, leaving open the door which would otherwise slam shut behind ‘white supremacists’ with the LAWS Act, thus making the same conspiracy charges applicable to any other designated group deemed guilty of merely spreading “disinformation and misinformation.” The text is very clear about the pandemic-style “public health-style responses” its creator wants to adopt to “proactively respond” to a phenomenon the last three years have made abundantly clear is a catch-all term for undesirables. The “infodemic” language comes straight from the United Nations, whose education and culture division UNESCO recently published a working definition of “hate speech” that includes “disinformation, misinformation and malinformation” as well as, uh, populism (subtlety being apparently incompatible with the Sustainable Development Goals). While the “hate speech” bogeyman has in the past been limited to an instrument of behavioral pressure in the US, given the constitutional protections that still applied to most speech, the recent push to enshrine stochastic terrorism in law - alchemically transforming words into violence - raises the possibility of entire areas of anti-establishment thought being declared off-limits in the near future, the epistemological demilitarized zone staked out by career parasites whose hostility to truth is matched only by their aversion to creativity.

Subscribe now

The kind of mission creep this will unleash in the hands of a government convinced they are literally saving lives is unthinkable. A “proactive response” to the newly-minted crime of “conspiracy to commit white supremacy” during an outbreak of “domestic extremism” means pawing through the history books to find lacunae that might be adequately filled by the stochastic terrorism hypothesis, famous atrocities that can be neatly (if wrongly) attributed to content the Corporate State would like to see quarantined forever instead of messy but much more likely explanations. The recent Vice podcast “American Terror” offered up a blueprint for this kind of historical Inquisition, sending its smugnorant soyboy narrator to prowl the glowie-saturated underworld of “far-right extremism” and infiltrate The Base, the heavily scare-quoted “neo-Nazi terror network” founded by a former DHS and FBI employee turned military intelligence contractor who cracked jokes about being funded by the FBI, told his followers he was a “former CIA field intelligence officer,” and was publicly fingered as a fed by several of those followers. Yet despite even The Guardian reluctantly stating the obvious (“Was the Base a honeypot designed to entrap people?” the outlet breathlessly asked in 2020, even as it made one last valiant effort to portray the American-born, Pentagon-bankrolled Nazzaro as a Russian agent and potentially open up another angle of prosecution for his followers), American Terror instead zeroed in on the foundational texts Base members were required to read, claiming the motives, strategies and tactics of the entire far-right spring from William Luther Pierce’s 1978 white supremacist novel The Turner Diaries and strongly hinting it should be banned. The book inspired not just the 1994 Oklahoma City bombing but 39 other terrorist acts and “hate crimes,” right through to the January 6 demonstrators erecting a “gallows” to supposedly “hang” vice president Mike Pence, the podcast insisted, highlighting similar incidents from its pages.

“Fiction makes great propaganda” because “it’s hard to censor or prosecute,” the narrator proclaims, arguing the novel (which he claims to have read multiple times) is so compelling to racists it has made dozens of men commit federal crimes up to and including murder for a “white ethnostate” that exists only in their minds. Seemingly wary of creating the mother of all Streisand effects by convicting a work of fiction and its now-dead author of seditious conspiracy without a trial, however, he cautions that this “very bad book” is actually “total dogshit” written by a man who was “clearly not an artist” with “the colorful flair of an 11th grade chemistry book” (the absence of artistic value being a popular standard for banning books under obscenity statutes last century). Just in case there was any reluctance among the audience about reaching decades into the past to apply an untested hypothesis to convict men who can no longer defend themselves, or worse - a curiosity or desire to read the book, he reassures the audience the fruit in question is not forbidden, merely undesirable: “I read this so you don’t have to.”

But the podcast isn’t the first to blame Oklahoma City on Pierce - this was actually a popular effort among the narrative managers of the 1990s, albeit unsuccessful. As the ADL helpfully explains in a dossier for law enforcement - many of whom were still in Pampers in 1995 - Timothy McVeigh, the US Army veteran convicted of killing 168 people with a fertilizer-based truck bomb placed under the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building, was an obsessive fan of the Turner Diaries, mailing passages to his sister and multiple friends shortly before the bombing, bringing some of his favorite lines with him in the car on the fateful day, and calling Pierce’s organization 7 times the night before the bombing. While Pierce was summoned to the highest courts of the media establishment for scolding, he denied responsibility, declaring “it’s really shameful to kill a lot of people when there’s no hope for accomplishing anything,” it was readily apparent even the day of the attack that the fertilizer truck bomb described in the novel and allegedly recreated by McVeigh would be incapable of the level of damage inflicted on the Murrah Building. Just one of a 9/11-esque number of holes in the official story, including that employees of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms had been tipped off not to go to work that morning, this - coupled with contemporary news articles suggesting Pierce should join McVeigh on the electric chair - indicates not only McVeigh but the Turner Diaries were the intended patsies of the day. The authorities’ blame game inspired such popular curiosity that the book (then published privately by Pierce’s own press) was picked up by New York publishing house Barricade Books for a new edition in 1996 - almost as if they didn’t want to stop people from reading it at all, but merely to use its “conviction” to suppress the publication of future works on the grounds they, too, could inspire “terrorism.”

Indeed, law enforcement’s love-hate relationship with the racist classic is perplexing until one remembers that the Corporate State lives in fear of “extremists” of all ethnicities finding common cause in ripping out its throat. Falsely limiting the revolutionary horizon to the same old race wars reduces the likelihood of a group arising that transcends such divisions (and thus ensures existing controlled-opposition groups remain dominant). The last time the FBI tried to convict a militia of seditious conspiracy after an informant recorded them talking shit, the agency failed, ending in acquittal for seven members of the Hutaree militia in 2012 - a loss it never really got over. The agency still sees militias everywhere it looks, even though the reality is more like the “C’mon, do something” meme in which a huge, apathetic-looking anthropomorphic blob pokes something with a stick, trying to provoke it. “Do a terrorism,” the FBI demands, then swoops in to make arrests after a few ill-advised Google searches, snickering, “That’s what happens when you read.”

Unlike the 90s militia movement, the current crop of “domestic extremist” organizations - dubbed “Vanilla ISIS” by their fanboys and -girls in the extremism-studies industry - is not just infiltrated by federal agents and informants, but increasingly run by them. The Base’s Nazzaro and the Proud Boys’ Tarrio appear to be the rule, rather than the exception, with the Order of Nine Angles, Wolverine Watchmen and Patriot Front some other prominent examples. This allows the FBI to not only entrap and manipulate vulnerable individuals in order to score victories by “busting” them (which they’ve been doing for decades, to the tune of 94% of all terrorism prosecutions as of 2014) but to do so on the level of entire groups, projecting the image of a movement that is much stronger, more cohesive, and better-armed than the 20somethings who sit in their parents’ basements chatting with FBI informants on Discord about race war and maybe getting a girlfriend someday. The laws passed to keep this fictional bogeyman at bay are already being wielded against journalists, parents at school board meetings, and you. As definition creep continues and “white supremacist” engulfs all forms of anti-government sentiment (as “terrorist” already has), the narrative managers are taking great pains to make sure the social pressure they are still able to exert on dissenters is locked in legally before the masses realize that - like “antisemite” before it - the term has become meaningless.

Try as they might, the Corporate State cannot beat, blackmail, threaten, or even bribe Americans into trusting its dilapidated narrative. Their solution to this existential crisis is to wall off increasingly vast expanses of truth as unacceptable and thus unspeakable, first socially and then legally, such that all discussion of them withers and dies off like a vestigial limb. The first generation may continue to think of these things, or even discuss them with trusted friends quietly, but the generation after that will barely be able to imagine them outside the cartoonish exaggerations they’re fed by the media establishment, let alone remember what they were like. Subsequent generations will be unaware they ever existed at all.

(coming soon in part 3.2: RESTRICT reuse recycle, the corporate personhood blues, and why you must never forget to Never Forget…or else) (actually “soon” this time, not 2 months from now. to my subscribers who have been patient while i attempt to extricate myself from this rapidly collapsing metropolis, i very much appreciate your support. thank you)

When holding the wrong beliefs is recast as a disease, dissidents are not merely dangerous - they’re sick, requiring isolation, even culling. In 2023, “vaccine hesitancy” - doubting the superiority and benevolence of the corporate-sponsored egregore known as “The Science” - finally received its own code in the International Classification of Diseases, making it a diagnosable illness recognized across the massive global medical bureaucracy. No less than the United Nations has waged war upon it, deploying not only the WHO (which took up arms against the concept years ago) but a clown-car of doxxers and trolls called Team Halo. While these were supposed to be doctors and scientists who’d traded in their white coats for black hats in selfless service to the Almighty Narrative, many are actually doctor impersonators - engaged in the sort of psychopathic behavior that was once considered a mental illness rather than civic virtue. But as with the medieval Inquisition it resembles, the ends are said to justify the means, and it is paramount that the heretic’s message be discredited before it reaches the ears of the faithful. The messenger must be riddled with bullets, literal or metaphorical, before he has a chance to deliver the message.

Team Halo takes brigading into the real world, enacting a 21st-century Zersetsung campaign against its targets, many of them doctors and nurses who’ve had success treating Covid-19 patients with cheap off-patent drugs, nutritional supplements, and other therapies that don’t involve mainlining spike proteins and lipid nanoparticles. These UN-sponsored gangstalkers mass-report medical practitioners to get them fired or their licenses suspended, barrage their businesses with bad reviews and professional complaints to drive them into bankruptcy, and slime them relentlessly as science-denying bigots of whatever stripe is most convenient to their demographic, siccing #teamhalo’s bot-inflated hordes of followers on their social media accounts so they’re deplatformed before they can even tell the world about the assault. Setting a standard since adopted by execrable Ukraine-war cheerleaders NAFO, whose obsequious toadying to power is matched only by their hatred for anyone who makes them think, Team Halo describes itself as a “rapid-response digital cavalry dedicated to protecting the online safety of healthcare providers and practices.” And by “protecting the safety of,” they mean “repeatedly calling for a ‘public uprising’ against.” It’s basically euthanasia - after all, the vaccine-hesitant are terminally ill with a crippled epistemology that prevents them from feeling the warmth of Big Brother’s love. Team Halo is just trying to put them down before they infect the herd.

Share

The concept has plenty of political equivalents - “election denial” has become the new 25th Amendment, straddling the Goldwater Rule (which prohibits psychiatrists from armchair-diagnosing politicians) and the need to hold the political line amid record low popular support for Our Democracy™. While the narrative managers haven’t quite succeeded in manufacturing consent for outlawing the questioning of election results - once a popular bipartisan pastime, after all - they have successfully convinced the electorate it is conduct unbefitting a member of Congress. Georgia congresswoman Marjorie Taylor Greene was only stripped of her committee assignments for speaking positively of the Stop the Steal protesters in 2021, but her supposedly unhinged bonafides - specifically her support for Israeli credibility-grenade psyop QAnon and her (somewhat exaggerated) “Sandy Hook denialism,” a belief Alex Jones already insisted arose from his own psychosis - allowed her detractors to paint that “election denial” as something more than simply political disagreement. Shutting your opponent out of the major decision-making in Congress for their political views is undemocratic - but shutting them out because they’re a dangerous crazy is just being a responsible legislator. The 300 candidates for 2022’s midterm elections who had described the 2020 presidential vote as “rigged,” “stolen,” or otherwise fraudulent or illegitimate without later begging forgiveness were put on yet another blacklist, and in reality the dragnet was cast even wider, tarring even people who attended conferences headlined by “election deniers” with that ever-broadening brush. This sort of ideological guilt by association is extremely efficient both in socially isolating anyone with heterodox ideas (remember when being photographed with an Infowars employee got you booted off Instagram?) and in laying the groundwork for the imposition of actual legal strictures prohibiting the ideas in question. No one wants to be seen as a crazy person, leaving the affected ideas without public support even if they remain widely held in secret. 

Everything You Know Is Wrong

Amid this spiral of silence, it shouldn’t come as a surprise that wrongthink itself has quietly been declared a sickness - not just a mental but a social disease. “Information disorder” is the next big plague, with everyone from the United Nations (not just the WHO and UNESCO but the parent organization) down to local TV stations taking up arms against “disinformation,” “misinformation,” and their newest sibling “malinformation.” The term, coined by First Draft’s Claire Wardle (the mind behind “fake news”), is defined with unusual honesty on the website of narrative management think tank the Aspen Institute as a “modern-day crisis of faith in key institutions.” Information disorder is the ruling class’ campaign to pathologize the growing antagonism humanity feels toward the parasites with their blood funnels jammed so deeply into their necks they can scarcely turn their heads, asset-stripping their societies until the bare bones glisten. It asks us not just to ignore our instincts, but to act in direct opposition of them, to stick our heads in the sabre toothed tiger’s maw instead of running at top speed in the opposite direction. Screw Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, you will own nothing and be happy. There is no dissent; there is only delusion.

Blurring the line between political wrongthink and criminal insanity was not an accident. Foisting a “new” mental illness on the world isn’t easy even under ordinary circumstances - often it takes years from the inclusion of a “disorder” in the latest edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) for it to filter down through influential psychiatric practices with the help of enterprising drug reps and the journalists they own. Faced with a hopelessly flaccid narrative post-election, the establishment doesn’t have this kind of time, so it summoned the foremost minds in the thought policing sector to the Aspen Institute in 2021 to devise the concept of Information Disorder. The bad ideas they brainstormed form the framework of our modern day social credit score and the blacklists that feed it. CIA alumnus Renee diResta of the Stanford Internet Observatory, whose political consulting firm New Knowledge infamously ran the 2017 “Russian bots” false flag that handed an Alabama Senate seat to the Democrats for the first time in decades, had already advocated for nearly a decade for legislation that “defines and criminalizes foreign propaganda” when she used the Aspen panel to demand a permanent “Center for Excellence” - a Ministry of Truth that would serve as a clearinghouse for academics, nonprofits, media, and of course government to carefully curate desired narratives. While this already existed in the form of the “censorship industrial complex” exposed last year in Missouri v. Biden and outlined in limited hangout form for general audiences in the Twitter Files, it was set up to go public in the form of the Department of Homeland Security’s deservedly-maligned Disinformation Governance Board. Even if the DHS hadn’t run aground on the public’s instinctive revulsion for Nina “Ukronazi Poppins” Jankowicz, however, their execution lacked the plausible deniability the agency and its government collaborators would so desperately have needed to get away with violating the First Amendment, attributing the actual censorship and the demands for such to entities that may or may not be acting on part of Washington, wink wink.

Just as DiResta’s “Election Integrity Project” turned questioning the black-box American electoral system into a hybrid psychiatric diagnosis and federal crime, so did her Virality Project make questioning the most corrupt, politician-bribing industry in the nation a felonious assault on the public health calling into question the sanity of the felon. She even boasts about creating a generalized form of “turnkey tyranny” to be reused endlessly (that syringe emoji in your Twitter profile? Swap it out for a Ukrainian flag!) by “stakeholders,” quietly closing in until it’s impossible to jam that stake home where it belongs. The specter of “harm” as extenuating circumstance is mission-critical - otherwise diResta and her powerful Aspen colleagues merely come across as smug schoolyard bullies telling dissenters to stop hitting themselves while beating them with their own arms. The definition of harm is thus broadened by expanding protected classes, adding to the LGBTQIA alphabet soup, and drawing tenuous links between violence and speech. Enter Rashad Robinson, the human box-checking exercise whose foundation, Color of Change, turned censorship into a racial justice cause while serving as an affirmative-action cutout for the Anti-Defamation League, allowing the thought police to hopscotch from even the most innocuous “conspiracy theory” to accusations of racism and other intersectional bigotries. It was through this sleight-of-hand that (he boasts in his biographical blurb) he got right-wing blowhard Bill O’Reilly deplatformed, by leaning on the bloviator’s advertisers until they couldn’t take it anymore, a tactic he subsequently deployed against Fox News’ Tucker Carlson only for the latter to absorb the blow. Feigning concern for the dissenters about to be diagnosed with an incurably imaginary disorder was Yasmin Green, from Google’s Jigsaw cyber-phrenology program, which classifies you as a hate-criminal for merely talking to the wrong people on social media, and Kate Starbird, the University of Washington researcher who as far back as 2019 was trying to inflict the concept of “malinformation” upon us, struggling in a paper to expand the definition of “disinformation” to include how facts “fit together” to “serve a purpose.”

The Aspen panel briefly acknowledged that online “wrongthink” doesn’t create anti-establishment attitudes - that information disorder is not contagious - only to declare it is the responsibility of the thought police to squelch “‘demand’ for disinformation.” The notion that people, sick of choking down the shit sandwiches they’re served daily by their psychological prison-guards, should demand peanut butter instead is seen as the height of insolence and a risk to the order of the entire Panopticon. How to lower the public’s expectations so that even the poorest official performance could no longer disappoint them? The Inquisitors decided upon “media literacy,” a form of epistemological lobotomy that renders the brain incapable of completing higher-order pattern recognition, defusing the formation and processing of so-called “conspiracy theories.” Social media platforms’ privacy protections are to be circumvented in the name of “academic research,” and that information plugged into AI algorithms in order to predict behavior, map networks, and “ring-vaccinate” populations so as to isolate the spread of wrongthink. “Superspreaders” of disinformation must be tracked across platforms and between identities. If they insist on escaping the sandboxes built for them, their networks should be punished, so as to discourage sharing of their content. Don’t just shoot the messenger, massacre his whole family. “Superspreaders of mis- and disinformation” are to be disciplined with “quicker, more decisive actions and penalties” - like those set out in the draconian RESTRICT Act, which makes the library-record-snooping Dixie-Chicks-censoring police-statelet of the Bush era look positively cuddly by comparison (but more on that in Part 3).

Could an outbreak society-wide of “information disorder,” a mass refusal to swallow a planetary narrative like anthropogenic climate change or perhaps a future War of the Worlds-type “alien” invasion enacted with highly-advanced holographic technology, qualify as a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) - the kind that would necessitate the kind of global crackdown whose details are currently being ironed out in the meetings of the WHO's intergovernmental negotiating board as they put together that “pandemic treaty” that has nothing to do with health and everything to do with turning humanity into a slave species? This has presumably been the desired endpoint of the creation of the “infodemic” paradigm to begin with. The narrative managers set their operation on autopilot so long ago that their modern-day successors don’t even know how the old rituals work their magic - just that they do. It is far simpler for them to declare their audience broken and demand they fix themselves or else than to acknowledge the need to improve their own product.

Scalping Tucker

Like any prolonged illness in a country with the world’s most expensive healthcare, a bad case of Information Disorder can leave you not just isolated and reputationally destroyed but also bankrupt. The Aspen Institute’s report explicitly states that it’s okay to take channels like RT or OANN or even Fox News - home of the highest-rated prime time program on television even as it killed its golden goose this week - off air because they target “disaffected populations who have lost faith in evidence-based reality.” Giving audiences what they want is no longer savvy marketing, or even basic commercial logic - it’s predation, according to the preening predators determined to reduce human experience to the narrowest possible range of easily-controllable activity. If the people knew what they wanted, they wouldn’t be watching television.

Similar to Alex Jones’ preposterously large Sandy Hook judgment, which essentially shut down investigating school shootings as a legitimate path of inquiry to any researcher who didn’t shit gold and saw the political performance artist blame his curiosity on psychosis, Fox News’ decision to settle a $1.6 billion defamation lawsuit from Dominion Voting Systems for a whopping $787 million has notified all journalists investigating election fraud that they’d better stop, or they’ll be sorry. Carlson not only never pushed the claim that Dominion had rigged the election - lawyer Sidney Powell, the theory’s chief proponent, had been unable or unwilling to supply proof, so he passed on the story - he was sued by a producer who had, one Abby Grossberg, who blamed her own failure to fact-check Powell’s claims on The Patriarchy and declared Carlson - whom she has never actually met, let alone been harassed by - the latest incarnation of the network’s misogynist demons not quite exorcised with the firings of Bill O’Reilly and Roger Ailes. Grossberg’s lawsuit conflates Carlson’s political opinions - that January 6 was a false-flag operation to discredit anyone questioning the legitimacy of Biden’s electoral victory, that the war in Ukraine is a proxy war targeting Russia - with his supposed misogyny (there were cutouts of Nancy Pelosi in a bikini!) and antisemitism (an office Christmas tree was labeled a Hanukah bush!), lumping all together in the epistemological naughty corner while accusing the network brass of pressuring her into not just perjuring but actually defaming…herself.

The apparently-telepathic snitch delivered what even an advertiser boycott could not -Carlson’s ouster - and with that, Fox was welcomed back into the good graces of a media establishment their ideology had never really deviated from anyway. Flawed and shot through with credibility grenades as his program often was, Carlson was nevertheless alone among that establishment in platforming guests who opposed endless war or medical fascism or the parasitism of BlackRock and Vanguard. It is much easier for the media establishment to shoot one messenger they’ve dumped a fortune into demonizing (with help from his neocon baggage and shrill temper), sealing the deal with even the most specious lawsuit, than it would have been for them to address the dangerous ideas that have found voice on his show. Those views, and the hundreds of millions of people who hold them, can once again be safely written off as fringe conspiracy theories, the sooner consigned to the memory hole, the better.

Reclassifying dissent as a mental disorder allows the corporate state to silence those it deems a threat without fretting over the need for First-Amendment workarounds. The targets need not be “crazy” themselves - in Carlson’s case, as establishment cheerleader Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez recently reminded ginger void Jen Psaki, it was his followers who were the violent loonies waiting for a word from their would-be cult leader. Expect calls for the reeducation of Carlson’s audience lest they stage another “armed insurrection” (Grossberg’s lawsuit all but blames the commentator’s refusal to submit to a Biden victory for the January 6 chaos) and remember to bring their guns this time. If they still have them, that is - while “gun control” as a whole remains a non-starter in the US outside “blue”cities, so-called “red flag” laws barring the mentally ill from owning firearms have bucked that trend due to the public’s erroneous assumption they’ll only be used to keep genuinely dangerous weirdos from shooting up their local elementary school. But the longstanding tendency to tar outspoken enemies of US foreign policy with the “mental illness” brush (how many times have you seen a State Department troll with room-temperature IQ try to salvage a losing argument by telling someone to “take their meds”?) should make it clear that Big Parasite doesn’t plan to stop at the First Amendment in stripping its domestic enemies of their rights.

Framing the problem as one of mental health provides a moral escape hatch to a ruling class equally bent on ruthless oppression and maintaining a progressive façade. New York City, which has tied itself in such knots trying to escape the racist legacy of “stop and frisk” it somehow elected a black cop who hates reading as mayor, recently gave that cop the power to kidnap citizens off the street for simply appearing to be mentally ill - and that’s after New York Governor Kathy Hochul tried to claw back the right to indefinitely incarcerate men, women and children on mere suspicion of having not just Covid-19 but a whole laundry list of supposedly communicable physical illnesses that includes head-scratchers like Lyme disease and toxic shock syndrome. It’s obvious these policies will be used disproportionately against poor and minority populations, but while hauling these people off to Rikers Island would have New Yorkers rioting in the streets, bundling them off to quarancentration camps on Randalls Island (a stone’s throw from Rikers) in a mist of therapeutic language and promises of bespoke redemption arcs for all will get him plaudits from all the respectable vultures. Should an outbreak of “information disorder” threaten the Big Apple, the keepers of the financial cartels’ playground will waste no time arresting anyone who looks too deep in thought.

The Elephant in the Room

There’s something more than a little (National) Socialist about a mayor deploying his goon squad to round up individuals who, while posing no threat to themselves or others, display “unawareness or delusional misapprehension of surroundings or unawareness or delusional misapprehension of physical condition or health” and holding them by force until they can be convinced of the gravity of their “condition.” Perhaps seeking to head off opposition to his technocratic Fourth Reich and its efforts to institutionalize the inconvenient, Mayor Eric Adams signed on last year with the Mayors Summit Against Antisemitism, a (final) solution in search of a problem that calls on city leaders to prioritize the interests of 0.2% of the population while two thirds of the country struggles to keep a roof over its head (thus all but ensuring that residents will grow to resent their Jewish neighbors, spawning the antisemitism the movement needs to justify its existence). Cities are instructed first to redefine “antisemitism” according to an obscure NGO called the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance, then to “enforce a zero tolerance policy” against it. With New York in the throes of a crime wave, Adams only has eyes for “hate speech,” fantasizing to anyone who will listen about imposing European-style penalties on the social media platforms whose leniency with wrongthink he blames for the rise in brutal broad-daylight assaults.

Implementing such a policy remains easier said than done and deeply questionable morally, given the open-ended nature of “antisemitism” as defined by the IHRA. No longer merely denoting hatred of Jews, the concept has been expanded to shelter the state of Israel, its supporters both Jewish and non-, their property, the industries they work in, their “community institutions and religious facilities,” and any attributes that might potentially describe any of the above, favorably or otherwise. Funded indirectly by the American taxpayer, the Israeli lobby has turned “antisemitism” into an epistemological Iron Dome, deflecting a broad spectrum of legitimate criticism using the Jewish population - many of whom do not identify as zionists or support Israeli apartheid - as human shields. Criticism of Israel that does not also rope in other countries as co-defendants, the use of certain stereotypes or “negative character traits” to describe both Jews and non-Jews, and comparisons between contemporary Israeli policy and that of the Nazis (no matter how accurate) are explicitly forbidden. Other statements can be added at will if a Jewish person is tangentially involved. Abby Grossberg’s lawyer in her suit against Tucker Carlson declared it “antisemitic” that his producer had jokingly labeled a Christmas tree a “Hanukah bush.” CNN has declared Spotify’s #1 podcaster Joe Rogan “antisemitic” because he said Jews like money (does anyone not?). That such a nebulous concept should retain the power to destroy careers would be laughable if it had not been adopted by 39 countries, including the US and UK, as of this writing, and if it was not currently under consideration by the United Nations. In certain circles, the scarlet “A” is all it takes to turn one’s life’s work to dust - especially if it has no basis in fact, as British Labour leader Jeremy Corbyn discovered when he tried to apologize for an offense he had not committed. Half the states in the US require government contractors to sign what is essentially a loyalty oath promising not to boycott the state of Israel, and several states have gone further, exploiting this supposedly voluntary loophole to create unconstitutional but media-approved blacklists.

The lead drafter of the IHRA definition of antisemitism has long since disavowed it, horrified at how his work has been used for the past two decades to silence constitutionally-protected speech critical of a cornucopia of atrocities from Israeli trafficking of Palestinian organs to Big Pharma’s profiteering off the ongoing Covid-19 genocide. Should he raise his voice in defense of any of those his words have indirectly silenced, he, too, will be dismissed as antisemitic. What was once the unearned privilege of the Israeli lobby - the ability to declare certain facts anathema without addressing their veracity - has been claimed by an ever-broader section of the establishment, but while the threat of being tagged with any of the lesser idpol epithets - racist, sexist, homophobe, transphobe et.al. - is often sufficient to keep the target in line, only the scarlet A has the bite to back its bark, especially in industries that depend for their funding on the goodwill of the transnational capital class.

None of these is more vengeful than the entertainment industry, which doesn’t take kindly to its products acting like they have free will. The rapper formerly known as Kanye West’s decision to wear a “white lives matter” t-shirt to his fashion show last year was, he said, self-explanatory - “because they do.” The confirmation - via an influential voice like Ye’s - that there was a third option between Black Lives Matter’s hysterical rent-a-Marxists getting very rich pitting the white and black working classes against each other and a return to the Jim Crow era or whatever 1619 Project alternate history establishment race-baiters had cooked up to inflame the masses, caused the Great Narrative to have an allergic reaction to the rapper. Within weeks, Ye was denounced by every major media outlet as a white supremacist and a virulent antisemite, shut out of his bank accounts, dropped by his agent Ari Emanuel (who decried the notion that Jews control the industry in an oped ordering all Ye’s business partners to kick him to the curb), and shut out of longstanding creative partnerships with Adidas and Balenciaga. Friends and collaborators were replaced by credibility vampires like Nick Fuentes, Milo Yiannopoulos and Alex Jones, who ensured Ye’s new nothing-to-lose persona would squander its chance to tell hard truths to a massive audience by encouraging him to play dancing bear spouting Hitler soundbites in bizarre full-face black masks. By the time the Anti-Defamation League was holding him responsible for dozens of purported antisemitic incidents, hardly anyone remembered what had set Ye’s downfall in motion - possibly including the rapper himself. While he had supposedly cut ties with psychiatrist-to-the-stars Harley Pasternak after the latter threatened to write him a one-way prescription to “zombieland,” it’s not for nothing that the narrative managers have been pushing the notion of antisemitism as mental illness - first given its first coat of pseudoscientific legitimacy by Theodor Adorno of the Frankfurt School - with renewed vigor these last few months. When you want a product recalled from the marketplace of ideas, it’s best to taint it with as many poisons as possible.

Defamation Nation

One might argue that devoting millions of dollars annually to the meticulous study of exactly how much and by whom one is supposedly hated, then doubling or tripling those statistics is incompatible with sanity, and that staking one’s group-reputation on a convicted murderer/pedophile is even less so. However, the Anti-Defamation League would disagree - and the state of Florida would charge you with a third-degree felony for making that argument in print. Governor Ron DeSantis traveled all the way to Israel last week to officially enact the most restrictive hate-speech law in US history with a measure that criminalizes leaving unsolicited flyers on a neighbor’s yard, threatening violators with five years in prison should the flyers’ content be deemed “antisemitic” (more on this appalling legislation in part 3). DeSantis’ hypocrisy in casting himself as David to the WEF’s Goliath only to give the so-called “globalists” exactly the hate speech law they repeatedly demanded at this year’s Davos meeting aside, once the informational iron curtain is in place, it will be impossible to smuggle information from one side to the other digitally. If simply distributing low-tech samizdat becomes a felony, there is no legal way around the One True Narrative short of literally hijacking the electrical impulse as it travels down the optic or auditory nerves (if you figure that one out, call me…). Former Google CEO Eric Schmidt, now one of the primary architects of the US’ AI policy, revealed nearly two decades ago that he believed the ideal search engine provides only one answer to a question; Google’s “Bard” AI, described by its human colleagues as a “pathological liar” and a hazard to humanity, clarified that answer doesn’t have to be correct, as long as it’s delivered with confidence. All that matters is that competing narratives are silenced and the illusion of infallibility does not flicker. Is it any wonder the ADL has been deeply involved in AI research since before ChatGPT was a flicker in your nightmares? If you still believe this organization has anything to do with protecting Jewish people from discrimination, I have a gently-used Iron Dome missile defense system to sell you.

As the AI rollout cements one enforced-consensus reality in place, an international hate-crime legislation engine (see part 3) is already installing third-rail no-go zones across wide areas of reality, cutting up the infosphere into the intellectual equivalent of 15-minute cities with meticulously-applied behavioral conditioning. The narrative managers’ end goal is not to force everyone to say 2+2=5 while they know deep inside it’s really 4. It is to render them ignorant of the possibility that 2+2 could ever equal anything other than 5, in such a way that an individual proposing such a destabilizing alternative to what is clearly long-established consensus reality would be so absurd as to be downright alarming - dangerous, even - such that social pressures quickly and automatically suffocate the spark. The successfully-washed brain is incapable of even conceiving of this eventuality, returning a does-not-compute error equivalent to the Windows operating system’s Blue Screen of Death. Such a closed system is the only real safeguard against rogue information, and it is what is meant when would-be ministers of truth like Color of Change’s Rashad Robinson and the Disinformation Governance Board’s Nina Jankowicz talk about “media literacy.” So-called “conspiracy theorists” can broadcast compelling content all day - if their audience doesn’t have the necessary equipment to receive and decode the broadcast, it goes unheard and unprocessed. The “media-literate” audience is functionally incapable of perceiving undesirable realities. This is what the narrative managers hope to accomplish with AI, and what we must prevent at all costs.

(IN PART III: the RESTRICT Act, stochastic terrorism, corporate Mirotvorets, and hopefully the end of this ever-lengthening series)

 When Trump was arraigned at a Manhattan courthouse last week, his supporters neither burnt down their own neighborhoods nor descended upon New York City like the plague of locusts gleefully predicted in the establishment media, which had padded the area with human kindling in the hope of giving the moribund “insurrection” narrative a shot in the arm and kicking off the civil war their masters require to camouflage the collapse of the US dollar.

It wasn’t because Trump’s supporters weren’t pissed off - even people who hate the man were raging on various internet platforms about the miscarriage of justice underway. But after two years of being treated like terrorists for attending what was for 99% of those present a peaceful demonstration of concern for the nation’s future on January 6, 2021, few had any appetite for a repeat performance. A Verge writeup of the Trump ‘perp walk’ describes a surfeit of media, crazies, and “influencers,” but few if any real people. 

It’s not just the Right that has been shocked off the streets. February’s Rage Against the War Machine rally, billed as a much-needed post-partisan revival of the moribund anti-war movement in the face of the Biden administration’s shameless emptying of the US Treasury into a Ukrainian abattoir of its own making, delivered such an anemic crowd that the “prebunking” propaganda from the usual suspects (including a “parody” website drafted with all the wit of ChatGPT) came off wildly disproportionate, as if the feds had brought a bazooka to a knife fight. The Biden administration didn’t have to hunt these people down and lock them up - they had preemptively castrated themselves by deplatforming their star speaker, then sheepishly inviting him back, pissing off both halves of the “controversy” in their haste not to offend anyone.

While it would be unwise to rise to the bait and “do a terrorism” just because the ex-president who tried to poison us all is being mildly humiliated, allowing the ruling class to get away with their asset-stripping operation is not much smarter. Just because your activities have not made you a target this week does not mean you are safe. The ex-president himself is the perfect object-lesson - deplatformed, raided by the FBI, debanked, and now subjected to cheeseball lawfare despite dutifully selling the country out to Big Pharma, Big Israel, and Big Bullshit while convincing a not-insignificant faction he’s the Second Coming. Rather than be allowed to peacefully tweet out his retirement, he’s been charged with felony thoughtcrime, and while he’ll be fine, the lesson to the American people is unequivocal. Such treatment should alarm even the most rabid never-Trumpers, whose disbelief in reported election results has technically rendered them terrorists, but it won’t - until they slip up and are hauled in front of the thoughtcrime tribunal alongside their ideological nemeses.

When is an insurrection not an insurrection?

When Fox News broadcast security camera footage last month from the Capitol that appeared to confirm Stop the Steal protesters’ claims that theirs was a mostly peaceful demonstration that devolved into chaos only after police began peppering the masses with flash-bang grenades, the establishment wasted no time opening fire on the messenger (Tucker Carlson) in defense of the Holy Narrative. If you weren’t part of that firing squad, you were part of the problem - Senate Majority Leader Charles Schumer insisted “millions of Americans” were “furious” that the commentator had aired real footage that diverged so alarmingly from the “insurrection” script, calling Carlson’s broadcast “an attempt to rewrite history and erode the very foundation of our precious and sometimes fragile democracy.”

Whereas pre-Trump CNN audiences might have scoffed at Chris Cuomo’s 2016 lecture about how “reading Wikileaks is illegal” for anyone but professional journalists, the same network in 2023 was able to coax its grazing herds away from the offending footage with nothing-to-see-here headlines like “Here’s what you need to know about the Tucker Carlson January 6 footage.” ‘Factcheckers’ like Politico literally asked “who’re you going to believe, me or your lying eyes?”, purporting to disprove video evidence with words - officer testimony, an internal memo from the Capitol Police chief, and a plea agreement signed under extreme duress. Articles attributing the death of Capitol police officer Brandon Sicknick to “injuries sustained while defending the Capitol,” specifically a bludgeoning assault by fire extinguisher, when he died of a stroke, are still live on ProPublica and elsewhere.

At the same time, the shocking admission from Mississippi Democrat Bennie Thompson that the House January 6th Committee had not even viewed the surveillance footage themselves, instead relying on unspecified “staff” to “kind of go through” the video for them, was ignored as the media establishment attempted to frame the release of the surveillance tapes (minus a few frames Capitol Police thought could potentially jeopardize the building’s security) as a monumental offense on the level of the bogus “insurrection” itself. So seditious was Fox’s coverage of the “insurrection”, Massachusetts congressman and flatulent Sinophile Eric Swalwell told CNN, that military personnel should be prohibited from viewing Tucker Carlson, Laura Ingraham or any of the other FoxNews hosts whose refusal to play along with the armed-insurrection narrative he declared treason. Hell, why not ban Fox altogether - unless, of course, they took the initiative to sanction their own rogue elements and deplatform their most popular anchors for the sake of Our Democracy™, wink wink, nudge nudge?

Share

To believe the dominant “armed-insurrection” narrative of January 6 requires believing not only that a doddering old war criminal who couldn’t fill a high school gymnasium won more votes than any other candidate in US history, but that weaponized “disinformation” galvanized millions of Americans to attempt to violently overthrow the US government in a vacuum of real-world events, working them into such an irrational lather that they left their guns at home in their haste to meet up for the rally and somehow managed not to seriously wound anyone on the “other side.” Four of their own died, sure - but these were literal victims of internet conspiracy theories, and those skeptical of the notion that “fake news” can cause real harm had dumped at their feet the corpses of Ashli Babbitt and five police officers who supposedly killed themselves in the months following the event because of the toxic political climate. Not subscribing to this narrative meant contributing to the carnage by creating distrust in democratic institutions. The January 6th Select Committee’s star witnesses effectively held reality hostage, warning the sane, stop questioning our absurd self-contradictory narratives or we’ll kill ourselves and charge you with the murders.

This was the rationale by which thousands of people, including the sitting president of the United States, were railroaded off social media, denied a voice in what was for post-lockdown humanity a venue as mission-critical as the real-world public square ever was, for espousing ideas that just four years previously had been ubiquitous. Who didn’t, for one reason or another, doubt the legitimacy of some part of the 2016 presidential race, whether one bought the Trump-Russian collusion scam or seethed at the Clinton campaign stealing the nomination from Bernie Sanders? What about 2000? When did voting machine manufacturers patch the vulnerabilities elementary-school kids regularly exploited at hacker conferences, to say nothing of the many new flaws introduced by mail-in voting?

Only by designating the discussion of factual information as “terrorism” or a deadly “infodemic” could the moribund J6 narrative be rescued from choking to death on its own contradictions, just as only a population truly paralyzed with fear and hopelessness would accept the “Don’t Look Up”-style histrionic flailing of a Schumer or a Swalwell as a reasonable response to the release of the footage. While any member of Congress can currently view it, what should have been the last nail in the coffin of the “violent insurrection” narrative has instead given it a new life. When the nation swallowed the Covid-19 narrative, Americans accepted the necessity of having their experiences moderated by a third party for the sake of the common good. Such experiential bureaucracy has seeped into every area where theres’s a yawning void between appearance and reality, whether it’s Pharma-owned scientists explaining the recurrence of the virus du jour in the vaccinated as proof the shot is working, congressional employees viewing security camera footage to “interpret” the contents for lawmakers who then draft domestic terrorism legislation based on events they’ve never seen, or Capitol police officers explaining how continued questioning of the 2020 election caused their PTSD and should result in criminal charges. 

Eager to keep their winning streak going, the narrative managers have hinted that even if the Manhattan case is dismissed, Trump could still be excluded from the 2024 ballot in southern states under an archaic Reconstruction-era law that prohibits the candidacy of anyone who has “engaged in an insurrection or rebellion against the US” or “given aid to [its] enemies.” Setting aside the fact that every US president since Harry Truman has given aid to America’s enemies, the fact that Trump was never convicted of inciting the nonexistent insurrection is irrelevant - Wikipedia says he’s guilty as hell of a “self-coup,” and if we don’t believe them, who can we believe?!?

Wikipedia for nobodies

While the propaganda of wartimes past has centered on the designation of a visibly different “other” both at home and abroad, be it the Japanese in World War II or Muslims in the War on Terror, the intersectionalist War for Our Democracy™ requires Americans to take aim at the monster in the mirror. In a terrifying show of bipartisan unity, Left and Right have willingly castrated themselves, obediently intoning the lines they are fed about whether We The People can ever really be trusted with unfettered free speech, freedom of the press, and freedom of assembly again.

Federal prosecutors have spent the last two years hunting down some 1,000 civilians on charges it is now clear they knew were cartoonishly inflated at best. Even if every single case were dismissed based on the withholding of exculpatory evidence by prosecutors failing to share the profoundly un-incriminating Capitol footage - as they should be - the damage is already done. The “insurrectionists” were always meant to be crucified in the court of public opinion, sacrificial offerings to the bloodthirsty egregore of Our Democracy™. The result - the chronically-underreported “January 6th registry” - should make any political dissident’s blood run cold. As described by Walk Away founder and blacklist victim Brandon Straka, the publicly-available list features defendants’ names and crimes they had not only not been convicted of but were no longer even charged with in some cases. It surfaces at the top of any defendant’s Google results, meaning even those wrongly tied to the riot will flunk even the most cursory background check, an albatross named ‘insurrection’ hung around their neck forever.

Not only are the blacklisted barred from common payment apps like PayPal and Stripe, they can’t even open normal bank accounts or apply for loans from some financial institutions, according to Straka, who pleaded guilty to disorderly conduct, a misdemeanor, to avoid felony charges prosecutors later admitted were baseless. Worse, as many have noted, whether or not an individual was pursued appeared to have less to do with their actions on January 6th and more to do with their social media postings after the fact - whether they continued to deny Biden’s claim to the White House, boasted about their exploits, or threw their comrades under the bus.

The January 6th registry expands to the wider population the kind of institutionalized character assassination once limited to public figures on Wikipedia. Like Wikipedia, the registry appears at the top of search results for the target’s name and includes defamatory smears - in this case, charges that have been dismissed or downgraded. Journalists barreling towards deadline feed a name into a search engine and get everything they need from this purpose-built dossier. It is government-sponsored libel, the total inversion of innocent-until-proven-guilty, a mockery of the Bill of Rights and a clear warning to anyone else who would challenge the dictatorial whims of Our Democracy™.

The primary aim of this terror campaign - because it is economic terrorism - is to dissuade anyone who might have been thinking of pointing and laughing at the naked Emperor’s junk from doing so. By keeping the angry mobs off the street, the narrative managers are able to suggest that there are no angry mobs at all, that it’s just you who are upset by the strategic dismantling of your country - and that you’d better not say anything about it unless you want to be consigned to the blacklist and tarred with the worst attributes of the worst of its members. To publicly deviate from groupthink, as anyone who has lived under a totalitarian regime could tell you, is to risk a tap on the shoulder from the secret police.

Canonizing the Snitch

A well-trodden cliche is that those who can make you believe absurdities can make you commit atrocities. The notion that thousands of Second Amendment-loving Americans descended upon the Capitol to overthrow their government on January 6th but somehow forgot to bring their guns to the armed uprising beggars belief, yet from this Big Lie springs the lionization of the common snitch and the idea - suddenly ubiquitous - that the cowardly urge to turn our fellow humans in to the authorities to save our own wretched skin is not just noble but our only hope of survival as a society.

Guest spots on CNN, thousands of dollars in crowdfunded donations, the adulation of millions of strangers on social media, even professional advancement have been dangled in front of the children of January 6th protesters in some of the most repugnant examples of authoritarian grooming this side of Jim Jones’ People’s Temple. Already primed to become grade-A rats through multiple generations of DARE drug-war programs, Department of Homeland Security snitch-for-cash schemes, and a cultural shift in favor of the informant-as-hero with “celebrities” like Tekashi 6ix9ine, these kids were arguably doomed even before Covid-19 gave snitches a formal job title as “contact tracers”. Now advice blogs call on Americans to take the side of the IRS against their fellow citizens so as to reap the rewards of snitching.

And Americans have learned their lesson. Not only did the Rage Against the War Machine rally manage to upset its participants more than the government, but when Trump himself called for a protest as rumors of his impending arrest build, even the users of his Truth Social platform balked, smelling another “January 6 trap.” Once permanent, easily searchable registries are involved, the reputational stakes of supporting a cause increase dramatically, and those on the fence must think of their careers, their families, their mortgage payments, and so on, quietly backing away from the stand they might otherwise have taken, perhaps even deleting tweets or pulling down blog posts to cover their tracks while the victims of this witch hunt are left flapping in the breeze. Like the victims of Joseph McCarthy’s Red Scare half a century earlier, Americans whose only “crime” was holding the wrong political views in the wrong place at the wrong time are being traumatized with violent raids, social isolation, Kafkaesque touchless torture, and a refusal by those in power to even acknowledge their right to non-mainstream ideas - a cocktail so effective some are no doubt left wondering if maybe they had tried to overthrow the government by asking a Capitol police officer where the men’s room was. Offered the unappealing choice between a prolonged legal battle to clear their name or copping to a lesser but still bogus charge and moving on with their lives, their mental and physical health suffers. Friends and family, asked to choose between two terrifying realities - either their loved one is a terrorist, or their government is a predatory rogue state - often simply avoid the person altogether rather than make that choice. “I don’t know what to believe anymore!” has become a common refrain, and faced with such cognitive dissonance, the bonds of family don’t stand a chance.

Jackson Reffitt, the Texas teen who called the FBI on his Three-Percenter father Guy upon learning he was traveling to DC for the Stop the Steal rally, became an establishment darling after bugging his own home at the agency’s request when the recordings he made of himself goading his dad into drunken death threats netted the Justice Department its first conviction. Guy’s empty words were a running joke among the family, according to his wife and daughter, and even Jackson admitted under oath that his dad’s “threats” were more “bravado” than reality - but they played spectacularly in the courtroom. The prosecutor asked for a “terrorism” enhancement to the sentence and read a letter from Jackson urging the judge to throw the book at his father, and while the former wasn’t granted, the amateur militiaman - who never entered the Capitol - got seven years in prison, the first of many scalps for a newly-empowered Thought Police.

Snitches, as Patrick Bateman understudy Gavin Newsom famously said, get rewards, and Jackson had pulled down more than $189,000 in GoFundMe donations as of this writing, refusing to cough up a cent for the family he deprived of its breadwinner (“he basically just said it’s a Go Fund Me, not a Go Fund Us,” his sister Sarah recently told Vice). The teenager has remained loyal to the state and appeared to feel no remorse post-sentencing, telling CNN he was glad his father got such a lengthy sentence because Guy needed help for his “mental illness” and that given the chance, he’d snitch again. In the same breath, he acknowledged the American prison system was woefully flawed and abusive, apparently unable to comprehend that he’d just sent his dad into the belly of the beast, where he’d suffer a seizure due to Xanax withdrawal (a potentially deadly condition) just days into his confinement.

Americans might tell themselves it was Reffitt’s “big mouth” - inflating his role in the chaos in DC and blustering unserious threats at his family - that did him in, even though such bloviation is constitutionally-protected free speech. They might tsk-tsk about what did he expect hanging out with a bunch of insurrectionists-in-waiting like the Three Percenters, perpetuating the legal fiction that ideation is the equivalent of action or even intent, or chide him for putting his life in the hands of a bloodthirsty jury rather than taking a plea. Certainly, that’s what the media did, depicting Reffitt as equal parts sad sack loner, delusional narcissist, and gun-toting redneck. But Reffitt’s punishment could not exist without the snitch culture that has taken root in the country over the last several decades, the era of “See something say something,” in which education has focused on repatterning children’s loyalties from their families to the state while parents are told letting the same state raise their children for them is true freedom. After all, his son was not the only person close to Guy to be nudged by the feds into snitching on him - the FBI nearly turned his daughter Peyton against him as well, with prosecutors only opting at the last minute not to put her on the stand when they suspected she might defend her father instead. Even Reffitt’s Three Percenter buddy Rocky Hardie willingly turned snitch when the FBI subpoenaed him following Reffitt’s arrest, taking partial immunity in a deal which rewarded him with de facto amnesty for every crime he could confess his friend’s involvement in.

 In reality, everyone who publicly chalked Reffitt’s overzealous prosecution to his inability to keep his mouth shut is perfectly aware there are at least three people in their own lives, probably within their own families, who are capable of doing just as much damage to them as Jackson Reffitt did to his father. While the media went on to publish dozens more cases in which naughty insurrectionists were turned in by employees, parents, girlfriends, even their spouse of 18 years, none had the heft of the Reffitt case. The treatment Guy endured - from the family betrayal to the pre-dawn SWAT raid to the seven-year sentence for not even trespassing in the ‘riot area’ at the Capitol - was a powerful motivator for anyone not physically present in DC on January 6 to run, not walk, from those who were, lest they too attract the attention of these predators. 

Creating the Enemy Within

Once the target is successfully isolated, establishment commentators and their minions in the alt-media deploy language to great effect to craft an enduring image of the Enemy Within, making it as easy as possible to “other” the targeted group. Unflattering or downright repulsive images are used as stand-ins for the ideology to be demonized - the now-iconic “QAnon Shaman” in his ridiculous body paint and furs being an instantly recognizable example of the tactic, now recycled at every protest like the human embodiment of USAID’s “clenched-fist” color revolution meme.

Preventing empathy becomes a full-time job for the establishment, which discourages approaching the other using loaded rhetoric and demonizing narratives such as the overwrought testimony of Capitol police officers before the J6 Select Committee and the members of Congress who likened the events of that day to 9/11 and Pearl Harbor. Emotionally-charged terms like “denier” (meant to evoke the cardinal epistemological sin of “holocaust denial,” itself largely fictitious) are legion. Question the 2020 election results? You’re an election denier. Think there’s something off about the manmade climate change narrative? Climate denier. Question the wisdom of letting Big Pharma dictate what goes into your body? Vaccine denier. Even 9/11 researchers are no longer “truthers,” but “9/11 deniers.” You either believe the official story about the event, or you categorically deny it happened at all. Nuance is betrayal. The targeted group, we are told, aren’t just victims of a highly contagious infodemic, but threats to social order, terrorists even. Bad actors - often themselves federal agents, as was the case on January 6th, in the bizarre kidnapping plot targeting Michigan Governor Gretchen Whitmer, in the leadership of the Order of Nine Angles, the Proud Boys, and Atomwaffen, and the entirety of Patriot Front - are held up to represent entire movements. Seeing bits of themselves in the ‘other’ that are no longer socially acceptable - things like intellectual curiosity, critical thinking, insubordination, a sense of humor - the masses are all the more motivated to conform, lest they tempt a snitch and end up on the receiving end of the treatment they’ve been manipulated into dishing out against the targeted population.

Without this cultish black-and-white thinking, the social climate supporting McCarthy-style blacklists cannot stand. If Democrats who’d been on the fence about Biden’s legitimacy had seen the J6 protesters as peaceful people with misgivings just like their own, the past two years would have been very different. The moment the average American feels more sympathy for Guy Reffitt than Nancy Pelosi, the game is up.

The J6 blacklist is just the most organized, public version of a phenomenon that has been quietly constructed in the shadows of American commerce for years. Between the sanctions ostensibly leveled against foreign adversaries like Russia and Iran, which have resulted in thousands of Americans losing their jobs because their employer is deemed too cozy with a “bad” country, the FDA’s efforts to shut down alternative medicine practitioners (which reached a fever pitch during the pandemic with “Operation Quack Hack”), the IRS’ longstanding harassment of activists and journalists including this writer, and the coordinated de-banking targeting the firearms industry, conservative political groups, and more recently anyone who dared pledge financial support to the Canadian Freedom Convoy, financial terrorism has become one of the corporate state’s favorite weapons against the loudest voices for sanity, whether they identify on the Right, the Left, or neither. The victims of such attacks are rarely left with the means to expose their plight, and those around them back away so as not to attract the attention of the cruel and capricious corporate state. 

Big Tech isn’t the only industry operating the censorship-industrial complex, after all. Congress - and the international financial cartels that control Congress - has long recognized banking as the ideal ‘choke point’ for exercising control over the population, and because the banks are ostensibly private corporations, they are not subject to the First Amendment - or the Second. Bank of America has been closing the accounts of firearms manufacturers since 2017, and with every mass shooting, support for such extralegal measures increases. A brief look at some of the absurd policies that banks have adopted in recent years to placate groups like the Anti-Defamation League and Color of Change who might otherwise allow their tame hordes to burn ATMs and drag bank managers out by their ties is instructive. Capital One bans all transactions that “promote hate,” whatever that means. Visa forbids customers from using its services “in any manner that could be deemed hateful.” PayPal vows to fine users who engage in “promotion of hate…or other forms of intolerance that [are] discriminatory.” Most importantly, these vague terms are all defined at the companies’ sole discretion. The “private corporation” fig leaf disintegrates when one looks at the size of the donations the industry feeds Congress and the revolving door between bank management, government, and regulators like the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

Subscribe now

Once you’ve been deemed an enemy of the state, any and all means will be deployed to bring you to “justice.” There is no hiding from the cyber-stasi. Jigsaw, the Google subsidiary that purports to “explore threats to open societies” through the wonders of data mining, claims it can suss out a “white supremacist” using techniques their detractors dub “cyber-phrenology” - the dubious theory that not only choice of platform and vocabulary but metadata like speed of typing, operating system, decisiveness of clicks, and other non-content attributes reliably predict not only demographics but ideology. While this has posed little risk in the past - for non-Muslims at least, the worst that would happen if you got mistaken for a member of ISIS was YouTube force-feeding you videos of avuncular Muslims discoursing on their journeys out of extremism - things got real when Google turned the tool on “white supremacists,” referring some to “counselors” who could then funnel the information to authorities on a pre-crime basis. That was years ago - long before the January 6th blacklist or PayPal’s $2,500 misinformation fees were even a twinkle in Big Brother’s eye - and while the technology used by cyber-phrenologists has advanced, it has not become more accurate, as improvement from the perspective of Jigsaw’s programmers means expanding the range of censorable ideas rather than refining it. If Jigsaw decides that merely interacting with “malicious actors” on social media makes one part of a “hate cluster,” merely matching that profile becomes sufficient to justify further targeted prying - by a financially-incentivized citizen SnitchCorps or by the real cops. 

Some readers may protest that they are safe from this kind of McCarthyite fantasy - their ideological bona fides are untouchable, they have tenure, they have friends or relatives in high places. It does not matter. Even the most well-meaning witch hunt eventually runs out of witches, as the anti-extremist crusaders at Google’s Jigsaw learned the hard way when they ended up on the receiving end of the circular firing squad they helped arm. The FBI has declared merely sharing conspiracy theories and memes online or using internet slang like “based” and “red pilled” is a warning sign of violent extremism, meaning that if you are reading this article, you are on a watchlist (and were long before you read this article, so don’t blame me). In the last few years, we have seen such innocuous children’s classics as James and the Giant Peach and grown-up favorites like the James Bond novels butchered in the name of “sensitivity,” while 1984 and Brave New World - long considered the foundational works of the modern dystopia in which we live - are both listed as signs of extremism by the UK’s anti-terrorism boondoggle Prevent. Ideas once merely considered unstylish - not believing in global warming, or opposing mandatory vaccination - have been recast as attacks on the “trustworthiness” of “institutions,” while parents are being deemed terrorists for trying to safeguard their young daughters from male genitalia in the locker room or their sons from pornography in schools which have devolved into a cross between fetish club and supermax prison. The moment the narrative managers’ hyenas have finished tearing out the throats of their latest ideological quarry, it’s onto the next one. After they’ve come for the the health freedom activists, the anti-war protesters, the election integrity campaigners, the climate change skeptics, the anti-Zionist Jews, the de-transitioners, and the free speech absolutists, there will be no one left to speak for you - and you will not deserve anyone. You cannot appease your way out of tyranny. Stop trying.

to be continued in PART II: the psychological disorders you never knew you had, and how the RESTRICT Act will cure them for you…

The chain of emails that had culminated in his removal only raised further questions about why an apparent stranger whom Plymouth has refused to name - a university employee, he suspects - had complained about his writing for Australian magazine Nexus to his old PhD examiner. In a Kafkaesque turn, the complaint lacked a single concrete accusation of wrongdoing that Coles could defend himself against, instead equivocating around familiar “conspiracy theorist” tropes. At any rate, no one had thought to consult Coles, perhaps believing him to be a disgruntled ex-student trading on his old university email rather than a researcher whose work at the university was funded by an outside trust and had nothing to do with his political writing. Rather than pause for clarification, his PhD examiner appeared to jump in with both feet, urging tech staff to help get Coles “off [the university’s] books.”

While a prolific writer on many controversial topics - US funding and training of neo-Nazis in Ukraine, the West’s neocolonial plunder of Africa under the guise of fighting terrorism, and the unholy alliance of Big Pharma and Big Tech amid the coronavirus outbreak are just a few - Coles believes he ran afoul of the university censors with a series of articles about intelligence agencies blackmailing people with child sexual abuse that ran in Nexus not long before the cancellation effort began. That particular subject has a tendency to get journalists killed, and Coles wonders if his ejection from Plymouth might be a warning shot from groups displeased with his inquiries. He acknowledges, however, that the timing may be a coincidence - Hope Not Hate and other intelligence-controlled censorship advocates were apparently trying to have Nexus banned in the UK around the same time for its publication of unorthodox views on Covid-19.

While he believes the evidence in the email chain is enough to prove wrongdoing by the university, Coles couldn’t even file a complaint through the normal channels, as his inquisitors had roped the complaints department into their conspiracy by including them in the email chain. He has considered releasing the messages publicly as a last resort, but first plans to employ an outside arbitrator and give the System one last chance - more than he was given, at any rate.

Lessons from The Lobby

Dr. Coles is far from the first to be booted from a British university campus for thoughtcrime. He sees parallels between his case and that of David Miller, the University of Bristol sociology professor who was subjected to a ferocious academic inquisition and ultimately drummed out of his post in late 2021 after the Board of Deputies of British Jews deliberately misinterpreted comments he had made about Israel weaponizing Jewish students abroad. The university’s Union of Jewish Students had been attacking him for years before seizing upon the supposedly discriminatory comment, which they only heard because they had sent in an activist ’spy’ to monitor one of his classes  - ironically validating the professor’s claims better than his own arguments could have.

Like Coles, Miller was never directly confronted by his accuser, who opted for mealy-mouthed pseudo-accusations (“conspiracy theorist,” “inciting hatred”) over potentially-disprovable crimes. Like Plymouth, Bristol took the side of the accuser against its employee almost reflexively. Former Labour MP Chris Williamson, himself a victim of the Israeli lobby’s devastating smear machine, joined the Support David Miller campaign in warning that the university’s failure to stand up for the professor would only encourage “bad faith actors” to pursue further censorship.

Shortly before the lobby finally convinced Miller’s university to mount an investigation into his supposed bigotry, he observed that such pressure tactics were imported from the Israel lobby in the US and pointed out that if any other foreign lobby attempted to wage such total war on its critics, they would be “laughed out of the room.” But Coles’ experience suggests other groups have taken lessons from the Israelis - and that Williamson’s warning was prescient.

Academic “cancel culture” is a well-known scourge of American campuses, where careless tweeting costs lives and professors can be axed for using the wrong pronouns. But while most discussion of the phenomenon centers on the targeting of conservative professors, it has targeted left-wing heterodoxy with equal fury, as tenured New York University media studies professor Mark Crispin Miller discovered when a student demanded his firing via Twitter after taking offense to a discussion questioning the utility of masks in his 2020 class on Propaganda.

Like Coles and his fellow Miller across the pond, Miller was attacked by university colleagues with vague allegations of “attacks on students and others in our community,” “aggressions and microaggressions,” and “explicit hate speech” and an investigation was launched behind his back even in the absence of any specific forbidden act. Administrators went one step further and contacted all his students to remind them of the CDC’s mask guidance, lest their fragile minds have been corrupted by the conspiracy theorist in the classroom. They couldn’t fire him - he was tenured, after all - but they did their best to make his life so miserable that he would leave, forbidding him from teaching his beloved Propaganda class, and he has been on sabbatical since.

Even Kenneth Roth, the former executive director of Human Rights Watch, was recently denied a fellowship at the Carr Center for Human Rights, part of Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government, on the basis of wrongthink - what its dean described as his “anti-Israel bias.” Roth has toed the line on foreign policy groupthink elsewhere, dutifully demonizing Putin, Assad, Trump, and so on as the needs of Empire demanded. But his refusal to ignore Israel’s increasingly bold apartheid policies got him the David Miller treatment despite years of faithful service. If Roth isn’t safe, many academics have begun to wonder, what the hell are they going to do to me?!

Will Censor for Food

While Dr. Coles questions if universities were ever really the freethinkers’ utopia so many academic misfits yearn for, there is no denying groupthink has tightened its hold in recent years. While an academic might once have been left alone to research controversial subjects on his own time so long as he didn’t embarrass his employer, this laissez-faire approach has been replaced by an administrative panopticon that is both hyper-responsive and reflexively condemnatory - a “cottage industry of shutting people down.” Censorship has been outsourced from the state and its corporate minions to “academics and think tanks who are given a well-funded government hammer so they see everything as a nail of disinformation,” Coles explains. Not simply salaried, they are financially incentivized to bag-and-tag as many pieces of “disinformation” as they can, essentially becoming bounty hunters for inconvenient truths, enabling a much tighter, more granular control of information than was ever possible under a traditional totalitarian model.

These programs and campaigns - with names like Integrity Initiative, Center for Countering Digital Hate, Trusted News Initiative - initially appear as independent nonprofits that just happen to share a common devotion to fighting fake news. However, their cooperation is more than superficial, with many of the same entities ultimately directing their actions as they work together to artificially muscle the discourse in the desired direction, choking off competing narratives while maintaining plausible deniability regarding their connections to the state.

Subscribe now

In this model of soft totalitarianism, the dissident is not so much ordered to cease publishing objectionable ideas, or even threatened with execution or creative torture. He is merely subjected to mounting insults, ‘nudged’ in certain directions, and gradually stripped of resources, especially any public platform he may have had, in accordance with his refusal to follow the rules. Amid this complex ballet of carrot and stick, he is constantly reminded that these are his decisions, making him (in his own mind, at least) a willing participant in his own spiritual suffocation.

Fact-checkers, once mere newsroom employees tasked with verifying the details of major stories, have been artificially elevated into a caste of gatekeepers, deemed impartial arbiters of truth even as their donor lists burst with conflicts of interest from Pierre Omidyar to Bill Gates to George Soros. This veneer of independence allows them much greater latitude than any equivalent government body, as the ignominious collapse of the US’ Disinformation Governance Board last year proved. This official Ministry of Truth, which would have operated out of the Department of Homeland Security, was a bridge too far even for the American media establishment, which had long since embraced its unofficial equivalent censoring tweets and Facebook posts to keep the world safe for democracy.

All it took to get English-speaking countries to accept the need for these newly-minted (the International Fact Checking Network was only launched in 2015) cognitive babysitters was for a few pathological liars to blame Trump’s 2016 electoral victory and Brexit on Russian disinformation. Never mind that neither hypothesis was ever substantiated, or that both have since been thoroughly discredited - unfiltered access to information has joined the lengthy list of threats to social harmony, and the fact-checkers, having tasted power, are unlikely to return to the newsroom. Given that a free press is integral to a functioning democracy, it goes without saying that any regime looking to dismantle the latter would want to get the former out of the way.

New Dawn in Old Bottles

No sooner had Dr. Coles been chased out of his university for his writing in one Australian alt-media magazine then he was engulfed in a censorship firestorm over another. An article appeared earlier this month in New Zealand news outlet Stuff excoriating bookstore chain Whitcoulls for carrying the latest edition of New Dawn, a publication which proudly bills itself as a “forum for alternative, non-mainstream ideas that question consensus reality” (full disclosure: I have also contributed writing to New Dawn). Stuff’s coverage berated the bookstore for exposing unsuspecting customers to the jungle of “conspiracy theories” barely restrained within its pages, focusing its rage on Coles’ “The curious case of Brenton Tarrant,” about the Christchurch mosque shooter.

When Whitcoulls did not immediately capitulate, “disinformation expert” Kate Hannah was called in to warn Kiwis who picked up the magazine that they were enabling “dark agendas” seeking to “destabilize liberal democracy.” Reading Coles’ article wasn’t just engaging in wrongthink, but actually committing a crime, she explained, because the article included information on how to access the illegal-in-New-Zealand helmet-cam video Tarrant recorded while shooting his way through the mosque. Just reading about where to find the video might run afoul of hate speech laws, she mused in a radio interview.

Share

Of course, the article includes no such instructions, nor does it - as Hannah claimed - claim Tarrant didn’t shoot anyone. Coles is baffled by the disinfo expert’s disinfo, but suspects the reason they didn’t include his name (standard practice in establishment hit-pieces) in the pressure campaign is that he could justifiably sue for libel. But the mere threat of legal repercussions was sufficient to keep 99.9% of Kiwis away from the forbidden magazine, and perhaps sensing no sales in its future, Whitcoulls finally pulled the issue from its shelves.

New Zealand’s size and isolation make it a perfect experimental laboratory, and the other Four Eyes haven’t hesitated to use it as such. Nor have the Israelis, whose covert operation was exposed during the 2011 Christchurch earthquake. The 2019 shooting that launched the current touchless torture regime was preceded as such events often are by a series of odd ‘coincidences’ and foreshadowings. Just a few months before the massacre, a group of American survivors of the Parkland, Florida high school shooting visited the city to discuss “living through a tragedy” with their Kiwi counterparts; two Parkland survivors and a Sandy Hook survivor allegedly committed suicide in the months following the mosque killings. A police drill just happened to be taking place near the fleeing gunman, allowing participants to “heroically” capture him in what media dutifully described as a “hell of a coincidence.”

The speedy gun-grab that followed the tragedy left citizens helpless in the claws of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern, and the subsequent clampdown on the internet was unprecedented in any other western “democracy,” with prison sentences meted out for merely sharing a link. Ostensibly to prevent anyone from reading Tarrant’s manifesto or watching the curiously videogame-like footage of the killings, the rules had the effect of banning access to entire video archives, international forums, and other information resources that might have helped the country’s residents make sense of what had just been done to them, and they were designed to be copied by the other four Eyes - or any other country that should want them.

While all five Eyes adopted unprecedented controls on social media during Covid-19, New Zealand went much further than its peers in controlling the actual publication of news. In March 2020, facing rumors that lockdown was imminent, Ardern warned upstanding citizens to avoid all unauthorized sources of information, urging them to stick with the government’s official site as “your single source of truth.” The message didn’t age well - New Zealand was locked down within the week - but her point had gotten across loud and clear. Arrested while protesting Auckland’s return to lockdown in 2021 over just three “cases,” popular radio host and pandemic dissident Vinny Eastwood was only released on the conditions that he remain under house arrest 24/7 and stay off the internet - draconian requirements for a man who made his living live-streaming. He was later permitted back online, but only on the condition that he not advocate against Covid-19 restrictions - a deliberately subjective line in the sand meant to encourage self-censorship above all.

While the media establishment overflowed with praise for Ardern over her iron-fisted suppression of the population - er, pandemic - no one has thought to ask why, if the West questions all Covid-19 stats coming out of China due to government control of all information sources, they believed the numbers coming out of New Zealand. Even news sites like Stuff, which describes itself as “fiercely independent,” are actually public-private partnerships - in this case funded by the New Zealand government and the Google News Initiative, powered by the bonanza of helicopter money that was dumped on the news media in 2020 to fight the “infodemic” of Covid-19 “disinformation.” That the campaign against New Dawn was no organic outrage was clear - Coles’ article is the last in the issue, and the likelihood of an indignant civilian pawing through 70 pages of conspiracy contraband just to find something they can claim is illegal approaches zero. Its favorable result means it will likely become the blueprint for future book-burning campaigns.

But why go after a couple of obscure Australian conspiracy magazines? Especially in New Zealand, but increasingly in the US and Europe, Big Tech no longer allows the average user to stumble upon the kind of content published by New Dawn or Nexus. Even non-Google search results from once-reliable alternatives like DuckDuckGo and Brave have been scrubbed clean of all deviations from the establishment line on topics like Covid-19 or the war in Ukraine, let alone the Christchurch shooting, and as Coles remarked, the censorship is even creeping backwards through time into the Wayback Machine, the internet researcher’s go-to that once contained archives of much of the internet dating back decades - but now increasingly turns up error pages or sloppily retconned fact-checks. However, Kiwis browsing at Whitcoulls had at their fingertips a powderkeg of new information, rendered all the more volatile by three years spent in informational quarantine. Just as a person locked down for months will see her immune system suffer for lack of outside stimulation, any novel pathogens hitting her much harder when she finally goes outside, the Good Citizen who imbibed only Ardern-approved data for three years will likely be unable to muster even the slightest argument against whatever shocking claims she finds in New Dawn and will perhaps become lost to the weak grasp of establishment propaganda forever.

There’s an easy solution to this problem, should New Zealand want to solve it. Teach children to think critically, instead of the dumbed-down “media literacy” programs being promoted by every self-proclaimed “disinfo expert” this side of PropOrNot. Thought-stopping “information hygiene” techniques (Google it! Look it up on Wikipedia!) and reflexive appeals to authority (only a scientist can interpret that study for you!) do not help an individual resist persuasion. But a population armed with the ability to recognize an official lie and dismantle it would not allow themselves to be locked down over a few cases of a disease they were almost 100% certain to survive anyway - so of course New Dawn couldn’t be permitted to question Christchurch. It is the (shaky) foundation on which Ardern’s hastily-constructed police state was built. As rumors fly about her surprise resignation on Thursday and the media establishment rends its garments over how “unfairly” this “icon of many” was treated by “far-right extremists,” it seems clear her departure will be weaponized to further crack down on the increasingly nebulous specter of “hate speech.”

Replacing Replacement Theory                         

Americans who believe the New Dawn affair could only have happened in an unarmed, isolated nation like New Zealand should pay attention to what their Congress is up to. Rep. Sheila Jackson Lee (D-Texas) earlier this month introduced a bill that would criminalize the publication of “antagonism based on ‘replacement theory’” and “hate speech that vilifies or is otherwise directed against any non-White person or group” on social media if it can be said that the perpetrator of a “white supremacy inspired hate crime” had encountered the material before committing the crime - or that if they hadn’t encountered the material, it could conceivably have motivated them to take such actions if they had.

Without bothering to define such critical terms as “hate speech” or even “replacement theory,” often trotted out for effect when the speaker needs to strike an emotional chord, the bill leapfrogs pre-crime to a total reversal of cause and effect. A content creator can be charged with conspiracy to commit a white supremacy motivated hate crime so long as the actual criminal can be shown to have engaged with their content before committing the crime. In fact, they don’t even need to engage with it - so long as the content could theoretically motivate a “person predisposed to engaging in a white supremacy inspired hate crime” to, well, you know. It’s completely subjective, based on what a “reasonable person” would do when no “reasonable person” would be caught dead in the same room as this bill. This means if someone reads the nursery rhyme “Baa baa black sheep” - declared ‘problematic’ nearly a decade ago for its racial overtones - then picks up an AR-15 and shoots a black family at church, the nursery rhyme writers could be charged with conspiracy to commit a white supremacy-motivated hate crime. Jackson Lee herself cited the example of “someone making a post online that catches the attention of someone who then drives to North Texas and kills 20 Mexican Americans” to make clear precisely how unhinged she is.

It’s doubtful that such a case would make it to court, or lead to a conviction if it did, but public opinion - a product of think tank fellows rather than crowds - can turn on a dime. What sorority girl getting sloshed on margaritas in an oversized Cinco de Mayo sombrero in 2012 would have thought she’d be sentenced to remedial readings of “White Fragility” in 2022? The aim is not to create more work for the official censors but to spook the target into silence with fear of what could happen. Leaving the definition of “white supremacy” open-ended allows an ever-larger spectrum of opinion to be cordoned off as toxic, banned from university campuses and social media, and finally memory-holed as unthinkable. At the same time, actual racists like Ukraine’s neo-Nazi Azov Battalion are invited with open arms to travel the US speaking on university campuses, swastika tattoos and all. While the Anti-Defamation League is quick to tar and feather any academic who points out Israeli war crimes, the censorship-loving Jewish organization has issued what amounts to an official indulgence for Ukraine’s biggest Third Reich fanboys.

Given the FBI’s penchant for crafting terrorism plots out of whole cloth, it would be a simple matter to take out all online wrongthinkers in one fell swoop under the white supremacy conspiracy law - just set up the usual militia honeypot for disaffected white boys, hand them the gear and point them at the minority in question, and make sure a manifesto is found nearby conspicuously listing the websites of every influential dissident in America. While last year’s Missouri v. Biden lawsuit proved - and the Twitter Files confirmed - that social media platforms were being used by a dozen or more government agencies to circumvent First Amendment prohibitions on state censorship, this new arrangement would eliminate even the need for that end-run, requiring only the fig leaf of Unacceptable White Supremacist Beliefs™ to justify the most egregious constitutional abuses.

“Replacement theory” - the idea that white Americans and/or Europeans are being deliberately supplanted in “their” nations by swarthy foreign hordes to suit nefarious ruling class purposes - first entered the mainstream discourse when Tarrant, who titled his manifesto “The Great Replacement,” supposedly set out to kill as many Muslims as possible because they were out-breeding Europeans. Tarrant’s manifesto would have gotten quite a few people in trouble as white-supremacy conspirators, many of them dead - it includes poems from Dylan Thomas and Rudyard Kipling, memes, Wikipedia articles, and an infamous passage explicitly citing black conservative commentator Candace Owens as his ideological inspiration. Tarrant and copycats like Payton Gendron (the Buffalo supermarket shooter and friend of the FBI whose manifesto borrowed liberally from Tarrant and others) have helped transform the epithet “conspiracy theory” from CIA-sponsored smear to precursor of violent extremism, though they couldn’t have done it without UNESCO, the World Jewish Congress, and the Council of Europe, who recently joined forces to remind humanity that “conspiracy theories cause real harm to people, to their health, and also to their physical safety.”

Europe has taken the legal lead in equating conspiracy theory to terrorism, banning author David Icke from the entire Schengen Area last year because his scheduled speech at a peace rally in the Netherlands posed a potential “threat to public order.” Rather than standing up to the police state, the media eagerly flew to its aid, quoting “experts” who sagely opined that the “danger” posed by Icke’s “conspiracy ideology” was both clear and present and could inflict “lasting harm” upon the country. This is in keeping with the refrain the WHO has kept up alongside Covid-19 - that a deadly “infodemic” is spreading through sharing unapproved information about the virus, and that good citizens refrain from posting conspiracy theories online because words are equivalent to violence. This is a central part of children’s “media literacy” classes, aimed at building the perfect content filter directly into the child - because Big Brother can’t be everywhere. The idea is to graduate a generation for whom privacy is alien, dissent is criminal, obedience is a competitive sport, and turning in your parents for wrongthink is second-nature, all justified by the vague nonspecific crisis that has been looming in the background since they were born.

The censorship of New Dawn, the university witch-hunts against Dr. Coles and both Millers, and the absurd white supremacy conspiracy bill are all symptoms of the same totalitarian virus gradually sucking the will to resist out of humanity. Just as viruses need host cells to multiply, so does this one require an army of facilitators - “fake news” bounty hunters, “disinformation experts,” and the like - to smooth out humanity’s rough edges into blissful obedience. A pandemic - even an artificially-inflated synthetic one like Covid-19 - has to end, but an infodemic is forever, and this one has proven 100% fatal to human rights.

Except Anthony Fauci, architect of the steepest decline in life expectancy in American history, was allowed to gracefully bow out after 40 years bilking the taxpayer out of the highest salary in Washington as director of the National Institute of Allergies and Infectious Diseases, his entire bloodstained career a case study in how to get away with murder. Bill Gates, not two years after threatening that the next pandemic would “get our attention,” has just conducted another tabletop pandemic simulation, this time whipping up an enterovirus that kills 15 million children, only to whine that no one trusts his miracle shots anymore. The WHO has designated “anti-vaxxers” public enemy number one, even accusing them of murder, while the New Yorker calls for permanent mask mandates and a coterie of washed-up celebrities insist the unvaccinated belong in jail. This is not the behavior of a criminal gang caught red-handed. What happened to “knowledge is power”? Why has humanity gone limp when it should be dealing the killing blow to these psychopaths and those giving them their marching orders?

As moribund as human civilization seemed in 2020, the world at the start of 2023 is practically unrecognizable. No longer mocking the TV-gullible in their fear-forts built of toilet paper and canned beans, we can’t even afford to stockpile such luxury objects - but religiously defend our penury as a necessary sacrifice, enduring cold showers so that a Nazi fetishist can climb into bed with BlackRock. A “democracy” whose citizens knew the system was rigged has become an indoctrination center where questioning that rigging is seen as a terrorism threat. A language once merely fraught with cliches and self-marginalizing semantic boobytraps has become one whose most loaded terms change definitions from day to day, where raising questions about why the linguistic ground is constantly shifting beneath one’s feet is dismissed as irrational.

But it has always been like this, we’re reassured by the faceless “fact-checkers” who have formed an impenetrable biofilm over social media, nudging us into a homogenous future while rewriting the recent past to remove any stray genocide. If words are truly violence as so many of them insist, their body count surely rivals that of Fauci and his white-coated army. The word “gaslight,” overused to the point of meaninglessness, is no longer sufficient to describe the firehose of lies (lie-hose?), often presented directly alongside conflicting information, that assaults us when we turn on our computers or unlock our phones. But then, the narrative managers’ aim is not necessarily persuasion in the traditional sense but to infect the target’s perception and processing centers so that they begin to doubt their own reality, gradually substituting elements of the establishment’s fantasy, sacrificing those cumbersome human instincts for the reassurance of being a Team Player on the winning team. No one can withstand the lie-hose forever - there’s a reason you and everyone you know look like you’ve aged 10 years since you first heard the word “coronavirus” - but if it hasn’t drained you of your sanity yet, you may want to see about deprogramming your loved ones from the Cult of Corona. We’re going to need everyone we can get.

Sorry, Not Sorry

Not long ago, ruling class rag the Atlantic published what was supposed to be a plea for ‘pandemic amnesty,’ an apparent white flag bylined by economist Emily Oster that argued that because the government’s devastating policies had been adopted with good intentions, and no one could have possibly guessed what the results would be, it was important for those on all sides of the issue to forgive and move on. It was the equivalent of a typewritten letter from Genghis Khan breezily explaining that you shouldn’t be mad that his Golden Horde razed your village to the ground, slaughtered your livestock and had their way with your daughters, he just thought buildings looked better on fire, and by the way could those girls maybe smile more? - but forgiving you for not having a four-course dinner ready to accompany his post-coital cigarette. It has been clear since the scale of the mRNA bioweapon’s harms became apparent that the architects of the Covid-19 experiment would have to either play dumb (“We didn’t know!”) or go full Nuremberg (“Just following orders!”) if they hoped to avoid a public execution, but this - suggesting those responsible for the most horrific crime against humanity in recorded history should be essentially forgiven for their crimes with the excuse that they didn’t know better while their victims are encouraged to beg for mercy from their tormentors (and presumably sign away the right to demand reparations) was a bold strategy indeed. Unsurprisingly, Oster was digitally torn limb from limb for her trouble, and some people even called the public display of rage a victory, believing the outpouring of powerful emotions had spooked the predators. But others desperately reached for what they were sure was an olive branch this time, falling for the same promise that led them first to submit to solitary confinement, then to wearing a bacteria-laden rag around their face, and ultimately to having themselves injected repeatedly with an experimental gene therapy: the promise that things could, if they just obeyed enough rules, go “back to normal.”

One had to be willfully delusional to read sincerity in Oster’s plea for a small-r reset, however, given that her recommendations included vaccine mandates for schoolchildren and more mRNA shots for everyone. She left “willful purveyors of misinformation” out of her to-forgive list, perhaps understanding that an ideological in-group can’t rely on the usual surface markers of difference to choose an outgroup when it comes time to make sacrifices. A person seeking amnesty for their misdeeds generally starts by admitting they’ve done something wrong. They typically stop committing the crime they’re hoping to be forgiven for, or at least try not to be balls-deep in another while begging to be spared the consequences of the last. A show of contrition, if not full repentance, is obligatory, and one certainly doesn’t blame the victim for bleeding on the killer’s Sunday best. Clearly, things work differently in the New Normal.

The predators who shredded the Nuremberg Codes by enrolling humanity in this unlicensed clinical trial against our will have, if anything, doubled down on their criminality since relaxing the mandates and admitting the shots can’t stop the spread. Not content with eliminating religious and medical exemptions to vaccine mandates, California passed a law allowing the state to strip doctors of their medical licenses for sharing “misinformation or disinformation related to the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic,” taking the censorship of legitimate information that has been de rigueur under the Big Tech-Big Brother collusion propping up the pandemic narrative to the next level and injecting the corporate-state even further into the once-inviolable doctor-patient relationship. Many universities, including Yale, still require students to be not only vaxxed but boosted, despite the growing body of evidence proving the risks far outweigh any benefits the shots might provide to young people. Governments, health authorities, even sites like WebMD full-throatedly champion a complete course of mRNA injections for everyone down to the last 6-month-old child. The narrative managers who refused to acknowledge the shots were anything other than safe and effective even as hundreds of thousands of bodies piled up outside their doors only just last month admitted the link between mRNA vaccines and myocarditis was even being (belatedly) studied - and even then insisted any cases were likely due to Covid-19, that the rare vaccine-linked case was mild, and that myocarditis - inflammation of the heart muscle - did not lead to cardiac-related death. Far from closing the book on this disastrous interlude, the Rockefeller Foundation announced less than six months ago that it was expanding its questionably-titled Mercury Project - another experiment undertaken without informed consent, this time with a focus on manipulating internet use behavior - to increase vaccine uptake by studying “how mis- and disinformation spreads” around the world, presumably in order to spread some of its own. Not to be outdone, Stanford University is offering an online course on how to con people into getting vaccinated. The Biden administration recently ordered tens of millions more doses of bivalent Moderna boosters, the mRNA component manufactured special-order by CIA-funded firm Resilience, even though few Americans are eager to play side-effect roulette with a concoction tested on eight mice. But these sociopaths never tire. And not only are they not finished with their game, they’re barely getting started.

Subscribe now

Trust us, we’re scientists

The Gates Foundation - along with the Johns Hopkins Global Center for Health Security and its other usual partners - wasted no time smothering the fantasy of a Covid armistice in its cradle, simulating another deadly pandemic almost exactly three years after Event 201 - and two years after a smirking Bill, chiding world governments for failing to lavish sufficient resources on Covid-19, promised “pandemic two” would “get attention next time”. There is nothing subtle about “Catastrophic Contagion,” which stars an improbably named pathogen called Severe Epidemic Enterovirus Respiratory Syndrome (SEERS), a virus which targets the young (15 million of its 20 million casualties are children) and leaves those it doesn’t kill with paralysis and brain damage. While SEERS hails from a fictionalized country sitting on Venezuela’s land (Johns Hopkins goons are not subtle in their foreign policy ambitions), its participants are mostly African leaders who read their stilted lines (“no one is safe until we all are safe!”) to the approving nods of noticeably-paler health bureaucrats (Gates, red-faced WHO pearl-clutcher Mike Ryan, and Johns Hopkins’ own Tom Inglesby) running the exercise. Those who believe these simulations merely put health officials through their paces to ensure optimal performance when faced with the real thing may be surprised how little discussion of saving lives actually takes place, or how much the “mistakes” made during the exercises are meticulously replicated when they go live. The redistribution of wealth (from the hoi polloi to the parasite class) and the need for behavioral controls dominate the highlight reels, and October’s was an especially naked advertisement for the WHO’s latest power grab, which combines a sweeping new global “pandemic treaty” complete with legally-binding controls on speech and movement that supersede national laws with a proposed update to the International Health Regulations, which govern public health rule-making.

Video excerpts from Catastrophic Contagion reveal it doubled down on the need to “trust” narrative managers, corporations, and government institutions, the importance of holding ever more pandemic simulations (a pet project of Gates, whose eponymous foundation and Gavi Vaccine Alliance are shoo-ins for the lucrative contracts to host and run these “germ games”), and the need to silence dissident voices - all key planks of the global pandemic treaty, an ambitious power-grabbing agreement that will not only supersede individual countries’ laws but set up and fund (through the generous contributions of member nations) a transnational Ministry of Truth to determine what information can be shared during a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (a term that lost its last shred of meaning earlier this year when WHO Director General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus ignored the advice of his expert panel to declare monkeypox a PHEIC, despite its spread being almost exclusively limited to ultra-promiscuous gay men). Because PHEICs don’t expire - of the six declared since the classification was adopted in 2005, three are still in effect - that ministry would retain control of information indefinitely.

The ruling class have wasted no time in implementing the Johns Hopkins simulation’s conclusions, which play on longstanding anxieties regarding the seemingly inexorable decline of trust in authority in the age of the internet. Leading the crusade to revive trust in corporations - specifically social media, which suffered a fatal blow to its credibility when it emerged in September that all the major platforms were holding weekly meetings with at least 12 US government agencies and taking detailed orders from them on who and what to censor - is Elon Musk, hailed as a real-life Iron Man by people who should know better because he allowed a handful of journalists (and Bari Weiss) to post screenshots of what may or may not be internal Twitter communications that appear to confirm what was public knowledge three months ago. The effort to bring back trust in government - in the US at least - is in the sweaty hands of the Republican Party, who have promised to grill Fauci to within an inch of his life - now that he’s retired and can plead the Fifth until he dies in his sleep of old age. Taking on the rehabilitation of journalism is Tucker Carlson, who on the day Biden was supposed to (and predictably declined to) declassify the remaining government documents regarding the JFK assassination shared with his audience the blindingly obvious fact that the CIA was “involved” in Kennedy’s murder. And redeeming science is Andrew Huff, the Eco-Health Alliance whistleblower who blames the pandemic on sloppy containment procedures at the Wuhan Institute of Virology - even though he admits he quit working at the controversial facility in 2016, years before the fatal “lab leak” supposedly took place - muddying the waters of guilt and blame in a way that would make Emily Oster proud. Limited hangouts all, but the respite they provide from the usual lie-hose waterboarding sessions means they will be embraced, even trusted.

Fool me once…

Any suggestion that bad pandemic policies were honest mistakes born of good intentions is frankly offensive given the amount of evidence to the contrary. Because we did know what would happen when the experimental conditions were imposed - that was the point of all those tabletop simulations. Face masks were known to be worse than useless for preventing respiratory illness, and only an absolute psycho would put one on a toddler who needs to see the mouths of his fellow humans to learn how to do things like smile or speak. There was no scientific evidence to support “social distancing,” and if you’d suggested locking Great-Aunt Imelda up alone in a plexiglas box with nothing but a TV and a grab-bag of midazolam and morphine to keep her company through her last days, you’d have been rightfully slapped. The harms of lockdowns were well-understood - yet like the rest of the medical knowledge held by human civilization in 2019, it supposedly deserted us in our hour of need. Scientists have known for years that loneliness poses a bigger risk to health than even obesity or smoking, that the elderly are in the greatest danger of becoming critically lonely, that vitamin D - absorbed from sunlight - is key to recovery from respiratory illness. But pointing any of that out got you exiled from polite society as a homicidal anti-science granny-killing lunatic washing your horse paste down with Trump-brand bleach. It clearly wasn’t a mistake that every “public health tip” the CDC issued was harmful and out of step with medical best practices. Had that been the case, there would have been at least a few “mistakes” on the side of wellness. Yet no one wanted to open the Pandora’s box of “the government is working against my interests” - certainly not when Chris Cuomo had just told them it was time to “sacrifice the me to the we,” the Year of the Team Player. Instead, putting aside everything they thought they knew about how to take care of their physical and mental health, they embraced the CDC’s strict limits on movement and association as a source of security - proof that Big Brother loved them and wanted them to be happy, even while he was quietly killing their grandparents to free up pension obligations.

Three years later, the standard response to the mounting evidence of permanent damage by mRNA shots is often anger - how could they?! - but rarely surprise. Given that Big Pharma’s track record is littered with corpses, no successful coronavirus vaccine has ever actually been manufactured despite decades of trying, and every other “public health intervention” of the pandemic has been based in part or in whole on lies, many of which had serious consequences for the rule-obeyers, it would have been truly shocking if these products were safe. As for “effective,” we knew by the end of 2020 that neither the Pfizer nor Moderna jab could stop transmission of the virus, but also that they hadn’t tried to. The CDC tried to claim otherwise, vaccine mandates were hastily adopted based on the “misunderstanding,” and millions of people lined up to get injected under that false premise, silencing any misgivings that might have interfered with following the advice of the Experts and crossing their fingers in the hope that this time they would get that return to Normal they’d been hearing so much about. But this required a level of willful suspension of disbelief that would have gotten one locked up as a delusional psychotic in the pre-Covid era, given Pandemic Pope Fauci’s history. The miniature Mengele pulled off a series of self-enriching scams over the course of the AIDS era, poisoning hundreds of thousands of innocent people - including tens of thousands of children - with drugs he knew were toxic, and given that he was never punished, he has merely repeated his old tricks, again and again. Accountability is a foreign concept in Washington, and in the misery-loves-company tradition of late-stage empire, we have exported this moral failure around the globe.

Given Pfizer’s literally record-breaking history of fraud and rampant criminality, one might ask why they were entrusted with being the public face of such a major project - hundreds of billions if not trillions of dollars were riding on Warp Speed, after all, even though Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla isn’t a human-doctor at all but a veterinarian, having focused his education on “the biotechnology of reproduction” if Wikipedia is to be believed. Bourla was in charge of Pfizer’s animal vaccine division in 2010 when a diarrhea shot for pregnant cows, PregSure BVD, was discovered to be killing off as many as 15% of the calves who nursed from the jab recipients. They didn’t just die, they bled out of every hole in their bodies, including their pores. By denying everything and continuing to sell the shot outside Germany - where the problem had initially arisen - Bourla apparently distinguished himself as the man you want when you need to kill a lot of kids and get away with it. He also proved himself back in his veterinary days as a pioneer in expanding the definition of “vaccine” to include chemical castration, devising a shot for boars called ImproVac that he claimed was 99% as good as physically hacking their balls off (it’s unclear how he arrived at that figure, but then, it’s unclear what hole Pfizer pulled its effectiveness numbers out of either). Still think the Covid-19 shots’ disastrous effects on human fertility are a coincidence? Don’t tell Bourla - he understands why people fear his company’s products, but wants speaking up about the harm they cause to be criminalized. The US military was sending a very powerful message when it selected Pfizer and Bourla to be the standard-bearers of its mRNA bioweapon campaign. It is unfortunate for humanity that so few were listening.

Share

Throw away the key

These people do not expect to be punished, but if humanity is to continue as something other than a slave species, they must be, and immediately. It’s hard to think of any crimes that haven’t been committed in the course of the planning, setup, and perpetration of this power-grab - fraud, corruption, murder, genocide, and the coercive pharmaceutical rape that will become depressingly common when so-called “health passports” or any other permutation of the World Economic Forum’s Known Traveler Digital Identity social credit score are adopted worldwide. Where once the unvaxxed could merely be threatened with job loss or expulsion from school, or denied entry into a business or country, once all systems are linked, refusing the shot will effectively get a person occluded from society entirely - unable to withdraw or spend money, unable to enter any buildings or board transportation, unable to unlock even their phone or computer to communicate with loved ones. Most people wouldn’t last a day as a locked-out ghost in the prison state the pandemic pimps are building.

But the spirit to resist is fading fast, with bodily integrity turning into an anachronism at the hands of a generation who have never experienced privacy. Kids born in the 2010s are likely to believe it’s perfectly normal to be summoned to a school clinic for injections without their parents’ knowledge, uninterested in what’s in the needle and neither asked nor asking to sign a consent form. They don’t know they have a choice. Gates may have declared the Covid-19 shots a failure, but his foundation has already poured billions of dollars into DARPA’s choicest nightmare material, “flying needles” competing with drugged food and even human vaccine vectors to penetrate anyone they can get their hands on.

The body is merely a sideshow for these psychopaths, however - the real target is the multi-layered rape of the mind, a specialty of military technology which sits at the core of the mRNA bioweapon. Unlike standard vaccines, the mRNA formulas deployed under cover of Covid-19 can cross the blood-brain barrier with their hypertoxic spike protein, triggering a cascade of inflammation, autoimmune dysfunction, and other reactions that can bring about permanent personality changes (on top of the damage caused by the virus itself). It’s anyone’s guess how well these changes can be controlled - if one can select for docility over brute stupidity, say, or an eagerness to please on top of the inability to defy - but one can imagine that like the lobotomies of old, they will become a popular way of dealing with inconvenient dissidents as pressure to decrease the overt appearance of prisons (so unsightly!) grows internationally. Of course if you shrink the prison to fit within the skull, the division between ‘inside’ and ‘outside’ becomes literally a state of mind, one that can be artificially imposed from without - a possibility Fourth Industrial Revolution fetishists like Klaus Schwab no doubt already see for contraptions like Neuralink (the kindler, gentler brain-rape!) and a “battery-free” deep-brain stimulator that uses the patient as its battery.

The possibilities for remote implantation of thought and emotion are alarming - simply envision the targeted censorship the Biden administration conducted against opinions and social media users that displeased it over the last three years, deploying representatives from no fewer than 12 agencies to meetings with all the major tech platforms to silence individual citizens because its own narratives were so poorly constructed they regularly fell down under their own weight. Informed consent will be a thing of the past - when adoption of such devices is widespread enough, the narrative managers will literally be able to conduct mass sentiment like an orchestra.

On the metaphorical front, the WHO wants to make sure its good little citizens wash their brains as often as their hands, holding meetings about a global “infodemic” before it had even declared Covid-19 a pandemic and talking up the importance of “information hygiene.” Just as environmental watchdogs condemn chemical companies for dumping toxic waste into the planet’s water supply, the Ministry of Truth whose charter is being woven into the WHO’s global pandemic treaty will argue that spreading “conspiracy theories” and other unauthorized opinions is poisoning the collective consciousness with dangerous doubt and hate. As Catastrophic Contagion glibly explains, all of this death could have been avoided if we just placed our trust in the Corporate State. Those millions of dead kids the Global Health Security Center warns are waiting at the end of the next pandemic rainbow? That’s what happens when you do your own research. UNESCO’s “think before sharing” campaign - aimed at recruiting an internal thought-police officer within every good citizen to squelch the innate human desire to post interesting or troubling rumors, question authority, or otherwise fan the flames of “infodemics,” lest their content inspire some kind of extremist to action motivated by hate and physically hurt someone - is the first step toward declaring every individual’s thoughts part of the global commons. It’s the “I wear my mask to keep you safe” of thoughtcrime.

But even that isn’t sufficiently intrusive for these parasites. Their ultimate goal is to hijack and ultimately replace the natural instincts that arise to meet a hostile occupying force, substituting trust, obedience and docility, the precursors to a slave species blissfully ignorant of our slavery - who will “own nothing and be happy,” in WEFspeak. How? They seem to have settled on the lie-hose - gaslighting on steroids - in the hope of making it so exhausting to continue thinking critically that the target just gives up, overwhelmed, their bullshit-detector overheating in the wake of 3 years of “two weeks to flatten the curve.” Eagerly studying its captive audience back in 2020 as it urged them to stay glued to the couch while warning them obesity was the primary indicator of death with Covid-19, the CDC found it didn’t take many waterboarding sessions with the lie-hose to induce a roaring epidemic of Stockholm syndrome. After just two months of mask mandates, shelter-in-place, and six-feet-apart rules, only 25% of New Yorkers said they’d feel safe if the restrictions were scrapped. How much harm do you think decades of “safe and effective” has done?

It’s tempting to believe that the narrative managers’ insistence on doubling down on obvious falsehoods despite undeniable proof to the contrary will simply relegate them to a Pravda-level epistemological irritant - everyone knows the narrative is false, even the individuals selected to propagate it, and while one must pay lip service to the narrative in public if one wants to maintain their socioeconomic status, one can always discuss reality in private with trusted people, informed by underground publications not subject to censorship. However, technology has enabled the kind of information control the worst excesses of the Eastern Bloc could only have dreamed of. I’ve already written at great length about the informational iron curtain being constructed to quarantine wrongthink on the internet and eventually prevent its uploading (and contemplation) altogether, and this project has advanced dramatically under cover of Covid-19, with even non-Google search engines like DuckDuckGo vigorously scrubbed of competing narratives to the extent the user hoping to quickly confirm a fact or a name instead ends up in a hall of mirrors with one narrative showing on every screen, its production values as impeccable as its lies are threadbare. But it’s the only narrative in town, save the user’s own imagination - and since the US school system ensures no trace of viable imagination survives the third grade, they’re basically defenseless. Forced to internalize what they know is a bogus narrative, even temporarily, they’ve nonetheless become complicit in their own reprogramming, and the lie-hose residue has a corrosive effect on their memories and even sensory input when these contradict the lies they’ve grudgingly swallowed just to survive. “If vaccines weren’t really safe and effective, wouldn’t all the doctors be screaming from the rooftops?”

Thus what appears to be ham-handed slopaganda can actually insinuate the narrative managers into the target’s decision-making centers - the rather self-explanatory process known as the OODA loop (observe, orient, decide, act) - where a little bit of pressure exerted at the right moment can have an outsize effect. Mentally knocking the individual off-balance with a jolt from the lie-hose while they’re trying to observe and orient themselves ensures whatever they do next will be misinformed at best, heinously miscalculated at worst. If they blame themselves rather than the predatory outside influences leading them astray, the self-perpetuating feedback loop becomes difficult to break. Doubt leads to “distrust your gut” leads to distrust your gut, only to learn when they become suddenly sick and read way too many articles about spike proteins that they’ve basically poisoned themselves and now can likely never board a plane because of blood clots, the normal self-preservation urge - to have the problem taken care of medically, to warn others, even to demand those responsible “fix it” - is muted by guilt and embarrassment over their willing participation in this act of self-destruction.

Me or your lying eyes?

A recent Rasmussen poll revealed that 56% of Americans believe the vaccine is at least somewhat effective in preventing infection - a claim that even the CDC doesn’t try to make anymore. This rosy outlook comes even though 41% have experienced at least minor side effects; 6% of those who think it’s very effective have had a major side effect! Even when confronted with incontrovertible evidence the shots are harmful - evidence they accept as legitimate! - no one wants to admit they’ve subjected themselves or their children to a totally preventable risk, especially one that could kill them. There’s a sense that speaking up about vaccine harms will somehow manifest more of them - or worse, cause others to become vaccine hesitant, a fate generally agreed upon to be worse than death even though it has become increasingly hard to ignore the causative relationship between death and the vaccines themselves. Health authorities’ rapid pivot (as mandates dropped across the US and Europe) from ordering the population to roll up their sleeves or else to insisting the shots were always voluntary deprives the injured of a clear target for their rage and plants a nagging sense of responsibility for their own suffering. In the same way they were incentivized to get the shot in the first place through an absurd selection of bribes from Krispy Kreme donuts to lap dances, the vaccine-injured can be cajoled back into the fold through universal basic income payments or other benefits specifically for the jabbed. The more they can be made to identify with the experimental compound colonizing their bodies, the more easily they can be turned back against the unvaccinated, those selfish throwbacks who are Not Team Players.

And the retconning of the pandemic is running at full speed as the narrative managers insinuate themselves into humanity’s collective OODA loop. Americans running at top speed away from the bivalent boosters are concerned about physical discomfort, not the possibility of dying suddenly! Rebelling against authority means wearing masks forever! And that 40% surge in non-Covid excess mortality among 18- to 49-year-olds that has actuaries all spooked? That’s just stealth-Covid! Anti-vaxxers are to blame for traffic accidents, antisemitism, and even sudden death itself!

Narrative managers’ refusal to give even an inch on the Big Lie that this class of ‘vaccines’ are 100% “safe and effective” as cries to the contrary hit critical mass suggests another epistemological rug-pull is just around the corner. So when I saw an actual news story last month describing the pandemic as “the biggest US intelligence failure since 9/11” I most certainly did not believe my lying eyes. With so much evidence pointing to years if not decades of premeditation in the unleashing of Covid-19 and a profound intent to cause harm, the reemergence and sudden popularity of the “lab leak” theory of Covid-19’s origins plays much too perfectly into the hands of the interests behind the pandemic. Indeed, it was first floated by a representative of one of them all the way back in 2020.

Forget for a moment that the architects of this grand scam have already explained their evil plot to us in Bond-villain-esque detail, repeatedly, accompanied by long, short, and medium-length write-ups, complete with helpful video. The lab leak hypothesis may make more sense than the zoonotic-origin hypothesis (it would be hard not to) but it conveniently absolves the World Economic Forum, the Gates Foundation, the WHO, DARPA, BARDA, and the rest of the medical-totalitarian infrastructure - including the financial cartels that paid for the whole atrocity and have been reaping massive dividends - from responsibility for the millions of deaths ensuing from virus and injectable bioweapons alike by recasting what all evidence supports as a controlled release as mere accidental exposure. Like the deadly “mistakes” that governments supposedly made in responding to the outbreak, or the self-contradicting policies that “just don’t make sense” yet always err on the side of harm, tacitly admitting to a containment screwup is their best option legally speaking for getting out of jail with their necks intact. But it simply doesn’t hold water with all the information currently in the public domain. I couldn’t completely rule out the possibility of an accidental leak when I wrote my first article on Covid-19 nearly three years ago, but even then the theory required extreme suspension of disbelief, given that its primary proponent was the same Israeli biowarfare specialist who spent the Bush II years telling anyone who would listen that Saddam Hussein had biological weapons, specifically anthrax, and was responsible for the letters full of ominous white powder that had materialized on the desks of a handful of legislative and media opponents to the Patriot Act following a pattern set out in the events of 2001 Johns Hopkins tabletop simulation Dark Winter. The parallels between 9/11 and Covid-19 have been obvious since day one, but they do not include any “intelligence failures.”

It is very likely the ‘final’ narrative decided upon to explain the pandemic will center on an accidental release of some kind (perhaps more than one, to prevent any one country having to shoulder an unfair burden that could later result in its leaders letting slip what really happened), but this must not be allowed to stand. If the predatory parasites behind Covid-19 are allowed to walk on the grounds that the original pathogen’s release was just another “mistake,” we can all kiss our asses goodbye.

Look who’s Public Enemy #1

Medical totalitarianism is far more dangerous than any mere political dictatorship, no matter how repressive or violent. Most citizens of the latter regimes understand, even in the midst of hardcore reality mismanagement, that their enemies are ultimately human - bestial, perhaps, or even evil, but human nonetheless. However, the transnational capital class who built the Covid-19 experiment reviles traditional nation-states, and the WHO’s global pandemic treaty is so determined to communicate disdain for such unprofitable ideas like human dignity that it had language referencing the concept removed from the text. The catalyzing experience of Covid-19, recast for future newsreels as all of humanity uniting against a deadly invisible enemy, lends itself to War on Terror-like reductionism: “you’re either with us, or you’re with the virus.” Since no sane person could ever be pro-sickness, the growing crowd of opponents to vaccine mandates, killer lockdowns, ‘infodemic’ thought police, and mask fetishism can be written off as criminal insanity and taken out of circulation, forming a natural test reservoir for future clinical trials (the 21st century human sacrifice). With no natural enemies once it has seized the machinery of market and state under the guise of selfless do-gooderism, the public health technocracy can only continue to exist by demonizing and then sacrificing groups of its own constituents, creating the impression of a benevolent regime deftly battling the forces of “subversion” so that the masses can live their lives in peace. “First, they came for the anti-vaxxers, and I did not speak up, because I didn’t want to end up like Andrew Wakefield” is not an excuse when life and death hang in the balance.

Peter Hotez, the buffoonish tropical disease specialist who became a media darling for his ideological crusade against “anti-vaxxers” - a much-maligned group even before the Covid-19 experiment - has partnered with the WHO to condemn “anti-vaccine activism,” which he rechristens “anti-science aggression,” as “a major killing force globally.”

Hotez made the absurd claim last month that “Anti-science now kills more people than things like gun violence, global terrorism, nuclear proliferation, and cyber attacks,” and while it’s tempting to laugh at his histrionics (or to simply point out that iatrogenesis - medical “error” - kills nearly 1 million Americans every year, topping cancer and heart disease), his demands for “political solutions” to the growing portion of the planet that disagrees with his medical totalitarianism are no laughing matter, given that he is backed by the WHO - which will be itching to cut its new global pandemic treaty teeth on a crowd-pleasing victim for its Ministry of Truth tribunals. He has repeatedly called for the Biden administration to sic the Department of Homeland Security and the Justice Department on those he deems insufficiently reverent of The Science, and thanks to a longstanding alliance with the ADL, he will likely get what he wants.

While it may be tempting to see the Covid-19 project as a failure - mandates rolled back, boosters sitting untouched on shelves or in landfills, doctors finally speaking up - this leaves out the big picture. When regarded as a coordinated operation to drive mad, enslave, and ultimately liquidate the human race, the Covid-19 experiment is shaping up to be a stunning success. This must be prevented at all costs.

The architects of US foreign policy have officially run out of ideas in their quest to overthrow the Iranian government. Rather than holding off on another regime change attempt until they can cobble together a new plan of action, however, they've decided to insult the intelligence of the Iranian people by reheating 2009's leftovers and trying to pass them off as a genuine revolution. Fool me once - 1953’s CIA-sponsored overthrow of democratically-elected Prime Minister Mohammad Mossadegh - shame on you. Fool me twice - 2009’s failed “Green Revolution” intended to unseat President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, backed by the US State Department - shame on me (and a hint: don’t call it a ‘revolution’ until it succeeds or you might end up with geostrategic egg on your face). Fool me three times - you must think I’m a damn fool, or that Iranians are damn fools. . .

But we've seen this movie before and we know how it ends. Subjecting Iran to the US's geostrategic reruns is the ultimate insult-plus-injury. If insanity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting different results, those responsible for this "zombie revolution" should be permanently entombed in padded rooms where they can no longer harm vulnerable nations.

If you first encountered my work on Substack, you may wonder what I was doing before December. Many of the articles from my old site can be found either at RT or Global Research; others are gradually being posted to my archive Substack (free to read and comment). Normally I would say subscribing is superfluous unless you like old news, but the latest repost (from January 2018) could have been written yesterday, given a few name changes. So rather than write a whole doorstop about the latest provocation in Iran over Mahsa Amini, the “morality police” who supposedly beat her to death for improper hijab etiquette, and the synthetic “uprising” grafted onto her death, I’ll simply link it here:

At this point, the only thing more predictable than the destabilizing behavior of the US and Israel with regard to Iran is the genocidal behavior of Israel with regard to Palestine. From Netanyahu’s cartoon bomb, unveiled before a bemused UN in 2012, to the recent Washington tour by the chief of Mossad - planned ahead of time but recast as delivering critical intel on the incipient “nuke” - intended to scupper the renewal of the JCPOA deal at the eleventh hour, these absurd displays are merely reference points for the fictional “history” that will be written as soon as competing narratives are snuffed out. Just as an increasingly mainstream school of thought in Israel holds that Palestine never existed - and this less than a century after stealing its land, destroying its villages, and rendering hundreds of thousands of Palestinians homeless and stateless - Israel-firsters’ efforts to pin responsibility for 9/11 on Iran are ongoing, and who knows how many other historical atrocities are being pinned on the Persians as we speak. If Tehran falls to one of these color revolutions, we will within a decade be teaching this absurdity in elementary schools.

This isn’t just Iran’s problem. With Ukraine growing into its new role as Big Israel (not to be confused with Greater Israel), the same players are ready to hold the world hostage with the Samson Option that previously just menaced the Middle East. The Samson Option is Israel’s nuclear self-destruct button, to be pressed in case of certain defeat. Not only the “only Democracy™ in the Middle East,” but anything within firing range of its borders (read: Iran) would be vaporized by the hundreds of nukes Tel Aviv pretends not to have. Big Israel, on the other hand, will have all of NATO’s weapons at its beck and call, as the Head of the President’s Office for Ukraine Andriy Yermak and former NATO secretary general Anders Fogh Rasmussen made clear earlier this month when they unveiled the Kiev Security Compact, a chutzpah-soaked document that explicitly obliges the US and its European allies to not only supply unlimited military and financial aid to Ukraine for as long as it exists but to defend whatever Kiev calls its borders “in case of aggression,” putting them in direct conflict with Russia (including the inhabitants of Zaporozhye, Kherson, and the Donbass republics who just voted to join it) on a “legally and politically binding” one-way journey to World War III. Like its Middle Eastern counterpart, Big Israel is serious about commandeering every last resource NATO countries have to wage its unholy war against all opposition, and that includes thoughtcrime: Zelensky adviser Mikhail Podolyak called last week for the US to whack Russia with some warheads for merely thinking about using nukes in Ukraine. If they are willing to do this to governments, what do you think they will do to individuals? (Hint: they’re already doing it.)

The “security compact” makes clear that even if Zelensky’s fast-tracked application to join NATO is rejected due to an outbreak of sanity in Hungary or Turkey, the US and Europe will still be expected to prop up Big Israel’s existence with billions of dollars and lay down their own lives to defend it, just like they do the other Israel. Their citizens will be required to deny the evidence of their own senses, violate their own best interests, and sacrifice their freedom at home for the sake of Democracy™ abroad.

Share

This is not your mother’s democracy - its standard-bearers are the apartheid hellhole that threatens its neighbors with annihilation on a regular basis and its brutal bastard child, a nation that venerates Nazi collaborators, bans opposition political parties and media along with Russian literature and music, proudly maims prisoners of war, uses banned munitions in violation of the Geneva Convention, condones the murder of journalists and children, and demands a preemptive nuclear strike to “punish” Russia for refusing to accept a NATO missile depot on its western border. With democracies like these, who needs tyranny?

(On an unrelated note, I’ve been remiss in “rewarding” (read: tormenting) my paid subscribers with the promised audio posts, so let me ask now: what are you interested in hearing? Comment or respond in email with suggestions.)

We were told that “they” - the nebulous Terrorists lurking behind every government the neocons wanted to overthrow - hated “our freedoms,” then encouraged to believe that the only way to guarantee our survival was to ditch those freedoms ASAP. I was still in high school at the time and wasn’t well-versed in the inner workings of psychotic death cults, but even my uninformed mind could see through the sudden surge in knee-jerk jingoism to the raw fear quivering beneath, begging for Big Brother to make the monsters go away.

The threat of further “terrorism” in the form of envelopes full of anthrax targeting the few Patriot Act’s main detractors in the Senate and the media establishment proved the nail in the coffin of American sanity. No one asked why the “terrorists” about to get flattened by the American war machine would be trying to kill off the handful of congressmen who stood in the way of that flattening - Fort Detrick’s finest had made clear what happened to people who ask questions, even (especially) blindingly obvious ones. The neocons even provided the newly-minted congressional converts with a face-saving measure, allowing them to explain their absolute failure to protect their constituents’ rights by claiming this state of affairs was just temporary: the most egregious aspects of the Patriot Act were to be outfitted with self-limiting “sunset” clauses that would allow them to be retired when the nation had returned to its senses.

Except the nation never did, and it was clear from the outset it was never supposed to. Since the rollout of the National Emergencies Act in 1976, legislation which handed the executive branch some 136 emergency powers that otherwise required the approval of Congress to wield, presidents have fallen in love with crisis. Weathering one - whether it’s a terrorist attack, an economic collapse, or a global pandemic - turns even the biggest losers into winners, if not in their own era then in history’s rose-colored rearview, so long as their allies survive to write the official chronicle. Weathering one successfully is better, but it’s not necessary. After George W. Bush took the outpouring of international goodwill that followed the strike on the Twin Towers and wiped his ass with it, declaring war not just on Afghanistan but on Iraq - two countries whose governments had nothing to do with the perpetrators of the attacks even in the “official” narrative that saw the laws of physics take their first-ever vacation - the US became an international pariah, a reputational blemish that didn’t lift until Barack Obama made his debut as the Great Black Hope and was handed a Nobel before he could start five more wars. Yet where is Bush today?

The Bush administration’s crisis response was so noxious that Americans who had just months earlier been plastering flags over every flat surface took to the streets to denounce their power-hungry leader as a menace to civilization. Yet, we’re told, all that is forgiven now - Bush is hosting exhibits of his “art,” cracking jokes about weapons of mass destruction, and being floated as “the first global health president” by New York Times writers who make Judith Miller look like Upton Sinclair, and even Dick Cheney is embraced for his daughter’s noble sacrifice of her Senate seat for Our Democracy™. Never mind that the younger Cheney lost her primary, or that any public statement by Bush is met with an outpouring of abuse online - these upsurges of genuine popular antipathy are always drowned out by screams of approval added in post.

The majority of the “national emergencies” declared in the last half-century are still in effect, despite the circumstances that birthed them having long since faded into obscurity, and the consequences of this love affair with panic are not negligible. In just one example, Executive Order 12170, which froze Iranian assets in the US in 1979 in response to the hostage crisis, was used as the basis for the sanctions whose descendants are still plaguing that country over four decades later. The US government, the corporations that run it, and the international financial cartels that pull their strings have learned never to let a crisis go to waste and never to underestimate the willingness of the people to be in crisis. Just as every post-NEA president desperately seeks a catastrophe to validate the office they secretly know they don’t deserve, so do many of their citizens secretly yearn for a few moments of struggle to give meaning to the tediously comfortable lives they feel guilty about enjoying.

Subscribe now

It should surprise nobody to learn that the US government, far from finding satisfaction in its Patriot Act powers, has spent the intervening two decades finding new and terrifying ways to violate the rights of its citizens, but the results are enough to give even the most cynical pause. A civil suit filed in the Western District of Louisiana in May has begun to reveal just how much of Washington’s mammoth bureaucracy has been turned over to behavioral control as it struggles to keep Americans in line under ever-worsening conditions. Earlier this month, it emerged that at least 50 government officials working in over a dozen agencies have been directing the activities of “private” social media companies like Twitter, Facebook and Google much more closely than previously understood in order to recreate reality in their preferred image, silencing and discrediting political enemies, covering up inconvenient truths, memory-holing popular resistance, and illegally snooping on innocent civilians in order to achieve those aims. These agencies are not simply handing down vague presidential edicts on upholding “election integrity” or reminders to adhere to the WHO’s Covid-19 narrative, but holding weekly meetings and exchanging daily emails in which executives are given their marching orders on who to delete, shadowban, and otherwise exile to the digital gulag. Big Tech is not just a close business associate of Big Brother, or even a limb; it is a vital organ.

It’s widely understood that the US government takes advantage of the “private company” fig leaf these monopolies enjoy to do an end-run around not only the First Amendment, which protects Americans’ right to freedom of speech and freedom of association, but also the Fourth, which prohibits unreasonable search and seizure of property. And it’s become more difficult than ever to ignore the near-total overlap in ideological leanings between Big Tech and Big Brother under the pandemic regime, as FBI agents poured into the ranks of Facebook and Twitter and White House press secretary Jen Psaki openly admitted the Biden administration was telling these platforms to censor certain users and viewpoints. This state of affairs is almost certainly illegal - as a court ruling against the Biden administration last year declared, “The government cannot accomplish through threats of adverse government action what the Constitution prohibits it from doing directly.” But the massive censorship operation exposed in State of Missouri et al vs Joseph R. Biden Jr. et al not only proves the federal government has been doing on a grand scale what common wisdom held they’d been nibbling at for decades, but that they’re engaged in even more flagrant violation and no longer feel the need to hide it.

Because it’s not just the FBI, the White House, and the Department of Homeland Security (whose cartoonishly Orwellian Disinformation Governance Board was shuttered for good last month after Chertoff himself ruled that the country just wasn’t ready yet for a Ministry of Truth) that are devoting themselves to reprogramming the hearts and minds of the American people. Documented conversations with social media execs show the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Homeland Security, the Centers for Disease Control, the National Institute of Allergies and Infectious Diseases, the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, the Office of the Surgeon General, the Census Bureau, the Food and Drug Administration, the State Department, the Treasury Department, and the US Election Assistance Commission are all engaged in an organized system of selective censorship, shadow banning, astroturfing, and other forms of reality-tweaking of the sort the platforms have sworn up and down they do not allow. This, of course, is in addition to the increasingly absurd overt manipulation of the marketplace of ideas - “pre-bunking” tweets warning that all speculation about voter fraud is itself fraudulent, blanket condemnation of all aspersions cast on Hunter Biden’s virtue as Russian “malinformation” and nothing more, casual reminders that neglecting to say “Slava Ukraini!” three times and touch your toes in the morning risks a visit from Volodymyr Zelensky’s coked-up hologram, and so on. And the overwhelming majority of this heavy-handed propaganda is domestically-directed, meaning that despite the giggling warnings of Bill Gates and other pandemic pimps, public health agencies and law enforcement alike are a lot more concerned about homegrown “infodemics” and their carriers than they are about foreign bioterrorists.

Perhaps more alarming than this rock-solid proof that Big Brother and Big Tech have not merely been canoodling hideously beneath our very eyes but that they are merely two parts of a single entity was the utter lack of reaction to the news in the media. I only learned of it over a week after the New Civil Liberties Alliance posted their press release, and even three weeks later it has gone largely unreported, even among non-establishment outlets. Fresh off his homage to V for Vendetta, Biden ordered social media platforms to join his crusade against “violent extremism” - an open-ended term that has replaced terrorism as the monster under the national bed meant to justify the latest assault on human dignity - and they complied, forging improbably multilateral partnerships with obscure think tanks and nonprofits that could not possibly have been devised in the few days before they were unveiled at a saccharine White House event, complete with advance publicity that would make North Korea blush.

In the years following 9/11, the FBI was under growing pressure to find Muslim terrorists under every rock in order to justify the wholesale destruction of American privacy. They quickly learned that it was easier and less risky to troll wanna-jihad online chats, enticing alienated young Muslim men with promises of cash and explosives to play Osama for the cameras. A 2014 study found that fully 95% of the agency’s “terrorism busts” involved elements of preemptive prosecution - pre-crime - with many amounting to entrapment. Similarly, the agency has faced massive pressure from the Biden administration to justify the increasingly vehement condemnation of half the electorate as “semi-fascist” white supremacists, having recast the January 6 Capitol riot as a democracy-massacring hybrid of Pearl Harbor, Kristallnacht, and, yes, 9/11 in order to add political orientation to the lengthy list of extremism warning signs. The self-righteous bloviating fired up the media establishment, but as months passed with the most serious conviction a man who threw a fire extinguisher and some wooden debris at police - and missed - some began to question whether Biden’s demonization of so-called “MAGA Republicans” as Hitler meets Deliverance was writing a check reality was unprepared to cash.

It didn’t help that Chris Wray had been hyping the “persistent, pervasive” threat of “white supremacy” since before the pandemic, even warning that racists were plotting to infect cops and Jews with the virus by coughing on them. The FBI was already entrapping gullible loners to pad its numbers when Homeland Security Director Alejandro Mayorkas declared “domestic violent extremism” the top threat to the nation, but the American people weren’t buying - that same day, a jury acquitted four men of plotting to kidnap Michigan Governor Gretchen Whitmer, having reasoned that being outnumbered three to one by the 12 FBI undercovers and informants assigned to guide the plot along constituted at the very least professional ineptitude, if not entrapment. One FBI agent even complained to the media last week that they had more people tasked with investigating white supremacy than there were actual white supremacists, lamenting that the “demand for white supremacy…vastly outstrips the supply of white supremacy.”

The solution? Expand the definition of white supremacy to include any non-mainstream view you can get away with and sic the tech platforms on all dissent. Whistleblowers at Facebook say the company is doing just that, illegally submitting the contents of users’ private messages as “tips” to local FBI offices for nothing more than voicing doubt about the 2020 election results, then eagerly supplying the same messages in response to subpoenas (legally, this time) and watching the extremism probes bloom. The program hasn’t turned up a single violent extremist, but that’s fine - just take a page from UNESCO’s book and remind the skeptics that words are violence too.

It’s not that we needed the NCLA’s legal discovery to understand that Big Tech was just another tentacle on the Octopus that has been wrapped around our collective consciousness since the dawn of mass media, of course. The internet itself evolved from DARPA’s internal network and early psychological operations and quickly opened new doors to those who would seek to manipulate hearts and minds; even before PRISM gave the NSA dedicated backdoors into every major platform, the CIA was bankrolling their early funding rounds and DARPA was telling the programmers what to write. No sooner did a platform become popular than it blossomed with JTRIG-style astroturfing and reputational manipulation campaigns, facilitated by proprietary algorithms we blissfully fed our deepest secrets so that we could watch more and better cat videos. This wealth of information has allowed those in power to potentially make targeted individuals of us all with relatively little effort, to predict our next moves before we make them and nudge us ever-so-slightly in the desired direction so subtly we believe we are acting according to our own free will. Operating such a massive control apparatus would not be would be possible if it had not been purpose-built for this. In the past, though, the weaponization was always concealed behind a facade of plausible deniability, private-sector contractors, and brightly-colored boxes with rounded edges. For a president, even an empty suit like Biden, to give a direct order and have Silicon Valley’s richest snap to attention is truly letting the mask fall from a fascist state that has been decades in the making. And Biden should know, having co-written the Patriot Act that made so much of these last two decades possible.

Share

While most people remember the planes hitting the towers when they think of 9/11, or the subsequent cries for vengeance that were twisted by the Bush administration into casus belli for a never-ending war that left much of the Middle East in ruins while sparing the guilty parties, the legacy of the Dark Winter anthrax scare may be even more enduring. In its aftermath, almost every US state eventually adopted variations on the Model State Emergency Health Powers Act, a package of legislation which gave state governments unprecedented access to citizens’ property and bodies in the name of keeping them safe. As with the Patriot Act itself, the meat of MSEHPA was written years before the nation got its collective panties in a bunch about white powder in envelopes. It allowed the forced examination, quarantine and treatment - including vaccination - of individuals suspected to harbor an infectious disease, where the definition of “infectious” was somehow expanded to include non-contagious illness, and permitted health authorities to “manage” public and private property. Privacy and bodily integrity were subjugated to the Greater Good; martial law could be imposed in all but name, as the “organized militia” could be called up to help enforce public health rules. While these laws were forgotten about by the general population once the anthrax panic passed, those who believed they lived in a country with constitutionally-protected rights were in for a rude awakening in February 2020, when states began flexing their long-dormant public health muscles and realized your skin was just another door to kick down.

The predators that turned the US into a police state that would be unrecognizable to the inhabitants of September 10, 2001 moved on to threaten the entirety of human civilization when the slick promotional campaign for Covid-19 took the dictatorship of fear global. The outbreak was dubbed a “public health emergency of international concern” (PHEIC) in January 2020, before most of the world had even heard of it, despite minimal understanding at the time of how it spread or who it killed. Like a national emergency in the US, a PHEIC gives the World Health Organization (an unelected body led by a man with strong totalitarian leanings but no medical training other than his experience helping his countrymen die of cholera, funded chiefly by another man with strong totalitarian tendencies and no medical training) expanded powers - to command financing, to require testing, treatment and vaccination protocols, and to marshal international cooperation in the service of containment. Countries have a legal duty to respond to the declaration, report “incidents” within 24 hours, and comply with biological surveillance measures at their borders. Also like American national emergencies, PHEICs have increased in frequency since the designator was introduced in 2005, and the WHO is reluctant to retire them - of the six ever launched, three remain in effect.

Given the extent to which a supposedly law-abiding presidential administration is able to incinerate said law during a “national emergency,” the notion of a global version - an international emergency declaration - is profoundly disturbing in its implications. Indeed, the novel coronavirus was supposed to midwife into being the global communitarian government that entities like the World Economic Forum have been preparing for decades and attempting to summon via other invisible enemies like climate change. But Covid-19 revealed the flaws in the PHEIC model as a pathway to totalitarianism. Those who didn’t adopt the pandemic police state - particularly Belarus, whose president Aleksander Lukashenko refused to institute lockdowns and curfews despite the International Monetary Fund requiring it as a condition for a loan and the National Endowment for Democracy staging a half-assed color revolution to pry him loose, and Sweden, which urged citizens to stay home but stopped short of mandating economic suicide like the rest of Europe - embarrassed their lockdown-happy neighbors with citizens’ stubborn refusal to drop dead. It was bad enough that Tanzanian President John Magufuli had made a fool of the WHO’s holy sacrament, the PCR test, by submitting samples from a goat and a pawpaw fruit that came back “positive” - at least, as an African leader, no one (or no one who mattered) asked too many questions when he died suspiciously less than a month after a Gates Foundation-funded Guardian op-ed demanded his ouster. But Europeans?

The WHO has set out to make sure this never happens again. The agency went public with its demand for a global “pandemic treaty” just a year after classifying Covid-19 as a pandemic, having apparently decided the velvet glove of “public safety” needed more iron fist. What constitutes a “pandemic” in the eyes of the WHO? Depending on the time of day and who one asks, it might be the “worldwide spread of a new disease,” though it may have no official meaning at all, or merely be a useful fear-based treatment for reversing “alarming levels of inaction” by governments. Don’t expect certainty - the WHO can’t even decide on the meaning of pandemic influenza, having infamously altered the definition in 2009 a month before declaring the bogus H1N1 swine flu “pandemic.” Even without an agreed-upon definition for its central term, the pandemic treaty will be legally binding, ensuring mere national sovereignty cannot interfere in the practice of public health. While the WHO’s current supreme law, the International Health Regulations, is also legally binding, member states have the option of rejecting provisions they find distasteful. That option appears unavailable in the new pandemic treaty, which would subject the noncompliant nation to censure, not just by establishment scolds in the court of public opinion, but by a not-yet-unveiled legal mechanism, to be funded by the WHO’s 194 member states. And woe betide those who do not pay their share: the most recent public draft reveals that funding the WHO (and whatever other “global systems and tools” it deems necessary to maintain Public Health) is mandatory during an emergency, as is paying the treaty’s enforcers - never mind if that same emergency (or the WHO’s prescribed cocktail of lockdowns, curfews, and magical thinking) has left your economy in tatters. Hey, that’s a nice country you got there, buddy. Sure would be a shame if something happened to it…

As I wrote in April 2020,

Those who lived through 9/11 and saw the destruction it wrought upon the U.S.’ national character can see it happening again on an international scale. It is our duty to warn the world and avert that outcome. One country falling under the thrall of a totalitarian technocratic police state is a tragedy; the entire world falling under an authoritarian global government is a nightmare from which humanity might never wake up.

(for some background, read Part I: the Big Lie & its architects, the greatest psychological experiment in the world, and the little bioweapon that could)

Experiment #3: Internalizing the thought police

Surely our would-be global overlords have enough bioweapons to render us all quivering hunks of viscera before we tweet about it, you might say in response to the previous discussion of the role of fact-checkers in burnishing the Big Lie. But the focus is not simply mine. No less than the United Nations issued a communique earlier this month through its UNESCO subsidiary targeting “conspiracy theories” - not Covid-19, not famine, not even its favorite bogeyman climate change - as Public Enemy Number One. The paper described a growing proclivity for conspiratorial thinking, calling the trend “worrying and dangerous” and supplying dutiful group thinkers with “prebunking” and “debunking” tools to neutralize any conspiracy theorists they may find in the wild. The materials even deployed the ubiquitous “stop the spread” trigger found on Covid-19 propaganda, equating conspiracy theories about Covid to the virus itself - repeating them is “spreading hate,” which can kill you just as dead as any germ by inspiring “violent extremism.” Even the notion that a significant minority of Americans aren’t sure so-called conspiracy theories about the vaccines are false keeps these people up at night, as the reaction to the poll indicating as much revealed.

The tone of the UN appeal confirms that years of intensifying social media censorship culminating at the pinnacle of Covid-19 hysteria in a literal plea to don’t look at the science or you’ll turn to stone have left the Facebook-bound masses completely unprepared to deal with unfamiliar or contrary ideas. Dissent was left out in the cold as users retreated inside their protective filter-bubbles. Schools shut down debate clubs when words became “literally violence,” and the UN now warns its would-be Young Pioneers it’s no good to fight the conspiracy theorists on their own turf - they’ll think you are part of the plot, or worse, convert you. The interloper must first be neutralized, smeared as a loony, a crank, an antisemite or Nazi, whatever works best to “inoculate” the community against the ideas they are seeking to spread. Those in doubt are urged to consult the fact-checkers or Wikipedia, which, UNESCO insists, is never, ever wrong (nowhere is it mentioned that Wikipedia co-founder Jimmy Wales’ wife Kate Garvey co-founded the PR firm responsible for pushing the UN’s saccharine Global Goals campaign, or that the organization has a stated interest in taking over education via its relationship with UNESCO). When in doubt, the social media user adrift on the currents of misinformation should just report the offending post, lest some tempting tidbit ensnare a less vigilant user and turn them into a superspreader. The end goal is to mass-produce internet users who enter the infosphere already protected with an internal “disinformation guard” constantly on the lookout for unauthorized ideas and prepared to beat them into submission at the first approach.

The ideological defenselessness of most social media users in the era of “fake news” poses no small threat to the narrative managers’ dominance. The average reader is so gullible that fact-checkers regularly “correct” satirical sites like the Babylon Bee, ‘serious’ medical publications issue public service announcements that trying not to defecate for an entire month might be a bad idea, Telegram spoofers posing as alt-media figures frequently dupe those figures’ long-time followers into forking over thousands of dollars for crypto investment scams, and some people still religiously follow the deliberately obtuse dribblings of Israeli intelligence psy-op QAnon despite Donald Trump having left the White House over a year ago. As the control of online information tightens and internet users’ ideological immune systems weaken further, the narrative managers may decide that putting humans on the front lines of the War on Disinformation - whether as “fact-checkers,” paid “experts,” or astroturfed troll armies - is simply too risky. What happens if they start “questioning themselves” on UNESCO’s orders and accidentally get in touch with their inner conspiracy theorists?

Unable to ensure full spectrum dominance in the marketplace of ideas due to the dismal quality of their in-home propaganda, governments around the world (the UNESCO campaign is co-sponsored by the EU, along with Twitter and the World Jewish Congress) are attempting to legislate online “misinformation” out of existence, despite the difficulty of defining the term in a way that doesn’t criminalize journalists making genuine errors (or publicly-derided “conspiracy theorists” whose “theories” turn out to be true) and thus run afoul of human rights conventions. While threatening the megaplatforms with billions of dollars in fines if “hate speech” or other offensive content is allowed to remain visible has been the status quo for years in Europe, the US has only truly gone to Defcon 1 in the last few months, tearing up what was left of the First Amendment in order to denounce those with the wrong political opinions as the chief cause for the nation’s troubles. Washington now threatens individuals who once might merely have been merely deplatformed from Twitter or Facebook with ruinous FDA investigations, heavily-armed IRS audits, the loss of medical or other professional licenses, and even jail time. The Biden administration has a direct line reminiscent of Obama’s weekly “kill list” to both Facebook and Twitter to tell them who to suspend today, one which they deployed liberally during the pandemic to nuke civilian wrongthink-purveyors like former New York Times journalist Alex Berenson alongside heretic doctors like Joseph Mercola.

Toward a Thought-Police State

If the narrative managers cannot keep the thought criminal off the internet, they have no choice but to safeguard his victim, and the experimental technicians are building in multiple layers of protection so that in the case of “breakthrough” infodemic infection, carefully manufactured consent is not lost. Even as ideologically “inoculated” individuals watch over their information-naive brethren, both groups browse the internet under the watchful eye of super-censors like NewsGuard, founded by biometric passport pioneer Steven Brill to carefully masticate current events and lovingly regurgitate them to the masses like a mother bird to her child. Backed by the deep pockets and monopolistic market-share of Microsoft and advised by a coterie of unreconstructed alphabet-agency thugs who believe a free internet is one of the greatest threats to the American Way, NewsGuard discards the story-based fact-checking model in favor of a reputational model, assigning color-coded “nutritional value labels” of green, yellow or red based on how faithfully they adhere to the establishment narrative. But while the typical fact-checker must at least feign concern for “journalistic integrity” via appeals to authority and expertise, NewsGuard has leveraged its intelligence agency and industry connections to become a formidable bouncer for the media establishment.

Having “labeled” what it claims is 95% of news media consumption in the US, it throttles not just information but money, with spinoff BrandGuard (which threatens companies that advertise on “red” sites by informing them that association with purveyors of “fake news” could be very bad for their bottom line) and legislative support, with ElectionGuard (which prohibits unwanted narratives from spoiling a favorable news climate come voting season and which was ultimately a rousing success in keeping Hunter Biden’s genitals off ‘reputable’ news sites during the 2020 season). It has become the official auditor of scientific information for the European Commission and the unofficial net-nanny for over half a billion Microsoft users for whom it comes as standard equipment installed on the default Edge browser. Generous gifts from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation ensure Microsoft machines with NewsGuard-enabled browsers dominate library systems and cash-strapped public schools across the US, meaning any site that runs afoul of the fact-checking industrial complex is blacklisted for a vast subset of the US population. It was only natural for NewsGuard to partner with the WHO in 2020 to safeguard the integrity of the pandemic narrative while its internet ghettoization model allowed the narrative managers to quarantine infodemic “outbreaks” without risking the contagion spreading to the entire herd. Did you volunteer to participate in this experiment? Did your children?

Share

Because of the way the immune system works, shielding the digital cattle from ideological challenges only makes them more helpless if they do encounter a wild idea, and even the most self-contained system is not foolproof. Just as the physical softening of western populations for whom adversity is a distant generational memory has led to unprecedented military buildup in the US’ sphere of influence, the gradual relaxation of our mental defenses has been accompanied by militarization of the infosphere. The very concept of “truth” has been warped into a new front in the War on Terror, which like all major conflicts before it has seen international financial cartels pouring funding into both sides. Military contractor Sean Gourley, who programmed AI engines for the US military to hunt down Iraqi insurgents during the Bush years, declared years ago that by the end of 2020 “computational warfare and disinformation campaigns will…become a more serious threat than physical war” and predicted that the Pentagon would “begin to weaponize truth” via a sort of “Manhattan Project for truth” that would leverage the terabytes of data already sitting in allies’ intelligence hoards. Gourley was at the time said to be working on a machine learning platform for the military to “automatically identify and assess suspected disinformation,” which could presumably then be quarantined and ultimately destroyed (along with the unfortunate soul who birthed it). Halfway through 2020, the Pentagon joined forces with NewsGuard to realize Gourley's dream, bringing the plugin’s database of “misinformation fingerprints” (a list of supposed hoaxes, “conspiracy theories,” and other wrongthink memes) to bear in combination with machine learning AI technologies to combat Covid-19 “misinformation” using the same methods deployed by the Anti-Defamation League’s “Online Hate Index” and the EU’s Article 13 to supposedly solve the problems of bigotry and copyright infringement, respectively (more on these later). Far from shutting down disinformation merchants, the militarization of the information space is designed to maintain a constant state of fear and confusion, just like the original War on Terror. One need only look at how liberally the term “disinformation” is currently applied to a broad selection of facts that do not suit the narrative managers’ worldview. The nebulous boundaries of what constitutes “disinformation” (and its even more elastic cousins “misinformation” and the baby of the family “malinformation”) are a feature, not a bug.

The major social media platforms have been hiring former FBI and other intelligence agents at a rapid rate since the pandemic began, suggesting that in addition to acting as an agent of the state capable of an end-run around the Bill of Rights, these platforms have literally become an arm of the state. Either way, the threadbare defense of their politicized censorship against First Amendment claims - “it’s a private company!” - is woefully outdated. Big Tech and Big Brother have merged completely, fulfilling the promise of DARPA’s LifeLog project with Total Information Awareness thrown in for good measure. Your Facebook “trust score” and your YouTube strikes will be as important as your tax history and your arrest record when your social credit score is calculated, whether you consent to this behavioral experiment or not. As former White House spokeswoman Jen Psaki revealed not long before fleeing the sinking ship of the Biden administration, being banned from one platform will soon result in being banned from all platforms, and perhaps from the internet altogether. While the UN has declared online access a human right, that designation has never stopped governments from stripping their citizens of such basic dignities in the past, and with countries like Macron’s France floating the idea of ending internet anonymity for all, it’s only a matter of time before getting convicted of thoughtcrime bars you from the information superhighway forever.

This unprecedented power grab would not be possible if not for the climate of emergency that was universally agreed upon as a base experimental condition by the architects of the Covid-19 pandemic. Ordinarily rational human beings regressed into neurotic backbiting reptiles eager to rat out their neighbors for an extra square of chocolate, abandoning even rational self-interest in their compulsion to follow orders, “safe” in the magical-thinking construct that obedience alone could save them from the invisible enemy. It’s not yet clear if the transformation is reversible, either - lockdowns have left families and relationships in ruins as surely as they destroyed individuals, and one can still see depatterned fear addicts slouching dead-eyed through any city, masked up alone in their cars, swapping ‘long Covid’ symptoms like trading cards on social media, impatiently lining up to be tested for the latest variant and have their existence validated for that much longer. The experimental technicians would be hard-pressed to explain how every single one of the conditions for thought reform outlined in cult expert Steven Hassan’s “BITE” model (behavioral, informational, thought, and emotional control) just happened to arise organically in the early days of the Covid-19 outbreak.

Nor would this complex psychological manipulation be possible without the terabytes of data they collected on us during the early months of the infodemic, during those first key experiments which supplied a detailed understanding of just how much oppression we would tolerate at once. Flimsy as the official narrative was, their non-consensual experimentation proved that the stories we tell ourselves - the narratives that constitute our identity - are often even flimsier and require the tacit approval or at least acknowledgement of our fellow human beings. This is by design - we are social animals, after all, and have been trained beyond mere instinct to search for meaning outside ourselves. But as a result, we are out of our element when locked in with nothing but four walls. Whatever anemic shadowplays we’re able to conjure alone pale in comparison to the tempting glow of the TV. The rise of Zoom “parties,” Zoom “dates,” and other two-dimensional facsimiles of human connection made it clear the extent to which we were willing to go to pretend we hadn’t suffered a grave rupture to our way of life, but trying to draw strength from “relationships” that had in many cases already been reduced to hollow pageantry in which opportunities for performative virtue were prioritized over meaningful connection and basic human dignity left us feeling isolated and terrified. Cue the corporate state’s “we’re all in this together” celebrity-quarantine lovefest. The narrative managers were thrilled to discover how easy it was to keep everybody in line during what our would-be Plague Pope Bill Gates calls “Pandemic 1.” They certainly aren’t going to stop now.

Why Memory-Hole Nuremberg?

The point of neutralizing Nuremberg is not merely to cover ruling class ass. The experimental technicians hope to open the door to further intrusions into our free will and humanity in the name of scientific advancement and the Public Good. Bill Gates, never one to rest on his bloodstained laurels, is funding the development of experimental vaccines that spread like malaria in conjunction with the National Institutes of Health, drugs that are literally transmitted via bites from altered insects through human populations. When was the last time a mosquito asked you to sign an informed consent form before jamming its blood funnel into your skin?

This isn’t Gates’ first nonconsensual rodeo by any means. In addition to his sterilization adventures in Kenya, in 2014 he funded the development of a remote-access fertility manipulating device which allowed any thoughtful technocrat to manage the fecundity of the natives from a safe distance for a whopping 16 years. But this mosquito-borne model is a next-level intrusion into bodily autonomy, a concept which would only be possible had the Nuremberg Codes been forever walled off in the dark recesses of the 1940s. There is no world in which people can consent to being bitten by a genetically-modified blood-sucking insect carrying a payload of experimental liquid (but not that other insect that looks just like it whose payload is merely the malaria parasite). One certainly can’t back out of the experiment - once that juice is in you, it’s staying there - and given Gates’ history with attempting to vaccinate against mosquito-borne diseases, it’s all but guaranteed to kill a lot of people.

Gates’ swarms of airborne needles are far from the only medical monstrosity the media establishment’s crusade against the Nuremberg norms has midwifed into the real world. Bayer Pharmaceuticals president Stefan Oelrich recently acknowledged (while speaking to investors, not peons) that the mRNA shots - which the media has been turning blue in the face trying to convince their recipients can’t hack your DNA - are, in fact, a “cell and gene therapy” being sold as “vaccines” in order to soften the public up to the concept. This is the opposite of informed consent.

Oelrich, clearly used to getting away with murder, chuckles that “If we had surveyed two years ago in the public – ‘would you be willing to take a gene or cell therapy and inject it into your body?’ – we probably would have had a 95% refusal rate.”

Moderna is moving away from informed consent at warp speed, remaining silent about the fact that the mRNA in its new omicron boosters is being made by National Resilience, a brand-new company thick with military-industrial complex ties, including deep connections to the CIA’s venture capital firm In-Q-Tel. Founder Robert Nelsen’s venture capital firm funded Nanosys, Epstein-linked Harvard scientist Charles Lieber’s nanotech firm - which was also funded by In-Q-Tel. Lieber’s inventions include a nano-scale polymer ‘invisibility cloak’ that dupes human cells into embracing foreign material - including graphene and carbon nanotubes - as if it was organic and incorporating it into the cell, as well as nanowires capable of recording and transmitting information about biomarkers and physical responses on a cellular level. One would have to be hopelessly naive to believe that Moderna, whose founder boasted freely about “hacking the software of life,” would not welcome a chance to test out some of National Resilience’s cutting-edge nanotech in the 66 million doses the Biden administration has ordered of its new formula. Now that the media establishment is freely admitting this round of shots are hitting the market without completing human trials, are we allowed to call them experimental? Moderna has made no secret about its plans to offer mRNA jabs for whatever diseases are trendy next season - the flu, mysteriously absent these last three years as the CDC classified all respiratory ailments as Covid-19; monkeypox, plagiarizing its fear profile wholesale from ‘80s AIDS propaganda absent any real body count; and the as-yet unrealized treasures from years of amped-up gain of function microorganisms developed under Fauci, Ralph Baric, Peter Daszak, and the rest of the Covid-19 all-stars, all disguised as novel zoonotic infections. There’s no experimental data indicating how all these half-baked science projects will interact, and no one seems to care. The only thing that matters is that you line up to get yours.

Meanwhile, the WEF and its pet governments are getting us comfortable with discarding the notion of consent - informed or otherwise - in their experiments with the aim of coercing the test subjects into taking on aspects of the experimenter’s role and automating the rest. This minimizes potential conflict and creates a false sense of agency in the test subject, who has none. To ensure behavioral compliance, the WEF has outlined a “solution” to online “abuse” that sounds exactly like the “Online Hate Index” program previewed by the Anti-Defamation League in 2018: an AI engine trained on comment sets from reddit and Wikipedia that gradually learns how to detect, parse, and classify the basic components of “hate speech”/“abuse” and eventually to block them from being published. This starts with encoding the offending material and its component parts as hashes in an upload filter, which prevents identical and even similar content from passing through - a setup familiar to anyone who’s ever tried (and failed) to reply to a news article’s comments section with profanity. But eventually, the AI (which, spoiler alert! has some human help) learns to short-circuit the thought-criminal’s desire to even express such views, taking action before fingers hit keyboard. Their expression is discouraged through financial terror campaigns, social ostracism, guilt by association and even bold-faced libel; negative neural feedback loops can be relied upon to do the rest. Because the words a person uses influence their thoughts, the less they express an idea, even one that which was once vitally important to their self-concept, the less it drives their thinking. Every time you self-censor, you are taking part in their obedience training program.

Companies like Microsoft are working on quantifying this process at the molecular level, going full Pavlov with a patented punishment/reward system for thinking the correct thoughts. Get a warm fuzzy feeling when you see Bill Gates in his sweater vest sticking African kids with needles? Great, here’s a cryptocurrency token - run and get yourself a BioMilq™ ice cream cone. Feel the bile rising in your throat as he giggles about injecting “genetically modified organisms” into the arms of small children? Sorry, no food for you. The WEF’s Klaus Schwab gushes about technological advances that will allow his global corporate state to “intrude into the hitherto private space of our minds, reading our thoughts and influencing our behavior,” and while the fact checkers are correct when they say that Bill Gates doesn’t want to “chip” us, it’s only because he doesn’t have to. Microchips are old news - the FDA approved pills equipped with transmitters capable of alerting a third party when the patient takes their meds nearly five years ago, while DARPA developed “neural dust,” millimeter-scale wireless transmitters powered by ultrasound and capable of altering nerve signals i.e. literally changing your mind - a year before that. When the military-industrial-intelligence complex has such a tool, they don’t sit on it. If it works, they will use it, which means they already have used it. Lieber’s advances in nanotech mean smart dust has gotten smaller and smarter, weaseling its way into the very fabric of consciousness with the ultimate purpose of teaching us that we cannot hide our thoughts and emotions from Big Brother. Schwab’s Fourth Industrial Revolution is all about tearing down the last walls between the will of the individual and that of the corporate state - and then convincing the individual the two territories are the same.

Now that most countries have embraced the idea that a mandate (“no jab, no job”) that doesn’t literally involve being hauled off to jail or stabbed with a needle if we say “no” isn’t really a mandate, and public health officials will insist that bribing a broke single mother $500 to take a Moderna dose you know will sterilize her isn’t really picking up right where the eugenicists left off, the victims of these “public health interventions” are being not just incentivized but coerced to take up the role of their own torturer. Without regulations like the Nuremberg Codes, if human experimentation can be recast as “healthcare,” consent becomes a mere formality. If you have to go to bed with Alan Dershowitz to get your Universal Basic Income so you can eat, that does not mean you consent to having sex with him. But Dershowitz and his WEF counterparts will gaslight you within an inch of your life to make you believe it does, and while some might write off the comparison between mandatory vaccination and rape to be melodramatic, an “appeal to emotions” in the terminology of the fact-checkers and therefore beneath consideration, there are more similarities than you might expect. Dershowitz, for the record, has gone out of his way to defend coerced penetration - by penis, vaccination needle or torturer’s tool - for the greater social good.

Your world Is their Petri dish

Just as the Bush War on Terror’s Authorization for Use of Military Force allowed the US to go to war anywhere in the world without regard for national boundaries so long as they could claim some kind of terrorist group somehow related to al-Qaeda (itself a CIA creation) was operating there, the new pandemic-inspired anti-wrongthink laws are supposed to enable a response to an informational threat affecting the entire world. The WHO’s global pandemic treaty, still being negotiated by member countries, already includes the groundwork for the kind of reality enforcement that will be mandatory in a global technocracy, conferring upon itself the power to “manage” disinformation and infodemics - a task that will presumably include quarantining, if not euthanizing, their perpetrators to contain outbreaks of fear, uncertainty and doubt and avoid poisoning the new generation upon which so many resources have been lavished to lock in the new green utopia (more on what’s in store for them in part III). There are few precursors for the kind of coordinated international rollback of human rights in the name of the Greater Good that the treaty entails, though the most recent example is 2019’s Christchurch Call. This nebulous pact brought together an unabashedly fascist coven of Big Tech and Big Brother luminaries with the blessing of Big Philanthropy, their stated goal nothing less than “to eliminate terrorist and violent extremist content online” following the Christchurch mosque shooting, which was blamed on 4chan, its Qtard cousin 8kun, and other deliberately-outrageous “edgelord” message boards as well as alternative social media platforms like Bitchute and Gab as the shooter’s meme-soaked manifesto gave “democratic” governments the opening they needed to choke off free expression. Working together through member countries’ legal loopholes, they couched this policy coup in squishy responsibility-to-protect doublespeak so as to outwit any human rights watchdogs not already with the program.

The Call’s point-woman, New Zealand PM Jacinda Ardern, truly outdid herself just a few years later by setting her government up with a monopoly on reality for Kiwis during the Covid-19 lockdown, and thanks to the draconian internet control rules adopted in the wake of the shooting, they actually had some of the tools to enforce it. “We will continue to be your single source of truth. Dismiss anything else. Unless you hear it from us, it is not the truth,” she told her subjects in one of many straight-out-of-Hunger-Games addresses.

Under the new regime, those who disobey will accrue such horrific penalties that “consent” - let alone informed consent - becomes immaterial. Financial terrorism of the sort already wielded against wrongthinkers by PayPal, Chase Bank, and Toronto Dominion (one of several Canadian banks which froze the assets of people accused of contributing funds to the Freedom Convoy truckers’ protest against the country’s draconian and proudly unscientific vaccine mandates earlier this year) becomes much deadlier in a cashless society, and the arrival of central bank digital currencies means every transaction you’ve ever made is squirreled away in a blockchain ledger. The cashless future is already being rolled out in dozens of countries, and the blacklists used to exclude thought-criminals from this system are already biometrically-equipped - how many times do you pay for something on your phone with just your fingerprint or your face? When a Universal Basic Income linked to a social credit score is the only way to buy and sell, a person’s will to resist the experimental condition - whether it’s the latest vaccine, an insect-based diet, or climate lockdowns - withers.

Lest you think you can privately nurture your rebellion while navigating this brave new world, the WEF wants a smartphone in your body by the end of the decade, and not having such a implant won’t just mark you as a luddite - it will render you incompatible with modern life. The lackluster rollout of the Internet of Things was always just a pretense for our ascension to the Internet of Bodies, a transhumanist dystopia powered by near-instantaneous communication via ubiquitous 5G technology. Charles Lieber’s all-pervasive network of nano-tubules snakes through every organism in the biosphere to create a next-level biometric surveillance Panopticon that allows ruling class stakeholders to jam their blood funnels into your neck with the kind of precision IBM could only have dreamed about during the Third Reich. Merely unlocking the door of your smart home will require a sensor, so don’t think you can avoid it, and hiding out in abandoned “dumb-homes” will not be feasible as the IRS, ATF and other detachments of snitch corps are sent into the hinterlands equipped with penetrating infrared radar that can smell your fear.

WEF advisor and transhumanism acolyte Yuval Noah Harari has openly acknowledged that the same technology used to monitor vital signs during the pandemic can be (and therefore is already being) used to monitor infodemic-imperiled populations for signs of dissent, and while he feigned concern that such tech might be weaponized by security services, his vision of a technocratic utopia involves the very fabric of reality being repurposed as “security services,” fitted out with tiny sensors and feedback circuits so as to be constantly monitoring and shaping the lived experience of every organism on the planet. Such totalitarian immersion renders the boot stomping on the human face superfluous. At this point, with every bodily function tracked, shared, archived, analyzed, and monetized, life itself becomes an experimental condition, with no way to leave the trial except suicide. Even then, it’s possible that your Neuralink, hooked in to your bank account and every other aspect of the Known Traveler Digital Identity, will intervene, stopping you from pulling the trigger if you haven’t paid off your credit card debts.

As this form of “new normal” sets in and we become accustomed to having our bodies and brains fought over by data-hungry vulture corporations, dissenting words will increasingly be treated as the literal equivalent of a virus, causing social dis-ease, its intrusion into a space co-owned by an individual and Big Brother amounting to no less than a contamination of the commons. We can expect more ludicrous worksheets from UNESCO telling us we have laws to stop corporations from polluting our water supply - shouldn’t we have laws to stop conspiracy theorists from polluting our information supply? Dissidents will be publicly, brutally silenced. After all, they carry the plague. We had to cull them, you see, or they’d infect us all. Don’t you ever want to be able to go outside again?

The only way these war criminals - and they are war criminals, because this is nothing short of an all-out war on humanity - can hope to triumph in the event of a second Doctors’ Trial is to convince the population that dissenting words aren’t just literally violence - they’re terrorism. The US Justice Department criminalized deliberately spreading Covid-19 in the early days of the lockdown, helped along by a laughable FBI report that claimed “white supremacists” were encouraging their infected pals to cough on cops and Jews. Given the extremely experimental legal climate presented by the pandemic, especially in the US, where the FBI is hallucinating “violent extremism” in the speech of ordinary Americans and the president is declaring half the electorate a threat to democracy itself, it’s not a great leap for them to claim an infodemic can kill more quickly than a pandemic. This rationale will be used to retroactively justify every cruel psychological experiment conducted on the population in the same way 9/11 was used to justify the most obscene violations of privacy, years later, despite the programs in question never catching a single terrorist. They will say that the spread of “disinformation” is an existential threat to trust in our hallowed institutions and thus to our way of life; that not only did they have no choice but to retire the concept of national sovereignty to stop an ideological apocalypse, they had to act quickly to enshrine these emergency superpowers in a permanent piece of supranational legislation, a form of global epistemological martial law, to take effect whenever an infodemic is declared. Like the WHO’s global pandemic treaty itself, once it is cemented in place with no recourse to outside authority, humanity is trapped. The narrative managers know this and can sense how close they are to the finish line; as of June, they’d handed the World Bank a $1 billion tip to make sure there are no unpleasant surprises ahead. This fund, intended to be used for “disease surveillance” and “pandemic support,” has already changed the WHO’s mind on biometric vaccine passports, which it once opposed; what other crimes against humanity will go from unspeakable to indispensable before this is all over?

Impunity?

A second Doctors’ Trial is not a certain victory. The Nuremberg Codes merely require that medical experiments “conform to the ethics of the medical profession generally,” which means that securing a conviction for many of the architects of the Covid-19 campaign would require the prevailing opinion of their peers to turn against the current medical model. Doctors have proven willing, even eager to turn on dissidents within their ranks - one need only look at MMR vaccine skeptic Andrew Wakefield, or AIDS heretic Peter Duesberg - and they usually spare their most vicious attacks for the apostates, those trained in pharmaceutical medicine but whose work transcends the disease-centric model. As the Covid-19 experiment unfolded, however, the pressure on the in-group grew to embrace lockdowns as useful, masks as protective, and the highly nephrotoxic antiviral remdesivir as the only drug treatment that could help Covid-19 patients until the vaccine came along. Those who didn’t, who quietly treated their patients with hydroxychloroquine or ivermectin despite disapproving murmurs from colleagues, even those who merely disdained the use of masks as protective talismans quickly found themselves in the same no-man’s-land where so many of their fellows had been consigned over the years for questioning various aspects of the CDC’s packed-to-the-gills childhood vaccination schedule: deplatformed, stripped of their medical license or even their freedom for speaking out.

Even now as more doctors are finally coming forward with concerns about the effects of the mRNA bioweapon - after a certain point it becomes impossible to hide the bodies - the process of manufacturing consent within the medical profession is only accelerating. Late last year, a group of Hollywood-pretty “doctors” and “nurses” called No License for Disinformation began booking appearances on every Pfizer-funded media platform that would have them to fake grassroots support for yanking doctors’ medical licenses if their advice for treating or avoiding Covid-19 deviated from the establishment narrative. The health policy think tank that bankrolled the group commissioned a poll to claim 78% of the public supported professional sanctions against these medical deviants. Captured regulators like the American Medical Association and the Federation of State Medical Boards published position papers talking up the need for stricter punishments. Congress’ most notorious Pharma-whores - creatures like California’s Richard Pan - began to work their legislative magic behind closed doors. A year later, Pan’s home state is poised to pass a law that will require the California Medical Board to consider stripping doctors of their medical licenses if their orders or opinions deviate noticeably from the “standard of care” - medical groupthink - or are “contradicted by contemporary scientific consensus.” And some public health “experts” aren’t even content with that - concerned about potential legal challenges to misinformation bans on First Amendment grounds, they want to scrap the First Amendment.

So much of the public sentiment needed to hold a successful trial relies on the prevailing opinion of the medical profession turning against the bad actors in their own ranks. Given that laws passed under cover of the pandemic “emergency” immunized medical professionals from liability for any destructive act committed in service of “treating” Covid, doctors with their peers’ approval risk nothing, no matter how heinous their crimes. The corruption and financial entanglements of the reigning public health dictatorship are too entrenched to be fixed through traditional legal means. The sheer volumes of private sector cash that have enveloped the American medical system mean regulators once tasked with keeping patients safe now safeguard the dividends of Big Parma’s shareholders, and when the latter is the largest lobby in government, it becomes hard to imagine any force powerful enough to derail this gravy train.

The disease infecting modern medicine has unfortunately gone systemic, from the vaunted “public health professionals” who locked down the world to the humble family doctors who deployed bespoke concoctions of fear and shame to con worried parents into poisoning their children. Hospitals took huge payouts from the CDC to murder healthy people by shoving ventilator tubes down their throats while their “medical ethicists” gave thoughtful interviews to the media that was selling this type of expensive and deadly “intervention” as necessary. Whistleblowers reporting from inside the Covid-19 charnel houses told of mercenary nurses killing each other’s patients when their backs were turned, fudging vital statistics to justify pulling the plug, and otherwise adopting the techniques of medical murder as standard operating procedure. Pharmacists became enforcers of the “let’em die” treatment modality, encouraged by state and local authorities to refuse to dole out legal prescriptions for hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin, nurses looked the other way as drug reps tested their wares on ventilated Covid-19 patients, and epidemiologists swept the whole mess under the rug by declaring the post-vaccination surge in all-cause non-Covid mortality rates “Sudden Adult Death Syndrome.”

It says everything one needs to know about modern medicine that the World Medical Association adopted a statement in September 2021 regarding doctors convicted of genocide, war crimes, and crimes against humanity. While the paper’s first bullet point declared no one convicted of such crimes should be allowed to practice medicine, the second stressed that one must be convicted - merely being accused doesn’t even merit a period of pause while the details are sorted out. That spreading “disinformation” on Covid-19 should inspire more sanguine calls for delicensing than being charged with literal crimes against humanity bodes ill for Nuremberg 2.0.

Since the rise of “Rockefeller medicine” in the early 20th century, the profession’s focus on maintaining health has been eclipsed by the universal corporate imperative to maximize profits for shareholders. Synthetic pharmaceuticals became a gold mine limited only by the number of conditions doctors could devise to prescribe the pills for. Until Covid-19, the opioid pain reliever was the crowning achievement of this system: a synthetic drug to treat a subjective condition (pain) whose characteristic physical and psychological dependency ensured the patient would be as motivated as the doctor to keep returning to their office. The mRNA “vaccines,” which gradually strip their victims of their natural immune defenses through a carefully engineered plan of attack, take the opioid model one step further, because while the OxyContin addict may feel like they’re going to die if they don’t get their pills, the mRNA addict could literally drop dead. Every booster shot strengthens the microscopic replica of Big Brother, whose needs are not your needs but which you learn to service as if they were your own. This is not medicine, this is parasitism.

(In Part III: early adopters for the New Normal, the doormen of perception, & the vertically-integrated human suffering industry)

(note: I will be reposting my Wikipedia articles from 2018-2019 over at the Helen of desTroy Archive for those who are interested in where NewsGuard et.al. got their ideas. It says a lot about the perseverance of these scumbags that all three of the sites that originally published those articles no longer exist!)

You would be forgiven for not knowing that last Friday was the 75th anniversary of the Doctors’ Trial, one of 13 Nazi war crimes trials conducted at Nuremberg after World War II and the event that birthed the Nuremberg Codes, the most important medical ethics document of the modern era. The Codes set ground rules for requiring informed consent from experimental test subjects; they anchor international agreements like the Helsinki Declaration, the Geneva Convention and the United Nations’ International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and have been codified into law in the US and other countries.

Sixteen doctors were found guilty at Nuremberg of murder and torture for carrying out a euthanasia program on mentally and physically disabled German citizens deemed “unworthy of life” and experimenting on concentration camp inmates; nine were jailed and seven were executed. Yet the expected flood of commemoratory articles and events marking the anniversary of the Allies’ crowning (if illusory) moment of moral superiority over those Evil Nazis™ has not materialized. It’s downright unnatural for the US and Europe to miss a chance to give the dead Nazi horse a good beating, but any attempts to even discuss the Nuremberg Codes in the last two years have been squelched by militant fact-checkers. Meanwhile, a coterie of corrupt “public health professionals” and the international financial cartels who control them have pulled off perhaps the most shocking and deadly crime against humanity ever committed.

The Big Lie

Mentioning Nuremberg during Covid-19 was asking to be pilloried in the “respectable” press as an anti-science, horse-paste-guzzling right-wing extremist. Fact-checkers came out of the woodwork to reflexively deny that the Nuremberg Codes applied to any aspect of the Covid-19 response, from forced masking to vaccine mandates, sometimes issuing two denials in a single day in their compulsion to keep the claim from spreading. One particularly tenacious fact-check even took issue with the claim “It was the doctors on trial in Nuremberg,” arguing that because the other 12 trials put Nazi Party officials, lawyers, and corporate executives in the dock, the statement “lacked context.”

Share

This display of ideological lockstep was supposed to intimidate anyone who wasn’t already 100% allied with society’s enlightened institutions in defense of The Science™ against the irrational, emotionally-driven forces of ignorance. Those still on the fence about getting their “Warp Speed” car-crash of a shot were shamed by peer pressure psyops like the UK’s “Clap for our carers,” while social media was seeded with controlled but approachable “experts” who carefully crafted the illusion of overwhelming consensus that the measures being taken in the name of “stopping the spread” were not only scientifically but morally beyond reproach.

But this wasn’t an organic moment of unity. These “fact-checkers” have all received big money from the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the eugenics enthusiasts who have rapidly become the most powerful force in global health policymaking and who also control huge chunks of the education, agriculture, and “green” energy spheres. Most fact-checking organizations pay lip service to the rules set by the International Fact-Checking Network, which while it sounds like an upstanding professional association that’s been around a while was actually launched less than a decade ago. The IFCN, which admits it doesn’t follow its own code of principles, has been funded since its 2015 beginnings by the Gates Foundation, the Omidyar Network, George Soros’ Open Society Foundations, Google, Facebook, the US State Department, and CIA cutout the National Endowment for Democracy, among others. It’s hard to think of a worse group of stewards for a gaggle of helpless facts, aside from perhaps the Wikimedia Foundation, about which more later.

The IFCN is run by the Poynter Institute, a “journalism education” nonprofit funded by many of the same entities as its IFCN subsidiary. Loaded down with enough conflicts of interest to make that code of principles swoon, Poynter selects, sponsors, and trains journalists, prioritizing obedience to authority, ideological inflexibility and a total absence of shame. They are then turned loose to mow the internet’s epistemological lawn in military fashion, doxxing some popular opposition voice while merely tagging others for later deplatforming, arrest, or worse. The tactic’s resemblance to the work of Ukrainian vigilante website Mirotvorets, unofficially operated by the country’s Ministry of Information, is unlikely to be an accident, given that Omidyar and Soros both poured billions of dollars into 2014’s Maidan Square color revolution, which was itself choreographed by the State Department’s Victoria Nuland, who knows the value of a well-placed bullet or a warm cookie.

It’s easy to see why Gates just had to buy the industry for himself. If these fact-checkers could reinvent the most corrupt government in Europe, whose military was exposed by dozens of major western media outlets as a hive of neo-Nazi thugs, as a democratic paradise, surely they could spin the vaccine tycoon’s Final Solution as the solution to all humanity’s problems. The Covid-19 experiment saw the closest collaboration yet between the fact-checkers, Big Tech and governments around the world to construct an epistemological roach motel that users could enter easily but would face growing barriers - warning screens, computer failures, personal attacks, deplatforming, financial hardship and a lowered social credit score - if they tried to leave.

It’s no exaggeration to say Poynter’s army of fact-checkers set the narrative of Covid-19 for the public from Day One (or should we call it Year Zero?). The IFCN’s “Coronavirus Alliance” launched in January 2020, before most Americans even knew what a coronavirus was. While the first Twitter users in the western hemisphere were stumbling across bizarre videos of Chinese people dropping to the ground and convulsing, explained in the accompanying broken-English text to be the result of an unknown virus, the fact-checkers were implementing orders from their paymasters. One of the first narrative touchstones, the red and white 3D model of the coronavirus, soon became as ubiquitous as the footage of planes hitting towers on 9/11, triggering intense fear and doubt directed both at the outside world and at the self. After all, they might be an “asymptomatic carrier,” and the only way to be sure was to isolate from their loved ones. As with 9/11, this unfamiliar terror pushed the individual to seek solace in an increasingly totalitarian state that insisted its ‘tough love’ - locking us in our homes, forbidding us from earning money, and keeping us from our families - was for our own good. Frightened and confused, many turned on the TV and sucked down its narcotizing propaganda. Even CNN’s ratings went up that first pandemic year, as Chris Cuomo demanded Americans “sacrifice the me to the we” and compared binge-watching Netflix to landing on the beaches of Normandy while his brother mass-murdered elderly New Yorkers.

The complex choreography of the Covid-19 response could not have unfolded as it did without premeditation. The plot was lifted - not plagiarized, as the authors were the same - from Event 201, the tabletop coronavirus simulation sponsored by the Gates Foundation at Johns Hopkins University’s Center for Public Health Security. This took place just a month after the Global Preparedness Monitoring Board - the product of an unholy marriage between the WHO and the World Bank earlier that year - released a report demanding all UN member countries “conduct at least two system-wide training and simulation exercises” by the following September, “including one for covering the deliberate release of a lethal respiratory pathogen.” Video of Event 201 shows players uninterested in minimizing harm from the virus instead exploring how the “emergency” might be used to stifle undesirable narratives and ram through major changes in society. The “real” pandemic - simulation number two, by the GPMB’s counting - played out months later exactly along the exercise’s script. The WHO, Gates, the World Economic Forum and Big Business took the reins, filling the power vacuum left while individual governments, seemingly baffled by the outbreak despite having repeatedly run their own simulations, ran around in circles.

How to treat an Infodemic

The crisis was planned and then used to crack down on unauthorized views under the reasoning that humanity was in the midst of an infodemic - a surfeit of information encouraging irresponsible beliefs - and careless talk could cost lives. Spreading dissenting opinions could infect friends and loved ones with the virus of doubt, which while perhaps less deadly than the virus itself (with its 99.7% survival rate), could cause society to fracture at a time when all humanity had to unite or be destroyed by the invisible enemy. Reading or hearing “disinformation” about Covid could reduce one’s likelihood of getting vaccinated, putting one’s very life at risk.

Convincing test subjects to discard their self-preservation instincts and their critical capacity and embrace the most absurd statements as gospel truth was the main goal of the first part of the Covid-19 experiment, and given the single-mindedness with which the WHO zeroed in on the “infodemic” before it had even officially declared the real virus to be a pandemic, it’s hard to believe they were making it up as they went along, especially given that the term was allegedly invented during the original SARS outbreak in 2003 (by a Washington Post writer no less) and then apparently put on ice until almost two decades later. Seeking input on how to respond to this new threat, the WHO reached out to professionals of all stripes, with more than a quarter of advisory input coming from academics eager to test out their juiciest hypotheses on real people with no repercussions. Everyone who used social media in 2020 to discuss the Covid-19 pandemic and its aftermath thus became a test subject, “nudged” and prodded for the Public Good, and some of those experiments - particularly those aimed at developing an FBI-style psychological profile of believers in “conspiracy theories” so they can be locked up as domestic terrorists or institutionalized as incurable monsters are very much ongoing.

Those early academic papers describe a chaotic infosphere in which the WHO’s narrative failed to dominate on its merits alone. The academics rose to the challenge, burnishing their half-baked speculations with scientific-looking graphs and charts. Their solutions ranged from Orwellian - deploying “freedom of expression officers” to censor and label rogue content as much as European human rights law would allow; re-education programs for “influencers,” teachers, priests, and other likely “superspreaders,” who could then be suspended from social media entirely if they refused to get their minds right - to the lesser evils of sending in fact-checkers as the equivalent of UN peacekeeping troops to help “inoculate” social media users against the disinformation they were about to see. With distrust in public and private institutions hitting new highs, society didn’t just need a vaccine against the scary new virus, it needed one against “disinformation” as well! But like the Covid vaccines themselves, these digital inoculations didn’t come with an informed consent notice, and the clinical trial results aren’t looking good.

Experiment #1: Shock “therapy”

As the WEF’s Klaus Schwab himself admitted in his pandemic tome The Great Reset, Covid-19 is the least deadly ‘pandemic’ in the last two millennia. But he’s quite open about wanting to use the largely self-inflicted Covid-19 “crisis” to bring about the Fourth Industrial Revolution, a transhumanist “green” dystopia lovingly crafted for “stakeholder capitalists” and inspired by technocratic parasites like Yuval Noah Harari. This is no experiment for the “good of society,” nor are any efforts made to “avoid unnecessary mental and physical suffering,” as Nuremberg demands. If anything, the experiment’s designers deliberately ratcheted up the suffering, believing this was necessary to unfreeze the fixed ideas of western civilization - free will, individuality, rationality, democracy (not to be confused with Our Democracy™) in our minds and replace them with the WEF’s preferred picks: obedience, “equity” (a Newspeak term meaning equality of outcome rather than equality of opportunity), credulity, communitarianism. The group has admitted on its own website that the lockdowns and the rest of the “touchless torture” the Covid response has supposedly required constitute the “world’s biggest psychological experiment.”

The Great Reset is an especially noxious experiment in that it violates the minds and bodies of test subjects on multiple levels, burrowing down into the way we think in its megalomania. It’s the spiritual offspring of CIA-funded Canadian psychiatrist Ewen Cameron, who “de-patterned” his patients’ personalities with high-voltage electroshock, induced coma, and mega-doses of LSD, then attempted to' ‘build them back better’ by playing their comatose forms 16 hours of tape-recorded messages at a time; and Milton Friedman, the University of Chicago economist and godfather of neoliberalism whose students, the so-called “Chicago Boys,” conducted campaigns of economic “shock therapy” on third-world nations the US worried were too left-wing, assisting far-right leaders in seizing power, further impoverishing the masses with austerity programs, terrorizing what political opposition remained with death squads and disappearances, and privatizing all state-run industries so as to attract foreign investors. Neither Cameron’s patients, most of whom came in with simple problems like anxiety or depression (and one of whom wasn’t even seeking treatment but just looking for a job) and left as husks no longer able to even use the bathroom themselves; nor the inhabitants of Chile, Brazil, Uruguay, Indonesia, Russia, or any of the long list of other countries subject to some variation on Chicago School shock treatment over the years, were ever told they were part of an experiment, let alone asked if they wanted to be.

The Great Reset has not only targeted the entire world with economic shock therapy, triggering a massive depression the current financial system is unlikely to ever shake off (spoiler alert: another experiment coming…) - it funneled unprecedented amounts of fear into populations already thrown off balance by the blinding speed of policy shifts. First scolded for “selfishly” wearing a mask, then attacked for “selfishly” not wearing one; informed their city would be “locking down” at 10pm, when a peek out the window yielded crowds of restive youths hanging out on the corner with nary a cop in sight; told vaccinations were mandatory for school, then told their child could have just “masked up” when little Polly drops dead of a heart attack not 24 hours after her first shot of Moderna; the average person soon lapsed into learned helplessness and became a shut-in, depatterning daily in the glow of the television as they degenerated into an obedient vegetable, capable of “masking up” and socially distancing but little else. Despite leaving a horrific trail of devastation in their wake, the experimental lockdowns were praised by the WEF for the slight dip in carbon emissions they caused, all but guaranteeing phase II of the nonconsensual clinical trials - climate lockdowns - will be rolled out within the year.

Experiment #2: Hackable animals

Given the mountain of evidence against them, it’s perfectly logical that the ruling class would have tried to build up an impenetrable fort of bullshit using their captive fact-checking industry to deflect accusations of war crimes under the Codes. Several patterns pervade the apologist coverage, starting with the idea that these brand new mRNA Covid vaccines, tested on under 100,000 people by Pfizer and Moderna combined (and none who were pregnant or nursing) before receiving their coveted emergency authorization, are somehow not experimental procedures. They use the synonym investigational instead, as ‘experimental’ tends to trigger thoughts of, well, human experimentation, authoritarian regimes, the very Nuremberg Nazis the media establishment is trying its best to keep the average reader away from. But the effect is the same - mRNA vaccines of any kind weren’t tried on the general population until the end of 2020, and the torrent of side effects and death that has been unleashed in the meantime suggests neither Moderna nor Pfizer had informed consent from these gen-pop guinea pigs.

That’s a big deal, because Pfizer knew before it sought emergency authorization that more vaccinated test subjects had died than unvaccinated subjects - it even fudged the numbers for the FDA. Some 1,200 trial participants died in the 90 days following their injection, and Pfizer made sure to vaccinate the placebo group at the end of the trial in order to make sure further comparisons didn’t spoil its story. Indeed, it was so sure its vaccines were going to leave a pile of bodies behind that it refused to even sell them to countries whose governments wouldn’t shield them from liability for the damage caused. One should have expected this from a company with the dubious distinction of paying the largest fine in Justice Department history in 2009 for healthcare fraud, off-label prescribing, misleading marketing and miscellaneous criminality. Nevertheless, they won the “Warp Speed” lottery under Albert Bourla, a veterinarian with a doctorate in the biotechnology of reproduction who was for some reason promoted to CEO of the entire (human-focused) drug company a year before the Covid-19 outbreak. Given that his primary achievement prior to Operation Warp Speed was developing a “vaccine” that chemically castrated boars without ruining the meat, it becomes much more difficult to see the utter disaster the mRNA vaccines have created for both male and female fertility as an accident.

Still questioning authority? The fact-checkers then attempt to distance vaccine mandates - along with health passports, mask mandates, lockdowns and the other psychological aspects of the experiment conducted on the unwitting populace - from the Nuremberg zone by categorizing them as “public health interventions,” not research, or experiments. The Codes simply do not apply. Never mind that public health interventions are supposed to be evidence-based, and no western democracy has ever engaged in anything like the Covid lockdowns before, or that the CDC pulled the six-foot social distancing rule out of its ass, or even that the only “science” backing closing schools to “stop the spread” was a computer model from a 16 year old’s science project. Lockdowns arguably killed more people than Covid-19, and they have cut short many more lives by impoverishing, immiserating, and isolating millions. Arguing public health measures can’t be experimental because they’re public health measures is merely a last-ditch effort to wall the Codes off in a museum, inapplicable to anyone but those nasty Nazis who were - as the narrative managers never tire of reminding us - a unique and special case.

Discouraging cross-time contextualization is very important to the fact-checkers, who aren’t hesitant to shoot the messenger if all else fails. Anyone talking about the Nuremberg Codes in the context of Covid-19 is dismissed as an “alt-righter”, a “covid crazy,” dangerous “extremists,” “anti-vaxxers,” or even actual Nazis who apparently got confused about whose side their team was on back in WW2. In war, dehumanizing the enemy is key to beating him, and this is nothing if not a two-pronged war being fought in our brains and our bloodstreams. “Drawing a link between this final rollout of these vaccines and what the Nazi doctors were doing is morally grotesque,” the British Medical Association’s Dr Julian Sheather told FullFact; he didn’t explain why, and it’s not apparent why one should not draw parallels between the two cases. According to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), whose own creators admit it contains less than 1% of all adverse events associated with a given vaccine, the Covid shots have already caused nearly 30,000 deaths, over 170,000 hospitalizations, nearly 16,000 heart attacks (a common sight now on sports fields, where 60 times more athletes than normal are flatlining mid-game), and nearly 5,000 miscarriages in the US alone. Using tech entrepreneur Steven Kirsch’s calculations, the numbers are much higher: at least 478,000 Americans have been killed by Covid vaccines, to say nothing of millions permanently disabled, unable to work or function on a basic level. Worldwide, the number of deaths approaches 12 million.

Steve Kirsch's newsletter

Do you know how many people have been killed worldwide by their governments from the COVID shots?

Margaret Anna Alice asked if anyone could estimate the global death toll from the COVID shots. In my opinion, a reasonable estimate is to divide the number of doses by 1,000. If you do that for the 600M doses delivered in the US, you get 600,000 deaths which is right in the ballpark…

Read more

4 years ago · 854 likes · 817 comments · Steve Kirsch

While the number of victims the Nazi doctors left behind is not so meticulously recorded, especially given the high levels of typhus and malnutrition contributing to the mortality rate in the camps, one source has them consigning between 70,000 and 100,000 “unfit” Germans to death between 1939 and 1941 while sterilizing hundreds of thousands more - a detail that once again should send a chill down the spine of anyone who’s noticed the declining birthrates around the world. If the figures aren’t comparable, that’s only because the mRNA vaccine has been so much more efficient in its killing. There’s nothing “morally grotesque” about pointing that out. But since “everybody knows” the Nazis were the pinnacle of Evil™, the realization that Pfizer and Moderna’s death toll might have their doctors beat must be prevented at all costs. Thus even bringing up Nuremberg in relation to Covid-19 is deemed to be “trivializing” the crimes of the Nazis, even when the intention is to draw attention to the seriousness of their modern descendants’ crimes, and efforts are made to further poison the dialogue by suggesting there’s something antisemitic about the whole business.

In Part II: the war on “conspiracy theories,” why Nuremberg is to be memory-holed, infodemic terrorism, and more…

(note: the above was originally supposed to be the “summary” of a doorstop-sized essay to be published later this year with other work in a book. as I struggled to condense this unwieldy mess into an article readable in one or even five sittings, and the anniversary of the Codes receded further in the rearview, I suffered a catastrophic hard drive failure and lost a lot of the revised/optimized material. the above is thus part 1 of an open-ended series. )

Despite the Ukrainian president’s profound lack of geopolitical awareness, his declaration over a month ago that the “international community” must help Taiwan resist Chinese “aggression” now, before Beijing attacks the poor little heavily-armed island, served to open the door to the absurd spectacle the world beheld this week. US House Speaker Nancy Pelosi tottered around the wayward province visiting silicon chip factories in order to fluff up her stock portfolio and maybe even goad Xi Jinping into launching a military campaign to retake Taiwan that would quickly flatten US forces.

Seven months into Russia’s “special military operation” in Ukraine, Zelensky remains the darling of the western intelligentsia, rolled out at every opportunity to demand more money for the weapons his soldiers are quietly offloading on the dark web, more sanctions against those dastardly Russians, more martial-law-style crackdowns at home, and more calls for violence against civilians.

The shoulderless thespian is thriving in his position as NATO’s golden boy, and both parties seem quite happy with what amounts to the world’s most expensive fin-dom (that’s “Financial Domination”) relationship in human history. Clad in man-of-the-people olive drab, Zelensky plays the role of solemn warrior-monk, convincing the US and Europe to open their hearts and wallets for the war effort to the point of adopting ruinous, self-sabotaging sanctions they clearly cannot afford in order to Save Democracy. Who knew that Uncle Sam, perhaps grown bored of enjoying the riches extracted by force from other countries, really just wanted to be told to bend over and open his wallet like the dirty little cash-slut he was? How many lives would have been saved in Libya if Muammar Gaddafi had just whipped out one of those petrodollar-imperiling gold dinars and told Barack Obama to suck on it?

But it’s all fun and games for Zelensky to declare Biden a dirty little debt pig and send him down to the ATM every hour to withdraw more funds. Washington and its NATO partners are faced with a thornier crisis. One can print unlimited amounts of money, if one doesn’t mind inflating the currency and triggering a recession death-spiral the likes of which the industrialized West may not survive. But one can’t just print HiMARS rocket launchers, or Javelin missiles, or any of the other expensive toys Ukraine has been consuming for eight years now. Even the most skilled disinformation architects cannot fight fire with bullshit.

Subscribe now

Because Zelensky has been wedged into every pop culture event of 2022, from the tripping hordes at Glastonbury to a recent much-mocked Vogue photoshoot by Annie Leibowitz, the herd animals of the West have long since forgotten all about the media establishment’s slew of relatively recent warnings that the country NATO was propping up was not only the most corrupt in eastern Europe but also a hive of wannanazi thugs bankrolled by incongruously Jewish billionaire Igor Kolomoisky.

Far from the corrupt puppet of capital he was revealed to be in the Panama Papers, Zelensky has been reinvented as a Hero of Our Democracy™, just as the diminutive dictator Dr. Anthony Fauci came to embody “the Science” during the mini-Dark Age from which much of the West has yet to emerge. The wisdom of neither figure can be questioned, unless one wants to risk social exile. Thus anything the Kiev regime says or does is automatically anointed with the fairy dust of Democracy.

This has given the West a magnificent opportunity to shred what’s left of the Enlightenment-era notion of human rights. Zelensky unveiled an all-digital state that serves as a turn-key social credit score? Nice, let’s go full Minority Report at home! Zelensky outlawed opposition parties? Cool, fewer names on the ballot means voters have less chances to make a mistake! Zelensky has banned Russian music and art? Awesome, let’s burn all the nasty cultural artifacts that make us ashamed of our uncultured ignorance! Zelensky has declared it a war crime to demand accountability in how he spends US taxpayers’ money? Chuck Schumer’s already got it covered! Zelensky wants to go to war with China?

[record-scratch]

Coming from any other eastern European kleptocrat, such a suggestion might have been shrugged off as the egotistical bloviation of a spoiled child, dismissed with a nervous chuckle and appeased with another eight-ball. But Zelensky has the ears of every self-disrespecting “democracy” on the planet, and what he says is lapped up by the narrative managers of western media as gospel. If the man wants war with China, he will find some NATOad willing to hop to it.

Share

Zelensky’s June call for a preemptive strike against China was picked up by no less than the Washington Post, which acknowledged that while the comments risked “upsetting Ukraine’s delicate balancing act with China,” they had emanated from the mouth of their Democracy Hero, who insisted that “aggressors must be confronted wherever they emerge.” 

Never mind that the US, chief backer of the Ukrainian military effort, has long been the biggest and boldest aggressor on the planet - Zelensky’s paymasters knew not to take such rhetoric personally. 

But Zelensky had raised the bar for Our Democracy with his geopolitical ambition. There’s a difference between duping Europe into starving itself of wheat and fuel for the coming winter and threatening China’s territorial ambitions. While Europe - its ruling class at least - is possessed by a self-flagellatory compulsion that ensures it will respond with only gratitude the more it suffers because of its Ukraine boosterism, Beijing has repeatedly made it clear that western interference in the Taiwan question will not be tolerated. Not by the US, and certainly not by the likes of Zelensky, a man who doesn’t know the difference between Chiang Kai-Shek and Shrek, a clown who just a few years ago was playing piano with his dick on TV for an excruciating 44 seconds.

Washington hemmed and hawed for a good long time trying to appease its shoulderless enfant terrible without incurring the wrath of Xi. Biden dribbled half-baked promises to protect Taiwan from big bad China only for his cabinet to hurriedly walk them back lest someone in Beijing take the old man’s ramblings seriously. But after the very public canonization of Democracy Hero, surely Washington couldn’t refuse both his longstanding plea for a no-fly zone in Ukraine (which even the most simpering yes-men had acknowledged would amount to a declaration of war against Russia) and his plea for aid to Asian Ukraine-equivalent Taiwan (which would amount to a declaration of war against China)! The US was caught in the awkward position of having two invites to the nuclear-armageddon ball, thanks to Zelensky’s unerring instinct for deploying other people’s money, but not even enough ammo for one great-power war after shipping years’ worth of stockpiles to Ukraine.

Eventually, Mark Esper - the former Raytheon lobbyist who served as Defense Secretary under Trump - went rogue and declared there should be an end to the “One China” policy that had essentially served as a “don’t ask/don’t tell” for the Taiwan question for nearly half a century. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi took the war machine’s cue and hopped on a plane to visit the contested island, claiming to be interested in inspecting its “vibrant Democracy” but actually setting up tours of semiconductor factories whose stock she wanted her hubby to buy. Such an unabashed display of the great American political virtues - greed, hypocrisy, and sheer bull-headed stupidity - had Democrats and Republicans alike hard as they braced for the eeeevil Chinese to shoot down her heroic plane. When Beijing failed to live up to their (utterly baseless) prediction, there were eruptions of bipartisan high-fiving and fulsome media tributes. Biden came out looking like a cowardly stick in the mud for refusing to go along with the pointless provocation and instead cautioning his sister in dementia that the Pentagon “didn’t think it was a good idea right now.”

And Zelensky? While he did his job well in paving the way for the US to try to start a world war with yet another superpower against which it’s hopelessly unmatched, the Ukrainian leader is sounding more and more like his American counterpart every day, hopelessly in over his head. Both are figureheads for the neocon policy apparatus that takes its orders from BlackRock and Vanguard, the asset managers that control the global economy; neither man can be said to have any real role in his country’s governance, or understand how to function in such a role should he somehow be thrust into one; both are supposed to, when in doubt, shut up and look presidential.

But neither Biden nor Zelensky have been able to manage that last directive, and both are rapidly reaching the end of their usefulness with the people they were assigned to hoodwink. Even if Zelensky still commands the worshipful adulation of the West, a growing number of Ukrainians are sick of what look for all the world like efforts by his handlers to turn the war tearing their country to pieces into a luxury product. A hologram of the man recently made its debut in a bizarre Star Wars-themed broadcast at a London tech fair.

While it was ostensibly aimed at selling the idea of Ukraine as the digital democracy of the future, the high-profile introduction of a synthetic version of the West’s Democracy Hero carried more than a faint hint that the man himself might be getting to be too much trouble, especially after he fired both the head of the SBU and his chief prosecutor last month, claiming they were traitors. At best, NATO was merely constructing a contingency plan in case their golden boy ended up a headless, limbless torso floating in the Dnipro; at worst, they might help that plan along, given his plummeting popularity at home. With no real allies left in Ukraine outside his own inner circle, Zelensky is singing not just for his supper but for his life.

It’s only natural Zelensky, like Biden, would be drawn to the sort of geopolitical catastrophe that could hide his rank incompetence beneath a greater chaos - say, a shooting war between the US and China over Taiwan. Just as Zelensky tries to drag the US into a standoff with Beijing, so is Biden trying to pull Europe into such an unwinnable conflict with Russia. But a scheme by the UK and Europe to bar Russia from the global shipping insurance market, which would have (theoretically) kept the bulk of its oil from reaching overseas customers - a tactic hailed as genius by the media establishment just two months ago - has thus far failed to launch. Indeed, European countries appear to be getting cold feet - literally - regarding shoveling their increasingly finite supply of wealth into the bottomless pit the war has become. A recent survey indicates that for Europeans, the looming possibility of dying on Democracy’s freezing-cold hill has become decidedly less appealing as it becomes more likely.

After all, no matter who “wins” these unwinnable conflicts, the victor will be expected to serve up his own country on a silver platter for foreign investors to gorge themselves. A recently-published paper by think tank RAND Corporation titled “Rebuilding Ukraine” describes how “state enterprises…are a chokehold on the economy,” reducing “public confidence in government and deter[ring] private investors.” The document is a love-letter to rampant privatization of the same strain that nearly sank the Russian economy post-USSR and which international financial cartels are eager to unleash everywhere, especially China, and serves as a handy reminder that Kiev’s vaunted “digital state” is all programmed and run by a private company, one that is ironically quite cozy with Moscow.

Whoever is duped into kicking off World War III - and Washington is already scraping bottom, trying to goad North Korea’s Kim Jong-un into playing that role by rubbing his faux-assassination in his face - the carnage will be used to justify the complex controlled demolition required to set the stage for the technocratic prison state the World Economic Forum has been gleefully advertising to us for so long. A global food shortage, a worsening international financial crisis, a few flashy natural disasters, some more bogus pandemics and maybe an asteroid threat to top it all off will be causally linked not only to the war itself but to our shameful consumption habits, which will have to go. Despite the scientific battering it’s taken over the last several decades, ‘climate change’ remains central to this societal shift, as it is only through linking our enjoyment of the material world to a crippling guilt over having somehow destroyed something beautiful through that enjoyment that we can truly be alienated from our own emotions, that which makes us human. While we’re being reprogrammed, the ruling class must create such an all-encompassing sense of crisis that it can dupe at least a few of us into believing that a 24/7/365 real time panopticon surveillance system, central bank digital currencies, an international biometric control grid and a social credit score are the only logical response. Such a system will unlock all kinds of monetizable assets in the newly-standardized, soulless human. All wars, as the saying goes, are bankers’ wars, and when your hopelessly corrupt financial system is hanging by a thread, turning human suffering into gold is always a safe bet to subsidize whatever Great Reset you have waiting in the wings.

Ultimately, for these types, it really doesn’t matter who wins the war, because the war is never really over. It might retreat behind the scenes from time to time, but a bloodthirsty hegemon with hundreds of military outposts and bioweapons labs holding the planet hostage cannot simply be switched off - it is an ecosystem larger than many governments, requiring tremendous amounts of capital to merely exist. Nevertheless, this empire’s grip is slipping. Beneath the grandstanding about Democracy and the caricatures of Evil menacing it lurk the same centuries-old vultures, the same deep-rooted financial cartels fighting over the same scraps of flesh. Whoever rises to take the place of the US had better have a plan to deal with them.

(this article began as a much shorter and rather differently-focused oped for RT here)